cet (pg)-2014 sr. no. - files.indcareer.com
TRANSCRIPT
CET (PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. What is the philosophy of Physical Education Programmes ?(A) Realism (B) Pragmatism(C) Idealism (D) All of the above
2. The word ‘Athlete’ originated in :(A) Rome (B) Greece(C) China (D) India
3. Which of the following represents the correct combination of colours of Olympic Rings ?(A) Blue, Yellow, Black, Green, Red (B) Brown, Blue, Yellow, Black, Red(C) Purple, Green, Red, Pink, Yellow (D) Blue, Yellow, Brown, Green, Purple
4. ATP is stored in :(A) Muscle cell (B) Nerve cell(C) Heart (D) Brain
5. Knee Cartilage Injuries are commonly associated with :(A) Swimming (B) Rowing(C) Boxing (D) Football
6. Who won men’s singles Australian open 2014 ?(A) Stan Wawrinka (B) Rafael Nadal(C) Sergi Brugura (D) Robert Lindstedt
7. If a student comes late to the school on daily basis, then it will be appropriate to :(A) Throw him out of the class (B) Punish him in the presence of students(C) Complain to the Principal that he is always late (D) Find out the reasons for this behaviour
8. Which gland is known as master gland of human body ?(A) Thymus (B) Adrenal(C) Pituitary (D) Hypothalamus
9. Which muscle in the body is called ‘throwers muscle’ ?(A) Quadriceps (B) Hamstrings(C) Rectus Abdominus (D) Pectoralis major
10. In your opinion, a successful teacher is one, who :(A) Gives home work regularly (B) Gives good marks in examinations(C) Takes keen interest in the progress of students (D) Comes to school on time
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/A
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 3 [Turn over
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 4
11. What type of tissue is bone marrow ?(A) Adipose (B) Connective(C) Areolar (D) Cellular
12. Sociology is a body of scientific knowledge about human :(A) Institutions (B) Relationships(C) Concerns (D) Civilizations
13. Women athletes using anabolic steroids to boost muscular performance are specially vulnerable to :(A) Reproductive mal-functioning (B) Migraines(C) Growth of male characteristics (D) Muscle atrophy
14. Where 2014 Commonwealth Games are going to be held ?(A) France (B) Glasgow(C) Brazil (D) Germany
15. Longest bone in the human body is :(A) Femur (B) Cranium(C) Humorous (D) Tibialis
16. The instrument used for estimation of body fat is :(A) Flexiometer (B) Goniometer(C) Skinfold caliper (D) Dynamometer
17. If SPORTS is coded in a certain manner as TOPQUR, then TENNIS will be written as :(A) SFMOJT (B) UFONHT(C) SDOMJR (D) UDOMJR
18. If EDUCATION is written as DECUTAOIN, then COLLEGE will be coded as :(A) OCLLGEE (B) OCLGEEL(C) COELLEG (D) EOLCGLE
19. Complete the series 65 : 30 :: 44 :_ ?(A) 79 (B) 16(C) 62 (D) 28
20. Which of the following factors is not included in the process of class management ?(A) Class formation (B) Roll call(C) Play field cleanliness (D) Class discipline
21. Pointing to a man, a woman said, “He is the only son of my mother’s mother.” How is the womanrelated to the man ?(A) Aunt (B) Daughter(C) Niece (D) Sister
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 5 [Turn over
22. The name of the Senior National Trophy in Football is :(A) B C Roy Trophy (B) Jules Rimet Trophy(C) Santosh Trophy (D) ICC Trophy
23. Process by which the food is taken by the organisms is called :(A) Digestion (B) Absorption(C) Assimilation (D) Ingestion
24. For strength dominating sports, the diet should be rich in :(A) Carbohydrates (B) Vitamins(C) Minerals (D) Proteins
25. Originally, the ancient Olympic Games were a sort of :(A) Social gathering (B) Religious festivals(C) Eloquence contests (D) Gladiatorial Sports
26. An adult person must have a sleep for :(A) Six hours (B) Eight hours(C) Ten hours (D) Twelve hours
27. In anatomical language, the calf muscle is known as :(A) Gastrocnemius (B) Glutius maximus(C) Trepizius (D) Triceps
28. What type of factory is human liver ?(A) Mechanical (B) Chemical(C) Electrical (D) Biological
29. Which two of the following Olympiads were not celebrated due to the World War-II ?(A) Xth and XIth (B) XIIth and XIIIth
(C) XIIIth and XIVth (D) XVth and XVIth
30. The official languages of the International Olympic Committee are :(A) French and English (B) English and German(C) Russian and English (D) English and Greek
31. Which of the following vitamins is water soluble ?(A) C and B complex (B) D and K complex(C) A and D complex (D) B1 and B2 complex
32. The Olympic motto-Citius, Altius, Fortius-in sequence means :(A) Higher, stronger, faster (B) Faster, stronger, higher(C) Faster, higher, stronger (D) Stronger, higher, faster
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 6
33. The red blood cells are produced in the :(A) Heart (B) Bone marrow(C) Spinal column (D) Cerebrum
34. The Grapplers are :(A) Boxers (B) Rock Climbers(C) Wrestlers (D) Judokas
35. Where 2014 Asian Games are going to be held ?(A) Incheon (B) New Delhi(C) Bangkok (D) Doha Qatar
36. Aerobic Fitness is best achieved through :(A) Swimming (B) Circuit Training(C) Short Sprints (D) Long Distance Running
37. Who among the following is known as Payoli Express ?(A) Anju Bobby George (B) P.T. Usha(C) Kanwaljit Sandhu (D) Sania Mirza
38. Health is primarily a responsibility of the :(A) Community (B) State(C) Individual (D) Parent
39. Which of the following is known as mother sport ?(A) Wrestling (B) Judo(C) Athletics (D) Boxing
40. The ancient Olympic Games were held in the honour of God :(A) Apollo (B) Zeus(C) Mars (D) Poseidon
41. What is the number of wisdom teeth in a person ?(A) Four (B) Two(C) Six (D) Eight
42. Meta–carpal bones are found in the :(A) Knee (B) Palm(C) Elbow (D) Shoulder
43. Which of the following muscles are with man’s conscious control ?(A) Cardiac muscles (B) Respiratory muscles(C) Skeletal muscles (D) Smooth muscles
44. Through which of the following does the most of the heat loss occur ?(A) Skin (B) Expired air(C) Urine (D) Faeces
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 7 [Turn over
45. People suffering from cardiac disorder are generally advised by the doctors to :(A) Run (B) Walk(C) Jog (D) March
46. The human heart– the finest pump ever known–is about the size of a :(A) Closed fist (B) Big toe(C) Human ear (D) Open hand
47. Group play is a royal road to :(A) Socialization (B) Civilization(C) Globalization (D) Urbanization
48. The word sportsmanship primarily denotes :(A) Healthy competition (B) Tough character(C) Modesty in victory and defeat (D) Social adjustment
49. What according to biologists is the seat of life ?(A) A cell (B) A tissue(C) An organ (D) A system
50. The motto of the Asian Games :(A) Ever onwards (B) Ever upward(C) Ever forward (D) Ever raising
51. Which of the following games was initially called mintonette ?(A) Volleyball (B) Lawn tennis(C) Basketball (D) Badminton
52. Characteristically, bones of the face are :(A) Long (B) Short(C) Flat (D) Irregular
53. Sociologists consider sport as a :(A) Human urge for excellence (B) Life commitment(C) Survival Activity (D) Socio-cultural phenomena
54. Which of the following is least concerned with concept of motivation ?(A) Drive (B) Need(C) Motive (D) Sympathy
55. The teaching of motor skills should be based on the principle of :(A) Selectivity (B) Flexibility(C) Progression (D) Complexity
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 8
56. The word membrane means :(A) An envelope (B) A string(C) A net (D) A mesh
57. The term Lona is associated with :(A) Kho-Kho (B) Kabaddi(C) Atya-patya (D) Malkhamb
58. The knot used to tie a bandage is known as :(A) Reef knot (B) Granny knot(C) Clove knot (D) Half hitch
59. The two great dangers of wounds are :(A) Bleeding and infection (B) Shock and shivering(C) Pain and swelling (D) Burning and loss of tissue
60. Which of the following officials has no place in volleyball ?(A) Timekeeper (B) Second umpire(C) Scorer (D) Linesman
61. The main objective of the intramural programme is :(A) Infuse spirit of competition in students (B) Make optimal use of sports facilities and funds(C) Select athletes for extramural (D) Encourage mass participation in physical activities
62. Which of the following games is said to have had its origin during the British period at Pune ?(A) Cricket (B) Cycle polo(C) Badminton (D) Judo
63. The running distance between the two opposite wickets is :(A) 20 yards (B) 22 yards(C) 20 meters (D) 22 meters
64. Which of the following names does table tennis not bear ?(A) Ping pong (B) Gossima(C) Tick tack (D) Whiff-whaff
65. In archery, the distance for Olympic round is :(A) 30 m (B) 70 m(C) 50 m (D) 90 m
66. Ball that has no spin, usually travelling fast is known as :(A) Flat (B) Dead(C) Loaded (D) Lob
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 9 [Turn over
67. Children are admitted to the school on the basis of their :(A) Chronological age (B) Physiological age(C) Mental age (D) Anatomical age
68. Which visceral organ manufactures antibodies ?(A) Spleen (B) Liver(C) Stomach (D) Kidneys
69. Endemic goiter is caused due to the deficiency of :(A) Iodine (B) Vitamin A(C) Iron (D) Calcium
70. Hepatitis is an infection of the :(A) Liver (B) Kidney(C) Lungs (D) Stomach
71. Dog bite can cause :(A) Hydrophobia (B) Whooping cough(C) Madness (D) Vertigo
72. Western Blot test is conducted to confirm :(A) HIV infection (B) Blood contamination(C) Tuberculosis (D) Malaria parasite
73. In gymnastics, which of the following equipment is used only by women ?(A) Balancing beam (B) Vaulting horse(C) Pommel horse (D) Horizontal bars
74. A game of table-tennis finishes at :(A) 11 points (B) 21 points(C) 15 points (D) 25 points
75. The main function of WBC is to :(A) Carry oxygen (B) Remove dead cells(C) Fight against bacteria (D) Supply energy to body
Rough Work
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 10
Rough Work
B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education)/BDU-22273-A 11 152
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : LL.M. (Master of Laws)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. What will follow if a Money Bill is substantially amended by the Rajya Sabha ?(A) The Lok Sabha may still proceed with the Bill, accepting or not accepting the recommendations of the Rajya
Sabha(B) The Lok Sabha cannot consider the Bill further(C) The Lok Sabha may send the Bill to the Rajya Sabha for reconsideration(D) The President may call a joint sitting for passing the Bill
2. Which article of the Constitution provides for reservation in promotion for Scheduled Castes andScheduled Tribes ?(A) Article 15 (4) (B) Article 16 (4)(C) Article 16 (4-A) (D) Article 16 (4-B)
3. The Parliament can make any law for whole or any part of India for implementing Internationaltreaties :(A) with the consent of all the States(B) with the consent of the State concerned(C) without the consent of any State(D) of the majority of States
4. The case of Rupa Ashok Hurrah v. Ashok Hurrah 2002 (4) SCC 388 is related with :(A) Curative petition (B) Writ of Certiorari(C) Free Legal Aid (D) Appellate Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court
5. Doctrine of pleasure is incorporated in which article of Contitution of India ?(A) 309 (B) 310(C) 311 (D) 312
6. The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of India is :(A) Appellate only (B) Original only(C) Original as well as appellate (D) Original, Appellate and Advisory
7. Consider the following statements; Attorney General of India can :1. take part in the proceedings of the Lok Sabha2. be a member of a committee of the Lok Sabha3. speak in the Lok Sabha4. vote in the Lok SabhaWhich of the statements given above is/are correct ?(A) 1 only (B) 2 and 4(C) 1, 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3 only
LL.M. (Master of Laws)/A
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 3 } [Turn over
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 4 }
8. President of India can make Laws during the recess of Parliament through :(A) Bills (B) Ordinances(C) Statutes (D) Notifications
9. The appointment of Comptroller and Auditor-General of India under article 148 shall be made by :(A) Chief Justice of India (B) President of India(C) Prime Minister of India (D) Finance Minister of India
10. Which one of the following statements is correct ?(A) In India, the same person cannot be appointed as Governor for two or more States at the same time.(B) The Judges of the High Court of the States in India are appointed by the Governor of the State just as the
Judges of the Supreme Court are appointed by the President.(C) No procedure has been laid down in the Constitution of India for the removal of a Governor from his/her
post.(D) In the case of a Union Territory having a legislative setup, the Chief Minister is appointed by the Lt. Governor
on the basis of majority support.11. To nullify the effect of Golak Nath v. State of Punjab AIR 1967 SC 1643 decision, which amendment
was passed to make changes in Article 13 and 368 of the Constitution ?(A) Twenty – Second Amendment (B) Twenty – Third Amendment(C) Twenty – Fourth Amendment (D) Twenty – Fifth Amendment
12. The words ‘Socialist’ and ‘Secular’ were added in the Preamble of the Constitution by :(A) Forty-First Amendment (B) Forty-Second Amendment(C) Forty-Third Amendment (D) Forty-Four Amendment
13. The case of Jaya Bachchan v. Union of India (2006) 5 SCC 266 in the Constitution is mainly relatedwith :(A) Office of Profit (B) Right to Education(C) Election of the President (D) Trade Commerce Intercourse
14. Under Article 370 special provisions regarding the State of Jammu and Kashmir is provided, andunder Article 371-A special provision with repect to :(A) State of Nagaland (B) State of Sikkim(C) State of Manipur (D) States of Maharashtra and Gujarat
15. Prior to enactment of Right to Information Act 2005, the Right to Information was considered by theSupreme Court under :(A) Article 14 (B) Article 19 (1) (a)(C) Article 19 (2) (D) Article 19 (1) (g)
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 5 } [Turn over
16. The Ancient Monuments Preservation Act 1904 for the purpose of which article creates obligation forthe State ?(A) Article 39 (B) Article 48 – A(C) Article 49 – A (D) Article 49
17. Bikaji Narain Dhakras v. State of M.P. AIR 1955 SC 781 is a leading case related to :(A) Doctrine of Eclipse (B) Doctrine of Severability(C) Doctrine of Waiver (D) Retrospective effect of Constitution
18. The status of Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) as State, was discussed in the case of :(A) Northern Indian Caterers Ltd. v. State of Punjab 1967(B) Zee Telefilms Ltd. v. Union of India 2005(C) Bangal Cricket Association v. Union of India 2004(D) Zee Sports Ltd. v. State of Punjab 2010
19. Formation of new State under Article 3 includes :i. Form a new State by separation of territory from any State or by uniting two or more States or parts of
States or by uniting any territory to a part of any Stateii. Alter the boundaries of any Stateiii. Alter the name of any State(A) Only (i)(B) Only (ii)(C) Only (ii) and (iii)(D) (i) (ii) and (iii)
20. Under Article 223 of the Constitution appointment of acting Chief Justice of a High Court shall bemade by the :(A) Chief Justice of India(B) President of India(C) By the majority decision of the other Judges of the High Court(D) Decision of two senior judges of the High Court
21. Who was recently appointed as the new Chief Executive Officer of Microsoft ?(A) Satya Nadella (B) Catherine Samba(C) Juan Gelman (D) Rakesh Khurana
22. Who is the first woman Chief Justice of Delhi High Court ?(A) Justice G. Rohini (B) Justice Ranjana Desai(C) Justice Ruma Paul (D) Justice Leila Seth
23. Where did India’s first Monorail Service commence recently ?(A) Calcutta (B) Mumbai(C) Bangalore (D) Gandhinagar
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 6 }
24. What is the name of India’s first gun for Women, manufactured by Indian Ordnance Factory, Kanpur ?(A) Narmada (B) Nirbheek(C) Prateek (D) Nirmala
25. Who was the Chief Guest at Republic Day Parade on 26th Januray 2014 ?(A) Shinzo Abe, Prime Minister of Japan(B) Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck, King of Bhutan(C) Nicholas Sarkozy, President of France(D) Hamid Karzai, Afghanistan
26. Justice R. M. Lodha is the _____________ Chief Justice of India.(A) 40th (B) 41st
(C) 42nd (D) 43rd
27. What is the name of India’s first supersonic jet fighter which has been recently decommissioned after50 years of service ?(A) Hunter (B) Dhruv(C) Pawan Hans (D) MIG 21
28. Which sport has been added to Olympics 2020 to be held in Tokyo, Japan ?(A) Squash (B) Softball(C) Baseball (D) Wrestling
29. Sachin Tendulkar played his last test match against which country ?(A) West Indies (B) Australia(C) South Africa (D) Bangladesh
30. The 2014 general election in India has been conducted for ____________.(A) 14th Lok Sabha (B) 15th Lok Sabha(C) 16th Lok Sabha (D) 17th Lok Sabha
31. Who defined jurisprudence as, “the formal science of positive law” ?(A) Bentham (B) Blackstone(C) Holland (D) Pound
32. Bentham’s Philosophy was based on the central idea of :(A) Utilitarian Communalism (B) Utilitarian fundamentalism(C) Utilitarian Individualism (D) Utilitarian Socialism
33. Match the following :a. Sociological School 1. Kantb. Historical School 2. Savignyc. Philosophical School 3. Roscoe Poundd. Analytical School 4. Austin
a b c d(A) 3 2 1 4(B) 4 1 2 3(C) 1 2 3 4(D) 4 3 2 1
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 7 } [Turn over
34. Meaning of the word ‘Volkgeist’ is :(A) The bunch of customs (B) The series of judge made laws(C) General consciousness of the people (D) Laws prevailing in country
35. According to Henry Maine, the movement of progressive societies has hitherto been a movementfrom :(A) Status to contract(B) Contract to status, as contract gives rise to status(C) Fact of fancy(D) Fancy of fact
36. Who has said that ‘Jurisprudence is the lawyer’s extroversion' ?(A) Salmond (B) Julius Stone(C) Blackstone (D) Holland
37. What is the meaning of jus cogens ?(A) They are peremptory norms of International law, from which no derogations are allowed and which can
never be altered even with the consent of the States.(B) They are rules of International law that are laid down in multilateral treaties with a wide participation.(C) They are the decisions of the UN Security Council.(D) They are the rules of International law on which the ICJ founds its decisions.
38. The European Court of Human Rights at Strasbourg has been established under the :(A) Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, 1950(B) Charter of the Fundamental Rights of the European Union, 2000(C) Charter of Human Rights in Europe, 1975(D) European Human Rights Convention, 1960
39. The sources of International Law are provided under :(A) Article 34 of the Statute of International Court of Justice(B) Article 38 of the Charter of the United Nations(C) Article 34 of the Charter of the United Nations(D) Article 38 of the Statute of International Court of Justice
40. The first case taken up by the International Court of Justice was :(A) Tunis v. Morocco (B) Corfu Channel(C) Lighthouse in Crete and Samos (D) The EU Asbestos Case
41. ‘Handing over a person accused or convict of a crime by a State to the demanding State’ is known inthe International Law as :(A) Intradition (B) Extradition(C) Asylum (D) Territorial Sovereignty
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 8 }
42. Tender notification on the official website of government department is :(A) An Offer (B) Invitation to offer(C) Acceptance (D) Neither an offer nor an Invitation to offer
43. Promises which form the consideration or part of the consideration for each other are called :(A) Conditional promises (B) Cross offers(C) Conditional offer (D) Reciprocal promises
44. Under section 19A of Indian Contract Act the contract is voidable if consent is caused by :(A) Fraud (B) Minor(C) Undue Influence (D) Mistake
45. An agreement restraint of trade is valid under section 27 if it relates to :(A) Mutual adjustment (B) Sale of Goodwill(C) Business contingency (D) To reduce competition
46. The definition of Consent is provided under which section of Indian Contract Act ?(A) Section 11 (B) Section 12(C) Section 13 (D) Section 14
47. Communication of acceptance is complete as against the proposer :(A) When it comes to the knowledge of the proposer(B) When it is put in the course of transmission to him so as to be out of power of the acceptor(C) When the acceptance is communicated to the proposer(D) All the above
48. Rescission of the contract means :(A) The renewal of original contract (B) Cancellation of contract(C) Alteration of contract (D) Substitution of new contract in place of earlier one
49. Statutory auditor of a company in the case of a casual vacancy may be appointed by the :(A) Board of Directors (B) Managing Director(C) Extraordinary General meeting (D) Government concerned
50. Which doctrine does not apply to acts void ab initio ?(A) Ultra vires (B) Intra vires(C) Constructive notice (D) Indoor management
51. XYZ Co. is having 15% share capital held by X Company and 50% held by Central Government and10% held by State Government and 25% held by other people then that company will be :(A) Government Company (B) Private Company(C) Public Company (D) Multinational Company
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 9 } [Turn over
52. The doctrine of indoor management is an __________ to the doctrine of constructive notice.(A) Exception (B) Extension(C) Alternative (D) Illustration
53. According to Section 2(ee) of the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, controlled industry means :(A) The industry is controlled by Central Government(B) The industry is controlled by public(C) The industry is controlled by a private company(D) The industry is controlled by a multinational company
54. Which of the following is not a wage ?(A) The value of house accommodation (B) Bonus(C) Dearness allowance (D) Value of concessional supply of food grains
55. The Industrial Disputes Act came into force on :(A) 1st April 1947 (B) 1st March 1947(C) 1st May 1947 (D) 1st January 1947
56. According to Sec 2(aaa) of Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, average pay means the average of the wagespayable to a daily paid workman for :(A) 7 full working days (B) 15 full working days(C) 12 full working days (D) 30 full working days
57. The rule of Ryland v. Fletcher does not apply when the escape is due to :(A) Act of God (B) Negligence(C) Mistake (D) Inevitable accident
58. “Volenti non fit injuria” means :(A) Act of God (B) Leave and License(C) Contributory Negligence (D) Strict Liability
59. The Meaning of the maxim ‘quifacit per alium facit per se’ means :(A) He who acts through others is deemed in law as doing it himself(B) Responsibility must be that of the superior(C) One can not be held liable for his own wrong(D) None of the above
60. Ashby v. White is an example of :(A) Ubi jus ibi remedium (B) Damnum sine injuria(C) Injuria sine demno (D) Volenti not fit injuria
61. Match the following (sections with their headnotes) :A B
Sections Headnotesa. 354 A 1. Stalkingb. 354 B 2. Assault or use of criminal force to women with
intent to disrobec. 354 C 3. Sexual harassmentd. 354 D 4. Voyeurism
a b c d(A) 1 2 3 4(B) 2 1 4 3(C) 4 3 2 1(D) 3 2 4 1
62. Where the offender is himself in possession of the property and subsequently dishonestly converts itto his own use, the offence committed is a :(A) Theft (B) Robbery(C) Criminal misappropriation (D) Dacoity
63. A, a police officer, has a warrant of arrest for B. He asks D as to the identity of B. D knowingly tells Athat Z is B and consequently A arrests D :(A) D is guilty of abetment by instigation(B) D is guilty of abetment by aiding(C) D is guilty of abetment by false representation(D) D is guilty of abetment of any kind only of mischief
64. In case of imprisonment for non-payment of fine, if a part of the fine is paid, such sentence :(A) Shall be reduced proportionately(B) Shall not be reduced in direct proportion to the fine paid(C) Shall be reduced but subject to the discretion of the court as to the quantum of reduction(D) Shall not be reduced in any circumstances
65. Match the following (sections with their headnotes)A B
Sections Headnotesa. 376 A 1. Gang rapeb. 376 B 2. Punishment for causing death or resulting in
persistent vegetative statec. 376 D 3. Punishment for repeat offendersd. 376 E 4. Sexual intercourse by husband upon his wife
during separationa b c d
(A) 2 4 1 3(B) 2 1 4 3(C) 4 3 2 1(D) 3 2 4 1
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 10 }
66. Under Section 20 of the Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act, 1956, the following is not entitled toclaim maintenance from :(A) Childless step Mother (B) Major son(C) Major unmarried daughter (D) Any illegitimate minor child
67. After the Amendment of 2005 in Hindu Succession Act, 1956, total number of Class-I Heirs for a Hindumale intestate are :(A) 11 (B) 12(C) 14 (D) 16
68. Under Hindu Succession Act, 1956 who amongst the following is not in Class I heir ?(A) Father (B) Mother(C) Son (D) Daughter
69. Section 8 of Hindu Succession Act, 1956 lays down the order of priority of succession, the correct orderof priority is reflected as :(A) Class I – class II – cognates – agnates (B) Class I – class II – agnates – cognates(C) Class II – class I – cognates – agnates (D) Class II – class I – agnates – cognates
70. Section 29 of Hindu Succession Act, 1956 incorporates :(A) Disqualified heirs (B) Doctrine of escheat(C) Presumption in cases of simultaneous deaths (D) Rights of a child in womb
71. Section 51 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 does not apply to :(A) Court Sale (B) Auction Sale(C) Bid (D) Electronic Sale
72. Section 52 of Transfer of Property Act deals with :(A) Rule against perpetuity (B) Lis pendens(C) Doctrine of apportionment (D) Doctrine of part-performance
73. Which of the following mortgages is not required to be in writing ?(A) Simple mortgage (B) Mortgage by conditional sale(C) English mortgage (D) Mortgage by deposit of title deeds
74. ‘A’ makes a gift in favour of his sons with a condition that if any one of them dies leaving no male issue,his share will be taken by A’s daughter, and not by the widow or daughter of the deceased son. What isthe nature of the interest created in favour of A’s daughter ?(A) Vested Interest (B) Contingent Interest(C) Both (A) and (B) (D) Void Interest
75. “Nemo dat quod non habet” is related to which Section of the Transfer of Property Act ?(A) Sec. 8 (B) Sec. 7(C) Sec. 9 (D) Sec. 14
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 11 }
Rough Work
LL.M. (Master of Law)/BDU-22253-A { 12 } 187
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 2
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 3 [Turn over
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/A
1. The factors of x3 – 19x – 30 are :(A) (x+2) (x+3) (x–5) (B) (x+2) (x–3) (x+5)
(C) (x–2) (x–3) (x–5) (D) (x+2) (x+3) (x+5)
2. The expression x+3 is not a factor of :(A) x2 – 2x – 15 (B) –2x2 + 18
(C) –3x2 + 9x (D) x2 + 8x + 15
3. What is the degree of the polynomial x3y2z + xy2z ?(A) 4 (B) 6
(C) 5 (D) 10
4. Which of the following equations are linear ?(I) y/x = 3x +10 (II) y = 2x + 3(III) y2 = 8x (IV) x = 7
(A) I (B) II
(C) II and IV (D) IV
5. The lines y = 2x and 2y = –x are :(A) Parallel (B) Vertical
(C) Horizontal (D) Perpendicular
6. The price of a car is increased by 7%. If the new price is Rs. 1,07,000, what was theoriginal cost of the car ?(A) 1,00,000 (B) 99,510(C) 98,777 (D) 96,540
7. 81¾ =(A) 9 (B) 27(C) 69 (D) 78
8.
bx)ax/sin(sin0x
Lt
(A) 1 (B) b/a(C) a/b (D) 0
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 4
9. The derivative of sin2 x with respect to x is :(A) sin x (B) sin 2x
(C) cos 2x (D) cos x
10. The derivative of log tan x with respect to x is :
(A) 2/sin 2x (B) 1/sin x
(C) 1/cos x (D) 2/cos 2x
11. If C denotes a constant, dxxlog =(A) x log x + x + C (B) x log x + C
(C) x log x – x + C (D) x – x log x + C
12. If C denotes a constant, dx)bax/(1
(A) a x + b + C (B) 1/a [log(a x + b)] + C
(C) log log (a x + b) + C (D) (a + b) log x + C
13. If a set S contains n elements, the power set of S contains _________ elements.(A) 2n (B) n2
(C) 2n (D) n!
14. Identify the incorrect statement in the following :
(A) A relation is an equivalence relation if it is reflexive, symmetric and transitive
(B) Every relation is a function but every function need not be a relation
(C) Every relation that is symmetric and transitive need not be reflexive
(D) Every relation has an inverse relation but every function need not have
15. The geometric mean of the numbers 5, 10, 40, 80 is :(A) 10 (B) 30
(C) 40 (D) 20
16. Consider the data : 10, 15, 23, 32, 23, 15, 45, 32, 45, 23, 76, 23, 45. The mode is :(A) 23 (B) 45
(C) 76 (D) 10
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 5 [Turn over
17. A bag contains 10 red, 25 green and 15 blue colored pens. A pen is taken out at ran-dom from the bag. What is the probability that the color of the pen is green or blue ?(A) 1 (B) 0.15
(C) 0.2 (D) 0.8
18. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability of obtaining a total scoreof 7 ?
(A) 5/6 (B) 1/6
(C) 1/3 (D) 1/12
19. Out of 7 consonants and 4 vowels, how many words of 3 consonants and 2 vowels canbe formed ?(A) 1050 (B) 210
(C) 25200 (D) 2520
20. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting at most twoheads ?(A) 7/8 (B) 3/4
(C) 3/8 (D) 1/4
21. In how many different ways can the letters of the word ‘COMPARE’ be arrangedsuch that the vowels always come together ?
(A) 256 (B) 720
(C) 360 (D) 480
22. From a group of 7 boys and 6 girls, five persons are to be selected to form a committeeso that at least 3 boys are there in the committee. In how many ways selection ispossible ?(A) 564 (B) 735
(C) 756 (D) 645
23. In how many ways can the letters of the word ‘BEATLE’ be arranged ?(A) 720 (B) 120
(C) 180 (D) 360
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 6
24. In the first 10 overs of a cricket game, the run rate was only 3.2. What should be therun rate in the remaining 40 overs to reach the target of 262 runs ?(A) 6.5 (B) 6.25
(C) 6.75 (D) 7
25. The average of 20 numbers is zero. Of them, at the most, how many are greater thanzero ?
(A) 19 (B) 0
(C) 10 (D) 1
26. The standard deviation is the best measure of ____________.(A) Correlation (B) Frequency
(C) Regression (D) Dispersion
27. There are 10 lamps in a hall and each one of them can be switched on independently.The number of ways in which the hall can be illuminated is :(A) 2020 (B) 1010
(C) 1023 (D) 23456
28. If the mode of a data is 18 and the mean is 24, then median is :(A) 18 (B) 22
(C) 24 (D) 36
29. The least perfect square, which is divisible by each of 21, 36 and 66 is :(A) 213444 (B) 214344
(C) 214434 (D) 231444
30. 66 cubic centimeters of silver is drawn into a wire one mm in diameter. The length ofthe wire in meters will be :
(A) 90 (B) 168
(C) 84 (D) 180
31. Consider three vectors : X = [1 0 0], Y = [0 1 0] and Z = [0 0 1]. The rank of the matrixwith rows X, Y and Z is :(A) 0 (B) 3
(C) 1 (D) 2
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 7 [Turn over
32. If the three rows of a singular matrix M are [1 0 2], [0 a 1] and [ 2 3 3] respectively,then the value of ‘a’ is :(A) –3 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 6
33. If log 27 = 1.431, then the value of log 9 is :
(A) 0.934 (B) 0.945
(C) 0.954 (D) 0.958
34. The value of alog aN =(A) 1 (B) a
(C) aN (D) N
35. If absolute value of x < 1, the sum of the infinite series 1 + X + X2 +X3 + X4 + .... is :
(A) 1 (B) 1+ x
(C) 1/(1– x) (D) 1/(1+ x)
36. The value of log 75 + log 28 – log 21 =(A) 0 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 1
37. The equation of the circle passing through the point (4, 5) and with centre at (2, 2) is :
(A) x2 + y2 + 4x + 4y – 5 = 0 (B) x2 + y2 + 4x – 4y – 5 = 0
(C) x2 + y2 – 4x – 4y – 5 = 0 (D) None of the above
38. The equation of y-axis is :(A) z = 0 (B) x = 0
(C) y = 0, z = 0 (D) x = 0, z = 0
39. The locus of x2 + y2 + z2 = 0 is :
(A) (0, 0, 0) (B) a sphere
(C) a circle (D) a plane
40. If n is a positive integer, then n3 + 2n is divisible by :(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 6
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 8
41. __________ contained in the mobile devices and digital cameras provides the controlprogram for the devices.(A) Software (B) Hardware
(C) Firmware (D) Freeware
42. The world’s first computer programmer is :(A) Charles Babbage (B) Jon Von Neumann
(C) Alan Turing (D) Ada Lovelace
43. The world’s first single chip microprocessor is :(A) Intel 4004 (B) Intel 8085
(C) Motorola 68060 (D) Pentium 8086
44. In computer networks, bandwidth is measured in _______.(A) Bytes per second (B) Bits per second
(C) Kilo Bytes (D) Bits
45. The time taken for the hard disk controller to locate a specific piece of stored data iscalled :
(A) Access time (B) Rotational Delay
(C) Transfer time (D) Seek-time
46. A program counter is a processor register that contains :(A) Address of the current instruction being executed
(B) Error value
(C) Results of computations
(D) Instruction currently being executed
47. The Relational Model for database management is a database model based on :
(A) Table (B) Queries
(C) First-order Predicate Logic (D) Normalization
48. __________ is a field (or collection of fields) in one table that uniquely identifies a rowof another table in relational databases.(A) Primary key (B) Candidate key
(C) Alternate key (D) Foreign key
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 9 [Turn over
49. The 2’s complement of 1100 is :(A) 0011 (B) 0100
(C) 0101 (D) 1001
50. The decimal equivalent of the Hexadecimal number 2E is :(A) 46 (B) 17
(C) 20 (D) 18
51. Which of the following data types can not be returned by functions ?(A) Integer (B) Float
(C) Array (D) Pointer to array
52. For which of the following Boolean operators the output is false when both the inputsare true or both the inputs are false ?
(A) XNOR (B) XOR
(C) AND (D) NOR
53. Which of the following statements is false ?(A) Recursion is implemented using stack data structure
(B) Every tree can be converted into a binary tree
(C) Every node in a binary tree can have at most two children
(D) Every graph is a tree but every tree need not be a graph
54. Which of the following computer languages is used for artificial intelligence ?(A) FORTRAN (B) PASCAL
(C) PROLOG (D) COBOL
55. The worst case complexity of quicksort algorithm to sort n elements is :(A) n2 (B) n log n
(C) log n (D) n3
56. The synonym for the word “MELANCHOLY” is :(A) Happy (B) Depressed
(C) Brave (D) Tough
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 10
57. Find the odd man out from the following :(A) Strong (B) Energetic
(C) Robust (D) Attractive
58. The antonym of the word HAPHAZARD is :(A) Disciplined (B) Careless
(C) Organized (D) Strict
59. Consider the sentence “When she left Agra her friends ______ her good-bye.”(A) bid (B) bade
(C) bidded (D) bids
60. Consider the sentence “When did you hear ________ him last ?” The correct word tobe filled in the blank is :(A) from (B) to
(C) by (D) for
61. Consider the sentence “The bus came after we ________ for more than an hour.” Thecorrect verb to be filled in the blank is :
(A) waited (B) have waited
(C) waiting (D) had waited
62. Consider the sentence “The medical shop is ________ to sell medicines.” The correctword to be filled in the blank is :(A) licence (B) licenced
(C) licensed (D) licensing
63. The word with wrong spelling is :(A) Algebra (B) Mathemetics
(C) Geometry (D) Arithmetic
64. Choose the correct word for the blank in the sentence “You are _______ no compul-sion to come.”
(A) under (B) in
(C) with (D) by
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 11 [Turn over
65. The plural form of the word mouse is :(A) Mouse (B) Meese
(C) Mouses (D) Mice
66. Pointing to a photograph of a girl Ramesh said, “She is the daughter of the only son ofmy mother.” How is Ramesh related to that girl ?
(A) Brother (B) Uncle
(C) Father (D) Cousin
67. The total of the ages of Karan, Kusum and Kiran is 84 years. What was the total oftheir ages (in years) three years ago ?(A) 81 (B) 75
(C) 71 (D) 74
68. Arrange the words given below in a meaningful sequence :
1. Family2. Community3. Member
4. Locality5. Country(A) 3, 1, 2, 4, 5
(B) 3, 1, 4, 2, 5
(C) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5
(D) 1, 3, 4, 2, 5
69. Choose the pair of words that represents a similar relationship as the pair givenbelow :Waitress : Restaurant
(A) doctor : diagnosis (B) actor : role
(C) driver : truck (D) teacher : school
70. What number should come next in the series : 80, 10, 70, 15, 60, ...... ?(A) 25 (B) 65
(C) 20 (D) 40
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 12
71. If 6 is obtained from {12, 18, 30}, 8 is obtained from {16, 24, 40} and x isobtained from {45, 18, 27} . The value of x is :(A) 12 (B) 9
(C) 18 (D) 6
72. Suppose at 6 P.M. the hour hand in a timepiece points to North. In whichdirection the minute hand will point at 9.15 P.M. ?
(A) West (B) North
(C) South (D) East
73. Suppose A can do a work in 15 days and B in 20 days. If they work on it togetherfor 4 days, then the fraction of the work that is left is :(A) 1/10 (B) 1/4
(C) 7/15 (D) 8/15
74. Three ships are kept next to each other. A blue ship is to the right of a red shipand to the left of a green ship. If the blue ship and the green ship change places,then :(A) The red ship and the blue ship are next to each other
(B) The red ship is immediately to the left of the blue ship
(C) The green ship is between the red and the blue ships
(D) The red ship is in the middle
75. If CUP is coded as ASN, then ROW is coded as :(A) PUM (B) PMU
(C) SUM (D) PMV
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 13 [Turn over
ROUGH WORK
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 14
ROUGH WORK
M.C.A. (Master of Computer Applications)/BDU-22254-A 15 [Turn over
ROUGH WORK
424
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Com. (Honours)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 85 Maximum Marks : 85
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 85 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 2
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 3 [Turn over
M.Com. (Honours)/A
1. Which of the following is also known as an inventoriable cost ?(A) Period cost (B) Fixed cost(C) Product cost (D) Conversion cost
2. Which of the following is not generally true when a company compares ABC andtraditional costing ?(A) ABC uses more cost drivers(B) ABC allocates cost based solely on production volume(C) ABC is more expensive(D) ABC is less likely to under-cost complex, low-volume products
3. Operating leverage is related to which of the following ?(A) Manufacturing costs versus selling costs(B) Estimated costs versus actual costs(C) Total revenues versus total costs(D) Fixed costs versus variable costs
4. Which of the following costs should not be taken into consideration when making adecision ?(A) Opportunity costs (B) Sunk costs(C) Relevant costs (D) Differential costs
5. Ending finished goods inventory is :(A) beginning finished goods inventory + cost of goods completed – cost of goods sold(B) cost of goods completed – cost of goods sold(C) beginning finished goods inventory + cost of goods completed(D) beginning finished goods inventory – cost of goods completed + cost of goods sold
6. Production of all the joint products should cease if :(A) any of the individual products sells for less than its joint cost(B) the joint cost is less than the total revenue generated when the joint products are sold(C) any of the products have a negative gross margin after the joint costs have been allocated(D) total revenue from the sale of all the joint products is less than the joint cost
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 4
7. Which budget would show the amount of goods to be purchased from suppliers ratherthan to be manufactured during the period ?(A) Production budget (B) Merchandise purchases budget(C) Direct materials budget (D) Sales budget
8. The overhead volume variance is favourable when :(A) more units are produced than were originally planned(B) actual overhead costs are less than the flexible budget(C) the predetermined overhead rate was too low(D) there are units remaining in ending inventory
9. There is conceptual and computational similarity between production yield varianceand(A) revenue sales quantity variance (B) revenue market size variance(C) revenue sales volume variance (D) revenue sales mix variance
10. Target price is target cost plus :(A) target selling price (B) target profit(C) manufacturing costs (D) transportation costs
11. Which of the following is not a part of the calculation of residual income ?(A) NOPAT (B) Invested capital(C) Required rate of return (D) Interest expense
12. Which of the following is not a dimension of the Balanced Scorecard ?(A) Customer (B) Internal processes(C) Innovation (D) Stakeholder
13. Which of the following is a cash inflow ?(A) Share redemption (B) Rights issue(C) Bonus issue (D) Redemption of debentures
14. Which of the following would be subtracted from operating profit when calculatingthe net cash flow from operating activities ?(A) Profit on disposal of assets (B) Depreciation
(C) Increases in creditors (D) Decrease in debtors
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 5 [Turn over
15. Which of the following is not a capital reserve ?(A) Share premium (B) Fixed asset replacement(C) Capital redemption (D) Revaluation
16. A debit balance on a partner’s current account must indicate that :(A) drawings are higher than the profit share for that year(B) they have withdrawn more than they have earned in the partnership(C) they have a credit balance on their capital account(D) they are insolvent
17. Which of the following will improve a company’s working capital management position ?(A) An increase in the credit period allowed by suppliers(B) An increase in the stock turnover period(C) An increased debtor collection period(D) An increased level of bad debts
18. An investment centre is a responsibility centre where manager has control of :(A) costs (B) costs and profits(C) costs, profits and assets (D) costs, profits and product quality
19. Which group of ratios measure a firm’s ability to meet short-term obligations ?(A) Debt ratios (B) Coverage ratios(C) Profitability ratios (D) Liquidity ratios
20. The opportunity cost approach in human resource accounting was introduced by :(A) William C. Pyle (B) Rensis Likert(C) Eric G. Flamholtz (D) Hekimian and Jones
21. Which of the following is not an ‘experiential training’ method ?(A) Case study (B) Lectures(C) On-the-job training (D) Role playing
22. The management system, as identified by Likert, whereby leadership involves trust andconfidence in subordinates, there is a high degree of teamwork and communication andresponsibility for achieving the goals of the organisation is spread throughout all levelsof the hierarchy is :(A) participative group (B) consultative(C) benevolent authoritative (D) exploitative authoritative
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 6
23. The four main approaches to organisations and management are :(A) classical, human relations, systems and contingency(B) contingency, social action, scientific management and classical(C) human relations, social action, contingency and scientific management(D) classical, human relations, bureaucracy and social action
24. Who proposed the ‘Hierarchy of Needs Theory’ in 1943 ?(A) Abraham Maslow (B) Frederick Herzberg(C) Douglas McGregor (D) David McClelland
25. Taylor’s thoughts were based on studies at :(A) the Bethlehem Steel Corporation (B) the American Steel Arsenal(C) the Arsenal (D) the Watertown Steel Corporation
26. Coordinating people and human resources to accomplish organizational goals is theprocess of :(A) planning (B) directing(C) management (D) leadership
27. Specific, short-term statements detailing how to achieve an organization’s goals is knownas its :(A) mission statement (B) vision(C) operational planning (D) objectives
28. What is ‘Six Sigma’ ?(A) A mathematical model for increasing output while lowering costs(B) An ad-hoc grouping of the world’s six most valuable companies(C) Form of industrial dispute arbitration(D) A system of quality management
29. The set of marketing tools a firm uses to implement its marketing strategy is called the :(A) product mix (B) promotion mix(C) marketing mix (D) marketing effort
30. Which type of promotional tool is non-public, immediate, customized, and interactive ?(A) Segmented advertising (B) Direct marketing(C) Brand contacts (D) Sales promotion
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 7 [Turn over
31. According to research, which selection method is perceived to be fairest by mostapplicants ?(A) References (B) Written ability tests(C) Interviews (D) CVs
32. Which of the following is not a type of performance appraisal ?(A) Team based appraisal (B) 45 degree appraisal(C) Customer appraisals (D) Appraisal of managers
33. The individuals (representing functional areas and management) within an organizationwho participate in making a given purchase decision make up the :(A) strategic business unit (B) decision-making unit
(C) strategic decision unit (D) functional decision unit
34. For products in which stage of the product life cycle are the engineering and R & Dlikely to be key functions influencing the purchase decision ?(A) Introduction (B) Growth
(C) Maturity (D) Decline
35. Which of the following inventory techniques uses cards to monitor inventorymovement ?(A) JIT Approach (B) Economic Order Quantity
(C) Kaizen (D) Kanban
36. According to the BCG matrix, which of the following business units do not hold outmuch economic purpose and as such the organization must either not invest in themor should consider selling them as soon as possible ?(A) Question marks (B) Dogs
(C) Cash cows (D) Stars
37. According to the Scientific Management School of Thought, which of the following isdefined as the systematic, objective and critical examination of all the factors governingthe operational efficiency of a specified activity to bring about improvement ?(A) Work Methods Study (B) Time Study
(C) Motion Study (D) Micromotion Study
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 8
38. According to Maslow, a person who is looking for affection, belongingness, acceptance,and friendship is at which need level ?(A) Physiological (B) Self-actualization(C) Social (D) Esteem
39. Which of the following is not one of the categories of research design ?
(A) Exploratory research (B) Descriptive research(C) Casual research (D) Desk research
40. Diversification is best described as which of the following ?(A) Existing products in new markets (B) Existing products in existing markets(C) New products for new markets (D) New products for existing markets
41. What is the time limit to get the information under the Right to Information Act, 2005 ?(A) 30 days from the date of application (B) 35 days from the date of application(C) 38 days from the date of application (D) 45 days from the date of application
42. The judicial system set up under the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, does not includeconsumer courts at the :(A) village level (B) district level(C) state level (D) national level
43. Which one of the following is not a welfare provision under the Factories Act, 1948 ?(A) Canteen (B) Drinking water(C) Creches (D) First aid
44. When two or more persons have made a joint promise under the Indian Contract Act,1872, then, unless a contrary intention appears from the contract, all such personsmust fulfil the promise :(A) jointly (B) Severally(C) jointly and severally (D) jointly or severally
45. The term ‘negotiation’ in Section 14 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 refersto :(A) the transfer of a bill of exchange, promissory note or cheque to any person, so as to
constitute the person the holder thereof(B) the payment by a bank on a negotiable instrument after due verification of the instrument(C) the bargaining between the parties to a negotiable instrument
(D) an understanding between the parties to a negotiable instrument
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 9 [Turn over
46. Under the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, how many days notice does a person employedin a public utility needs to give before going on a strike ?(A) Seven days (B) Fourteen days
(C) Fifteen days (D) Twenty-one days
47. The term ‘company’ is defined under which section of the Companies Act, 1956 ?(A) Section 1 (3) (B) Section 2 (4)
(C) Section 3 (1) (D) Section 4 (2)
48. A prospectus which does not have complete particulars on the price of securities andthe quantum of securities offered are called as :(A) deemed prospectus (B) red herring prospectus
(C) shelf prospectus (D) abridged prospectus
49. Which out of the following sources are available to companies for buy back ofsecurities ?(A) Securities premium account (B) Revaluation reserve(C) Capital redemption reserve (D) Investment allowance reserve
50. A company may hold its first annual general meeting within a period of not morethan :(A) twelve months from the date of tis incorporation(B) fifteen months from the date of its incorporation(C) eighteen months from the date of its incorporation
(D) twenty months from the date of its incorporation
51. A special resolution of the members (or of a class of members) of a company means aresolution passed by a majority of not less than :(A) 50 percent (B) 65 percent
(C) 75 percent (D) 80 percent
52. For limited companies, what is the minimum number of meetings of the Board ofDirectors to be held each year ?(A) Two (B) Three(C) Four (D) Five
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 10
53. Loss from derivative trading is :(A) loss under the head ‘Income from other Sources’(B) loss under the head ‘Investments’(C) speculative business loss(D) non-speculative business loss
54. Which of the following income is not included in the term ‘Income’ under the Income TaxAct, 1961 ?(A) Reimbursement of travelling expenses(B) Profit in lieu of salary(C) Dividend(D) Profits and gains of business or profession
55. The charging section of the Income Tax Act, 1961 is :(A) Section 1 (B) Section 2(C) Section 3 (D) Section 4
56. A company, other than an Indian company would be a resident in India for the previousyear if during that year its control and management is situated :(A) wholly in India (B) wholly or partly in India(C) wholly outside India (D) partly in India
57. As per Section 60 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, income is clubbed if :(A) asset is transferred without transferring income(B) income is transferred without transferring asset yielding income(C) asset yielding income is transferred as irrevocable transfer(D) asset yielding income is transferred as revocable transfer
58. Employer’s contribution towards statutory public fund is :(A) taxable(B) partly exempt(C) fully exempt(D) eligible for deduction under Section 60
59. Which of the following duties is under the purview of the State Government ?(A) Central Excise duty (B) Customs duty(C) Service tax (D) VAT
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 11 [Turn over
60. CIN stands for :(A) Challan Identification Number (B) Cash Identification Number(C) Commission Identification Number (D) Central Information Number
61. The study of inflation is part of :(A) descriptive economics (B) normative economics(C) macroeconomics (D) microeconomics
62. According to the Ricardian Theory of Rent, transfer earnings of land are :(A) zero (B) negative(C) positive (D) equal to rent
63. According to the Keynesian Theory of Interest, “people may keep cash on hand tomake profit out of anticipated changes in the prices of bonds and shares.” This liquiditypreference of people is called as :(A) transaction motive (B) precautionary motive(C) speculation motive (D) price motive
64. The output gap is defined as :(A) nominal GDP minus real GDP(B) potential GDP minus actual GDP(C) nominal GDP adjusted for inflation(D) actual output minus the output that could be produced if the capital stock remained
constant
65. The Law of Equi-Marginal Utility is a law of :(A) production of wealth (B) consumption of wealth(C) distribution of wealth (D) exchange of wealth
66. Most of the economic growth of the four “Asian Tigers” between 1966 and 1990 camefrom :(A) increases in inputs (B) increases in total factor productivity(C) reliance on a free market economy (D) access to natural resources
67. A rational expectations model in which the short-run Phillips curve moves up or downin response to newly available information about monetary growth was first proposedby :(A) M. Friedman (B) E. Lucas(C) E.S. Phelps (D) W. Phillips
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 12
68. If the central bank were convinced that that there is a large trade-off betweenunemployment and inflation, then it would most likely :(A) target real GDP (B) target nominal GDP(C) target inflation (D) rely solely on automatic stabilizers
69. The goods market and the money market are linked together by :(A) monetary policy (B) fiscal policy(C) interest rates (D) the labour market
70. The economy is said to be in a liquidity trap, if :(A) money demand is totally interest elastic(B) money demand is totally interest inelastic(C) investment is totally interest inelastic(D) a government spending increase is totally crowded out by a decrease in private investment
71. An exchange rate system in which central banks are always ready to buy and sell theircurrency at a predetermined price is called :(A) a dirty floating exchange rate system (B) a fixed exchange rate system(C) a flexible exchange rate system (D) a managed exchange rate system
72. As credit and debit cards are more widely used, we should expect that :(A) more money balances will be held in M1(B) more money balances will be held in M2(C) less money balances will be held in M2(D) less money balances will be held in M1, but those held in M2 will remain unchanged
73. The money multiplier is the ratio of :(A) bank deposits divided by bank reserves(B) bank deposits divided by high-powered money(C) money supply divided by high-powered money(D) the currency divided by bank reserves
74. The real interest rate is :(A) the expected inflation rate(B) the nominal interest rate less the discount rate(C) the actual interest rate of the loan
(D) the nominal interest rate less the expected rate of inflation
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 13 [Turn over
75. The yield curve :(A) depicts the term structure of interest
(B) depicts interest rate differentials between government bonds and corporate bonds(C) is most often downward sloping(D) ranks different stocks according to their risk and expected yield
76. After a long and persistent overvaluation of the domestic currency a long-lasting changein trade patterns may occur even after the value of the currency has come down again.This is generally known as the :(A) sterilization effect (B) J-curve effect(C) purchasing power effect (D) hysteresis effect
77. Which of the following holds that a government can improve the economic well-beingof a country by encouraging exports and discouraging imports without a reliance onprevious metals ?(A) Mercantilism (B) Neo-mercantilism(C) Quotas (D) The Leontief paradox
78. A form of industry structure characterised by a few firms, each large enough to influencemarket price is :(A) oligopoly (B) monopoly(C) perfect competition (D) monopolistic competition
79. Which one of the following is not an assumption made in the Heckscher-Ohlin analysis ?(A) Constant returns to scale(B) Imperfect competition(C) Identical production functions across countries(D) Identical tastes across countries
80. A monopsony occurs if there is :(A) a major employer of labour (B) a highly unionised workforce(C) a major provider of employees (D) a single seller in a market
81. Who is the first woman managing director of State Bank of India (SBI) ?(A) Kalpana Morparia (B) Naina Lal Kidwai(C) Arundhati Bhattacharya (D) Vijaylakshmi Iyer
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 14
82. Which of the following term refers to meeting the needs of the present withoutcompromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs ?(A) Corporate social responsibility (B) Sustainability
(C) Green economics (D) Convergence
83. Which group aims to establish and maintain worldwide standards for efficient, orderlyand fair markets ?(A) International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)(B) International Auditing and Assurances Standards Board (IAASB)(C) International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO)(D) Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)
84. Raghuram Rajan, the current RBI governor was the former Chief Economist of :(A) International Monetary Fund (B) World Bank(C) Asian Development Bank (D) European Investment Bank
85. In economics, BRIC is a grouping acronym that refers to the countries of Brazil, Russia,India and China. Who coined this acronym ?(A) Tushar Poddar (B) Jim O’Neill(C) Eva Yi (D) Adler Martins
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 15 [Turn over
ROUGH WORK
M.Com. (Honours)/BDU-22269-A 16 207
ROUGH WORK
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Com. (Business Innovation)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 2
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 3 [Turn over
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/A
1. Which among the following is not member state of SAARC ?(A) Maldives (B) Bhutan(C) Sri Lanka (D) Myanmar
2. Which is the world’s largest desert ?(A) Sahara (B) Gobi(C) Thar (D) Takala Makan
3. Petroleum prices are determined by :(A) OPEC (B) IMF(C) IBRD (D) WTO
4. Who is named as the Flying Sikh of India ?(A) Mohinder Singh (B) Ajit Pal Singh(C) Joginder Singh (D) Milkha Singh
5. The term epicenter is associated with :(A) Earthquake (B) Volcanoes(C) Cyclones (D) Landslides
6. Which of the following fuels causes minium environmental pollution ?(A) Diesel (B) Kerosene(C) Hydrogen (D) Coal
7. Which of the following institution deal with Credit to Agriculture and RuralDevelopment ?(A) IDBI (B) NABARD(C) SIDBI (D) ICICI
8. Which of the following market structures has a kinked demand curve ?(A) Perfect Competition (B) Monopoly(C) Oligopoly (D) Monopolistic Competition
9. Who among the following has been appointed as interim President of BCCI ?(A) Navjot Singh (B) Anil Kumble(C) Sunil Gavaskar (D) Ajay Jadeja
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 4
10. The Minimum age to cast vote in India is :
(A) 18 Years (B) 19 Years
(C) 20 Years (D) 21 Years
11. Author of the “Accidental Prime Minister” the making and unmaking of ManmohanSingh is :
(A) Yashwant Sinha (B) Sachin Pilot
(C) Sanjay Baru (D) Rajiv Pilot
12. Who among the following Prime Minister of India has not presented the budget ?
(A) Jawaharlal Nehru (B) Morarji Desai
(C) Indira Gandhi (D) Rajeev Gandhi
13. Which of the following quantities is the measure of inertia ?
(A) Velocity (B) Acceleration
(C) Mass (D) Weight
14. In which of the following state is the child-sex ratio the lowest as per the 2011census ?
(A) Haryana (B) Punjab
(C) Chhattisgarh (D) Bihar
15. Kaziranga National Park is situated in :
(A) Odisha (B) Gujarat
(C) Rajasthan (D) Assam
16. The mean of 5 numbers is 27. If one number is excluded, their mean is 25. So theexcluded number is :
(A) 25 (B) 35
(C) 30 (D) 40
17. Fill in the blank : 49 : 16 : 169 : _____ ?
(A) 86 (B) 94
(C) 96 (D) 100
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 5 [Turn over
18. The cost of carpeting a room 15 m. long with a carpet 75 cm wide at 30 paisa permeter is Rs. 36. The breadth of the room is :(A) 6 m (B) 8 m(C) 9 m (D) 12 m
19. In 4 years, Rs. 6,000 amounts to Rs. 8,000. In what time at the same rate willRs. 525 amount to Rs. 700 ?(A) 2 years (B) 3 years(C) 4 years (D) 5 years
20. If 16 – 2 = 2, 9 – 3 = 0, 81 – 8 = 8, then what is 64 – 4 ?(A) 6 (B) 8(C) 4 (D) 2
21. A train 280 m long, running at the speed of 63 kmph will pass an electric polein :(A) 160 Seconds (B) 16 Seconds(C) 18 Seconds (D) 15 Seconds
22. A and B can run 200 m in 22 and 25 Seconds respectively. How far is B from thefinishing line when A reaches it ?(A) 8 m (B) 12 m(C) 16 m (D) 24 m
23. A card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards at random. What is the probability thatit is neither a heart nor a jack ?(A) 15/52 (B) 7/52(C) 9/13 (D) 17/18
24. How many panels of 5 judges can be formed when 6 men and 4 women containingat least two women ?(A) 156 (B) 148(C) 186 (D) 110
25. X and Y are brothers. R is the father of Y. S is the brother of T and Maternaluncle of X. What is T to R ?(A) Mother (B) Wife(C) Sister (D) Brother
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 6
26. Select the number which does not belong to the given series :232, 343, 454, 564, 676
(A) 676 (B) 454
(C) 343 (D) 564
27. By selling an article of Rs. 100, one loses Rs. 10. The loss percent is :(A) 9% (B) 10%
(C) 9111
% (D) 11 91
%
28. If Ram can do a piece of work in 20 days. Sham can do this piece of work in 30days; together they will complete the work in how many days ?(A) 9 days (B) 8 days(C) 10 days (D) 12 days
29. What would be the interior angle of a regular octagon ?(A) 145° (B) 135°(C) 125° (D) 155°
30. The Chancellor of the State University is always the State’s :(A) Chief - Minister (B) Governor(C) Education - Minister (D) Deputy Commissioner
31. When a telephone is used to connect with the internet what is it called ?(A) Voice Net (B) Voice Portal(C) Voice Mail (D) Web Net
32. The first Prime Minister of India was :(A) Rajiv Gandhi (B) Jawaharlal Nehru(C) Indira Gandhi (D) Dr. Rajendra Prasad
33. If 43
th of the number is equal to 34
rd of another number, what is the ratio
between them ?(A) 7 : 12 (B) 9 : 16
(C) 16 : 9 (D) 6 : 8
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 7 [Turn over
34. If 5 and 3, 8 and 6, 9 and 4 and 2 and 7 change themselves mutually. What willbe 84325 become ?(A) 65937 (B) 69753(C) 69573 (D) 96537
35. A sum of money doubles itself in 10 years at simple interest. In how many yearswould it triple itself ?(A) 20 years (B) 17 years(C) 15 years (D) 12 years
36. If Joke = 164 and LOVE = 216, Then Hate = ?(A) 180 (B) 140(C) 139 (D) 136
37. In a certain code ‘TEAMWORK’ is written as ‘NBFU JQNU’ and ‘SOME’ iswritten as ‘PTDL’. How is PERSON written in that code ?(A) QDOOPT (B) QDOMNR(C) SFQMNR (D) SFQOPT
38. How many meaningful English words can be formed with the letter LGEU usingeach letter only once in each word ?(A) None (B) One(C) Two (D) Three
39. If the day after tomorrow is Sunday, what day was tomorrow day before yesterday ?(A) Friday (B) Thursday(C) Monday (D) Tuesday
40. Suresh is 7th ranks ahead of Ashok in the class of 39 students. If Ashok’s rank is17th from the last, what is Suresh’s rank from the start ?(A) 16th (B) 23rd
(C) 24th (D) 15th
41. A man is 3 years older than his wife and four times as old as his son. If the sonbecomes 15 years older after 3 years what is the present age of the wife ?(A) 60 years (B) 51 years(C) 48 years (D) 45 years
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 8
42. Indian Institute of Petroleum is located in :(A) Pune (B) Dehradun(C) Lucknow (D) Mysore
43. The organization of South East Asian countries is know as :(A) OPEC (B) SAARC(C) ASEAN (D) NATO
44. Amongst the following which one of the following sectors provides the highestcontribution in Industrial Production Index ?(A) Crude Oil (B) Electricity(C) Coal (D) Bauxite
45. Which of the following is considered a Non-Food crop ?(A) Wheat (B) Maize(C) Bajra (D) Jute
46. In a certain code language ‘TELEVISION’ is coded as ‘ETLEIVSINO’. How will‘ARITHMETIC’ be coded in that code language ?(A) RAITHMICTE (B) RATIMHTECI(C) RAIMHETCI (D) RATIHMTEIC
Direction (47—51) : Ram walks 2 km towards North and turns to his right and walks4 km more. He then turns to his right and walks another 4 km. Here he meets Renucoming from the opposite direction. They both stop here.
47. After taking the first turn, in which direction was Ram going ?(A) East (B) West(C) North (D) South
48. If the starting point is marked ‘A’ and finishing point is marked ‘B’ what will bethe distance between their point ?(A) 10 km (B) 8 km(C) 6 km (D) 2 km
49. From which direction was Ram coming in the end ?(A) South (B) North(C) South-East (D) East
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 9 [Turn over
50. After taking the second turn, in which direction was Ram walking ?(A) West (B) North
(C) South-East (D) South
51. If Ram is to again reach the point from where he started in which direction willhe have to go from where he is standing now ?(A) East (B) North
(C) South-East (D) North-East
52. e-marketing is same as :(A) Virtual Marketing (B) Digital Marketing
(C) Viral Marketing (D) Real Time Marketing
53. The term “Green Revolution” has been used to indicate higher production through :(A) Creation of Grass Lands (B) Planting more Trees
(C) Enhanced Agricultural Productivity (D) Creation of Gardens in Urban Areas
54. MODVAT relates to :(A) Sales Tax (B) Wealth Tax
(C) Income Tax (D) Excise Duty
55. The Centurion Bank of Punjab has been merged recently with :(A) ICICI (B) SBI
(C) HDFC (D) SBOP
56. Which of the following is not a direct tax ?(A) Income Tax (B) Wealth Tax
(C) Sales Tax (D) Estate Tax
57. Which of the following is not a Mass Media ?(A) Television (B) Magazine
(C) Fax (D) Computer
58. Which makes business globally easiest and fastest ?(A) Telephone (B) Internet
(C) Fax (D) Computer
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 10
59. Employee receiving a share of the company’s annual profit is called :(A) Piece work (B) ESOP(C) Profit sharing (D) Merit Pay
60. In India the chief source of urban pollution is :(A) Industry (B) Noise(C) Drainage (D) Automobiles
61. Increasing inflation rate will affect :(A) Exchange Rates (B) Cross Rates(C) Purchasing Power (D) Economic Power
62. Voluntary association of traders, industrialists, bankers and professionals formedfor the purpose of promotion of common business interests in a particular areais called :(A) Association of Industrialists (B) Chambers of Commerce(C) Entrepreneurs Association (D) Bankers Union
63. ‘Watts APP’ has been acquired by ‘FACEBOOK’ for :(A) 17 bn (B) 18 bn(C) 19 bn (D) 20 bn
64. Which of the following is not the social responsibility of business ?(A) Adopting Villages for Development(B) Setting up Educational Institutes(C) Opening Research and Development Centers(D) Construction of Temples
65. Books and records are the primary sources of data in :(A) Historical Research (B) Participatory Research(C) Clinical Research (D) Laboratory Research
66. Human Resource Management is :(A) Work Centered (B) Material Centered(C) People Centered (D) Personality Centered
67. Which of the following is not a trait of a human relations manager ?(A) Communication (B) Motivation(C) Self Awareness (D) Ego
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 11 [Turn over
68. Corporate Governance does not include :(A) Developing Expertise (B) Misuse of Economic Resources(C) Increasing Productivity (D) Satisfying Consumers
69. Sexual Harassment is unethical because it isolates an important part of whichapproach to ethical behavior ?(A) The Justice Approach (B) The Moral Right Approach(C) The Defensive Approach (D) The Individualism
70. Which of the following is not a function of Production Management ?(A) Production Planning (B) Quality Control(C) Dividend Planning (D) Inventory Control
71. Which one is the same as Daisy, Pansy and Rose ?(A) Bed (B) Violet(C) Plant (D) Red
72. Identify the wrong number in the following series : 21, 28, 33, 35, 37, 36 ?(A) 33 (B) 35(C) 21 (D) 36
73. The sum of two numbers is 22, five times one number is equal to 6 times theother. The bigger of the two numbers is ?(A) 10 (B) 12(C) 15 (D) 16
74. In a certain language “KNOWLEDGE” is coded as 256535475, how is ‘GENERAL’coded in that code ?(A) 7545993 (B) 7969393(C) 7555913 (D) 755591
75. Primary source of Vitamin D for human beings is ?(A) Citrus Fruits (B) Sun(C) Green Vegetables (D) Yeast
M.Com. (Business Innovation)/BDU-22270-A 12
ROUGH WORK
84
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.E. Civil Engineering (Construction Technology and Management) ProgrammeTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Paper : I
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 2–
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 3 [Turn over–
M.E. Civil Engineering (Construction Technology & Management) Programme/A
1. Maxwell’s reciprocal theorem in structural analysis can be applied in :(A) All elastic structures (B) Plastic structures(C) Symmetrical structures only (D) Prismatic element structures only
2. The method of moment distribution in structural analysis is :(A) An iterative method (B) An exact method(C) An approximate method (D) None of the above
3. A symmetrical two-hinged parabolic arch when subjected to uniformly distributedload on the entire horizontal span, is subject to :(A) Radial shear alone(B) Normal thrust alone
(C) Normal thrust and bending moment(D) Normal thrust, radial shear and bending moment
4. In a plane truss if ‘M’ is the number of members, ‘R’ is the number of reactionand ‘J’ is the number of joints then for this truss to be determinate :(A) J = M + R (B) J = 2M + R(C) 3J = M + 2R (D) 2J = M + R
5. In a linear structural elements :(A) Stiffness is directly proportional to flexibility(B) Stiffness is inversely proportional to flexibility
(C) Stiffness is equal to flexibility(D) Stiffness and flexibility are not related
6. The absolute stiffness of a prismatic member with one end hinged is :(A) 2EI/L (B) 4EI/L(C) 3EI/L (D) None
7. The three moment equation in structural analysis is basically a :(A) Stiffness method (B) Displacement method(C) Energy method (D) Flexibility method
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 4–
8. The fixed end of a continuous beam in three moment method is replacement byan addition at span of length :(A) Zero length (B) Equal to other span length(C) Infinite length (D) None of the above
9. If two springs of stiffness K1 and K2 are connected in series, the stiffness of thecombined spring is :(A) K1 × K2/K1 + K2 (B) K1 + K2/K1 K2(C) K1 + K2 (D) K1 × K2
10. The ratio of Young’s modulus to modulus of rigidity for a material having Poison’sratio 0.2 is :(A) 12/5 (B) 5/12(C) 5/14 (D) 14/5
11. As per IRC, the maximum permissible axle load is :(A) 5.0 tonnes (B) 7.565 tonnes(C) 8.165 tonnes (D) 10.250 tonnes
12. The recommended camber value for Bituminous concrete surface is :(A) 1 in 50 to 1 in 60 (B) 1 in 40 to 1 in 50(C) 1 in 33 to 1 in 40 (D) 1 in 60 to 1 in 80
13. The peak formed by two rising gradients is called :(A) Summit (B) Peak(C) Ridge (D) Top
14. The commonly used binder for prime coat is :(A) Cutback (B) Bitumen – VG-30 grade (or 80/100)(C) Bitumen VG-30 grade (D) Emulsion
15. The Grade compensation on horizontal curve is about :(A) 65/R (B) 130/R(C) 120/R (D) 75/R
16. The minimum radius for a cubic parabola valley curve :(A) Ls/N (B) Ls/2N(C) 1.1 Ls/N (D) Ls/1.1N
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 5 [Turn over–
17. A small depression formed in longitudinal direction on a flexible pavement by thewheels is known as :(A) Corrugation (B) Depression(C) Rut (D) Shallow depression
18. The plant where bituminous mix is prepared prior to placing at site is known as :(A) Batching Plant (B) Bituminous Mixer(C) Hot Mix Plant (D) Appollo Plant
19. The Aggregate Strength for use in road should be determined by :(A) Aggregate Crushing Value Test (B) L.A. Abrasion Value Test(C) Impact Value Test (D) Either (B) or (C)
20. The Bituminous Binder of VG-30 grade should have softening point in the range :(A) 42 to 50°C (B) Min 57°C(C) > 45°C (D) 60 to 70°C
21. For highway geometric design the speed that is taken is :(A) Average Speed (B) 98th percentile speed(C) 85th percentile speed (D) Mean running speed of cars
22. Relation between speed (S), Density (D) and Traffic Volume (V) is :(A) D = V/S (B) D = S/V(C) S = 100 VD (D) S = 100 D/V
23. The minimum % age of Chemical Ingredients in cement is :(A) Magnesium Oxide (B) Alumina(C) Silica (D) Lime
24. The high strength of Rapid hardening cement in early stage is due to :(A) Finer Grinding (B) Burning at high temperatures(C) Increased lime content (D) Higher content of Tri-calcium
25. Vicat’s Apparatus is used for :(A) Fineness test (B) Consistency test
(C) Setting time (D) Soundness test
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 6–
26. A good aggregate for concreting should be :(A) Chemically Inert (B) Strong(C) Durable (D) Should satisfy all of these
27. The % age of the aggregate of F.M. 2.6 to be combined with F.M. of 6.8 to obtainFM 5.4 is :(A) 30% (B) 40%(C) 50% (D) 60%
28. To prevent segregation, the maximum height for placing concrete is :(A) 100 cm (B) 125 cm(C) 150 cm (D) 200 cm
29. A M-20 grade should have closely the following ratio of ingredients :(A) 1 : 2 : 4 (B) 1 : 3 : 6(C) 1 : 1.5 : 2 (D) 1 : 1 : 2
30. Internal friction between ingredients of concrete is reduced by :(A) Using less water (B) Fine aggregates(C) Rich Mix (D) More water and coarse aggregate
31. Full strength of concrete is obtained after :(A) 7 days (B) 14 days(C) 21 days (D) 28 days
32. Workability of concrete may be improved by adding :(A) Hydrated lime (B) Fly-ash(C) Calcium Chloride (D) All of these
33. Relation between n and e is :(A) n = 1 + e / 1 – e (B) n = e / 1 – e(C) e = 1 + n / 1 – e (D) e = n(1 + e)
34. If void ratio = 0.67, w = 0.188% and S.G. = 2.68, the degree of saturation will be :(A) 0.75 (B) 0.60(C) 0.40 (D) 0.25
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 7 [Turn over–
35. A well graded particle size distribution curve shall have Cc between :(A) 1 to 2 (B) 1 to 3(C) 3 to 4 (D) < 1
36. Fine grained soils have :(A) Good permeability (B) High compressibility(C) Are good foundation soils (D) Low water absorption
37. To calculate settlement of a soil layer of finite thickness due to imposed load, weneed to know :(A) Cc (B) Tv(C) Cv (D) Cc and stress increment on soil layer
38. An under-ream pile is used when :(A) Uplift forces are there(B) When pile base level is below the Ground water table(C) In sandy soils(D) For under-ground storage structures
39. Shear strength of clays is mainly due to :(A) Cohesion (B) Adhesion(C) Friction between individual grains (D) Both (A) and (C)
40. Maximum shear stress occurs on the plane which makes an angle of _____ degreeswith the horizontal plane.(A) 30° (B) 45°(C) 60° (D) between 30° to 45°
41. Back staff reading on a bench mark of R.L. = 200.00 is 2.685. If Foresight readingon a point = 1.345 m, the R.L. of the point is :(A) 200.685 (B) 201.345(C) 201.340 (D) 202.585
42. The direction of steepest slope on a contour is :(A) along the contour (B) at 45° to contour(C) at right angle (D) None of these
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 8–
43. The whole circle bearing of a line is 180°., its reduced bearing is :
(A) S 0°E (B) S 0°W
(C) S (D) N 180°
44. Bernoulli’s theorem assumes :
(A) Fluid is non-viscous (B) Fluid is viscous
(C) Flow is not steady (D) Flow is bi-directional
45. Chezy formula is used to determine :
(A) Head loss due to friction (B) Velocity of flow in pipe
(C) Velocity of flow in open channels (D) None of these
46. A gradient at which a vehicle does not require any tractive effort to maintain thespecified speed is called :
(A) Minimum gradient (B) Floating gradient
(C) Natural gradient (D) Ruling gradient
(E) Pushing gradient
47. Cleveland apparatus is used for the determination of :
(A) Specific gravity (B) Softening point
(C) Fire and flash point (D) Water content test
(E) Viscosity
48. The soil moisture useful in the plant growth is :
(A) Hygroscopic water (B) Chemical water
(C) Capillary water (D) Free water
(E) Gravity water
49. The movement of water under or around a structure built or permeable foundationis called :
(A) Percolation (B) Creep
(C) Penetration (D) Seepage
(E) Any of the above
Q
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 9 [Turn over–
50. The consumptive use of water of standing crop is :(A) Equal to the depth of water evaporated by the crop(B) Equal to the depth of water transpired from the crop(C) Equal to the depth of water evaporated and transpired from the crop(D) Equal to the depth of water consumed by the crop in evaporation and
transpiration from the crop and also the quantity of water evaporated from theadjacent soil
(E) None of the above
51. The water in the soil which is in excess of the hygroscopic and capillary waterand which can move freely downwards when the soil is porous and drainageavailable is called :(A) Free water (B) Firing water(C) Capillary water (D) Hygroscopic water(E) Reservoir water
52. A method of irrigating by which each tree is surrounded by a border to form apool when water is applied, is called :(A) Broad irrigation (B) Distributed irrigation(C) Sport irrigation (D) Basin irrigation(E) None of the above
53. A channel which is designed to irrigate all the year around is called :(A) All weather channel (B) Green channel(C) Permanent channel (D) Perennial channel(E) Continuous channel
54. A reservoir supplied with water from a canal whenever in excess of canalrequirements, is called(A) Excess water tank (B) Surplus tank(C) Auxiliary tank (D) Tail tank(E) Any of the above
55. According to Lacy’s theory the wetted parameter (WP) is related to the dischargeQ as :(A) (WP) = 476 Q (B) (WP) = 4.75 Q(C) (WP) = 4.75 Q3/2 (D) (WP) = 4.75 Q5/2
(E) (WP) = 4.75 Q1.75
Q
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 10–
56. The Lacy’s silt factor varies with the average particle size m, in millimeters, as :(A) m3/2 (B) m2/3
(C) m1/2 (D) m1/3
(E) m
57. For the water flowing in a canal, the average velocity occur at a point located atthe depth from the water surface equal to :
(A) 0.8 d (B) 0.6 d
(C) 0.5 d (D) 0.4 d
(E) 0.33 d
58. A structure that divides the flow between two conduits or channel, is known as :(A) Dividing wall (B) Division wall
(C) Bifurcation gate (D) Parting gate
(E) None of the above
59. An weir that is not submerged and in which the tail water stays below the crest,is called :(A) Free weir (B) Ground weir
(C) Natural weir (D) Positive-head weir
(E) Any of the above
60. An earthen embankment built on each side of a river, some distance away fromits banks, to control flood, is called :
(A) Dyke (B) Earthen dam
(C) Grone (D) Spur
(E) None of the above
61. Turbidity in water is due to :
(A) Algae
(B) Fungi
(C) Organic salts
(D) Finally divided particles of clay, silt and organic matter
(E) None of the above
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 11 [Turn over–
62. Plants that grow in absence of sunlight water mains, are called :(A) Algae (B) Shrubs(C) Fungi (D) Any of the above(E) None of the above
63. A hard water may contain :(A) Calcium carbonate (B) Magnesium sulphate(C) Magnesium bicarbonate (D) Any of the above(E) None of the above
64. The aeration of water is done for the removal of :(A) Colour (B) Turbidity(C) Harness (D) Bacteria(E) Odour
65. Disinfection of drinking water involves removal of :(A) Turbidity (B) Colour(C) Odour (D) Oxygen(E) Bacteria
66. Zeolite is :(A) A naturally occurring salt(B) Hydrated silica(C) Silicon carbide(D) Dehydrated calcium silicate(E) Hydrated alumina silicate
67. Pre-chlorination :(A) Improves coagulation (B) Reduces odours(C) Reduces tastes (D) Reduces organisms(E) All of the above
68. In Rapid Sand Filters, the maximum permissible loss of head is :(A) 10 m (B) 5 m(C) 3 m (D) 2 m
(E) 1 m
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 12–
69. In Slow Sand Filters, the rate of infiltration of water is in the range :
(A) 175 to 250 litres/sq. m./hour (B) 500 to 1000 litres/sq. m./hour(C) 1000 to 5000 litres/sq. m./hour (D) 6000 to 10,000 litres/sq. m./hour(E) 20,000 to 30,000 litres/sq. m./hour
70. The self cleaning velocity normally adopted for sewers is :(A) 5 m/min (B) 15 m/min(C) 25 m/min (D) 50 m/min(E) 100 m/min
71. Sewer which gets discharge from two or more main sewers is called :(A) Trunk sewer (B) Combined sewer(C) Main sewer (D) Leading sewer(E) Intercepting sewer
72. The shape of sewer suitable to carry combined flow is :(A) Circular (B) Elliptical(C) Rectangular (D) Horse shoe shaped(E) Egg shaped
73. The biochemical decomposition of organic matter in a sewage, is called :(A) Digestion (B) Decomposition(C) Dilution (D) De-organization(E) None of the above
74. In an oxidation pond, the sewage is treated by :(A) Aerobic bacteria (B) Chlorine(C) Oxidation (D) Carbon dioxide(E) Carbolic acid
75. An orifice is called large orifice if water head is :(A) Twice the dia. of orifice (B) Thrice the dia. of orifice(C) 4 times the dia. of orifice (D) 5 times the dia. of orifice
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 13 [Turn over–
ROUGH WORK
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 14–
ROUGH WORK
M.E. Civil Engineering (ConstructionTechnology & Management) Programme/BDU-22265-A 15 [Turn over–
ROUGH WORK
68
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.E. (Computer Science and Engineering/Information Technology)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/ noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 2
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 3 [Turn over
M.E. (Computer Science and Engineering/Information Technology)/A
1. Let X and Y be sets with cardinalities m and n respectively. If the number ofpossible functions that can be defined with domain X and co-domain Y is exactly 10the :(A) m = n = 10 (B) m = 1; n = 10
(C) m = 10; n = 1 (D) m = 5; n = 5
2. If the determinant of an n × n matrix A is zero, then :
(A) Rank of A is n
(B) Rank of A < = n – 2
(C) A has at least one zero eigen value
(D) The system of equations Ax = 0 has no solution other than trivial solution
3. Suppose a number system has only three digits : 0, 1, 2 such that 2 > 1 > 0. Whatwill be the binary equivalent of 222 in this system ?
(A) 101010 (B) 11000
(C) 10110 (D) 11010
4. A point on the curve is said to be an extremum if it is a local minimum or localmaximum. The number of distinct extrema for the curve 3x4 – 16x3 + 24x2 + 37 :(A) 3 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 0
5. What is the number of reflexive relations on set of 5 elements ?
(A) 210 (B) 215
(C) 220 (D) 225
6. If 731 + 672 = 1623 how much is 137 + 276 ?(A) 543 (B) 435
(C) 604 (D) 513
7. A byte addressable computer has a memory capacity of 2m kbytes and can perform2n operations. An instruction involving 3 operands and one operator needs amaximum of :
(A) 3m bits (B) 3m + n bits
(C) m + n bits (D) 3m + n + 30 bits
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 4
8. The number of columns in state table for a sequential circuit with ‘m’ flip-flops and‘n’ inputs is :(A) m + n (B) m + 2n(C) 2m + n (D) 2m + 2n
9. A combination circuit with three inputs x, y, z and three outputs A, B, C. WhenBinary input is 0, 1, 2 or 3 the Binary output is one greater than input. When theBinary input is 4, 5, 6 or 7, the Binary output one less than input :(A) C = 0 (B) C = xy + xz + yz(C) C = x + y + z (D) C = z’
10. (10110011100011110000)2 in base 32 is :(A) 22 14 7 16 (B) 11 9 23 31(C) 11 9 7 16 (D) 11 14 23 16
11. If (11A1B)8 = (12c9)16 (c stands for decimal 12), then the values of A and B are :(A) 5, 1 (B) 7, 5(C) 5, 7 (D) 3, 1
12. The number of Boolean functions that can be defined for ‘n’ Boolean variables over‘n’-valued Boolean algebra are :(A) 2 nn (B) nnn
(C) 2n2 (D) n2n
13. A computer uses a floating point representation comprising signed magnitude frac-tional mantissa and an excess-16 base 8 exponent. What decimal number is repre-sented by a floating point number whose exponent is 10011, mantissa 101000, andsign bit is set ?(A) – 6250 (B) – 20480(C) – 320 (D) – 0.00125
14. Suppose the largest n-bit binary number requires ‘m’ digits in decimalrepresentation. Which of the following relations between ‘n’ and ‘m’ is approxi-mately correct ?(A) m = 2n (B) n = 2m
(C) m < n log10 2 (D) m > n log10 215. With a clock frequency of 3 MHz, the execution time for the instruction “STA
Address” of 8085 microprocessor will be :(A) 4333 ns (B) 3957 ns(C) 5115 ns (D) 3960 ns
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 5 [Turn over
16. The number of flip-flops needed to construct a binary modulo N counter is :(A) N (B) 2N
(C) N2 (D) log2 N
17. The following Boolean function of four variables is :
f(w, x, y, z) = 14) 12, 11, 9, ,6 ,4 ,3 ,1(
(A) Independent of one variable (B) Independent of two variables
(C) Independent of three variables (D) Dependent on all the variables
18. To increase the reliability, fault tolerance is included in the system in the form ofmultiple modules. If the problem can be solved by 5 different modules, each withprobability of success 0.7, the probability that it can be solved even if 4 modules failis approximately :
(A) 0.49 (B) 0.30
(C) 0.05 (D) 0.03
19. The probability of success of two modules in unit testing is 0.9 each. The probabilityof success of integration testing is 0.9. The joint probability of success is :
(A) 0.913 (B) 0.729
(C) 0.105 (D) 0.810
20. Let M be a mode that represents if-the-else node in a Program Graph. Let thenumber of paths from its if part to the end node is y, and from the else part to theend node is z. If the number of paths from start node to node M is x, then totalnumber of paths through M are :
(A) xy + z (B) xz + y
(C) x + y + z (D) x(y + z)
21. When will be the 32-bit multiplication complete and correct 32 bit outputs expecteddue to ripple carry propagation effect ? Assume that shifting left after each additionalso takes 0.0002 ns.
(A) 2112 ns (B) 204.8 ns
(C) 1.0224 ns (D) 303.5 ns
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 6
22. If it takes 5 ns to read an instruction from memory, 2 ns to decode the instruction,3 ns to read register file, 4 ns to perform the computation required by instruction,and 2 ns to write the results into register file, what is the max clock rate of theprocessor ?
(A) 16 MHz (B) 16 GHz
(C) 62.5 MHz (D) 62.5 GHz
23. If a memory system has a latency of 10 ns per operation and a data width of 32 bits,what is the throughput and bandwidth of the memory system, assuming only oneoperation can be performed at a time and there is no delay between operations ?
(A) Throughput= 8 million operation/sec, bandwidth is 240 million bytes/sec
(B) Throughput= 32 million operation/sec, bandwidth is 100 million bytes/sec
(C) Throughput= 32 million operation/sec, bandwidth is 320 million bytes/sec
(D) Throughput= 100 million operation/sec, bandwidth is 400 million bytes/sec
24. A processor executes 40,000,000 cycles in one second. A printer device is sent16 bytes in programmed I/O mode. The printer can print 250 characters per secondand does not have a printer buffer. How many processor cycles are used in trans-ferring just 16 bytes ?
(A) 1,600,000 (B) 2,560,000
(C) 4,000,000 (D) 6,400,000
25. Eight devices 0-7 interrupts are connected to daisy chain mode through a commonINTR. An ith device processes the ISR in a time period Ti, what is the maximumlatency of ith device ? Assume that each device executes ISR only once, contextswitches time can be neglected and 0th device has highest priority.
(A) ki
1–ik T (B) ki
1k T
(C) k7
0k T (D) k1– i0k T
26. Suppose it takes 2.5 ns to access the long array of a set associative cache, 4 nsto access the data array, 1 ns to perform the hit/miss comparison and 1 ns to returnthe selected data to processor in case of hit. What is the cache hit latency ofsystem ? Is the data array access the critical path in a cache hit ?(A) 7.5 ns, Yes (B) 6 ns, No(C) 5 ns, Yes (D) 3.5 ns, No.
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 7 [Turn over
27. Consider a project that has 0.5 percent probability of an undetected fault that wouldcost the organization Rs. 1,00,000 in fines. The computed risk exposure will be :(A) Rs. 350 (B) Rs. 500
(C) Rs. 550 (D) Rs. 995
28. If the software had 7 failures in 100 tests during 10 days of testing, what would bea good estimate of reliability of the software over the next day ? Week ?
(A) 0.484, 0.006 (B) 0.598, 0.027
(C) 0.672, 0.035 (D) 0.769, 0.062
29. The method inheritance factor (MIF) and attribute inheritance factor (AIF) for thefollowing C++ code are :Class A {protected :
int a ;public :
void x ( ) ;virtual void y ( ) ;
} ;Class B public A {
int b ;protected :
int bb ;public :
void z ( ) ;void y ( ) :void w ( ) ;
} ;Class C public B {
int c;void v ( ) ;
} ;
(A) MIF = 0.95, AIF = 0.83 (B) MIF = 0.35, AIF = 0.73
(C) MIF = 0.65, AIF = 0.45 (D) MIF = 0.45, AIF = 0.33
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 8
30. If a program has 264 possible inputs and one test can run every millisecond, howlong would it take to execute all of the possible inputs ?(A) 5.99 × 105 years (B) 8.64 × 105 days(C) 3.07 × 1013 hours (D) 4.92 × 108 seconds
31. Given a chain-product of n-dimensional matrices, we can compute a parenthesizationof this chain that achieves the minimum number of scalar multiplication ______ time.(A) O(n3) (B) O(n log n)(C) O(n2) (D) O(n)
32. Given an integer W and a set S of n items, each of which has a positive benefit anda positive integer weight, we can find the highest benefit subset of S with totalweight the most W in ________ time.(A) O(n) (B) O(W/n)(C) O(nW) (D) O(n2)
33. Let T be a tree with n nodes, let cv denote the number of children of a node ofT. Then T C is equal to :(A) n – 1 (B) n(C) n2 (D) n(n – 1)/2
34. Let T be a proper binary tree with n nodes, let h denote the height of T. Then theminimum and maximum number of external nodes in T is :(A) h and 2h-1 (B) h – 1 and 2h
(C) h+1 and 2h (D) nh and 2h/n
35. The complexity of merge-sort algorithm for sorting a list of n elements is :(A) O(n) (B) O(log n)(C) O(n2) (D) O(n log n)
36. P (Q R) is equivalent to(A) (P Q) R (B) (P Q) R(C) (P Q) R (D) (P Q) R
37. What would be the expectation of the number of failures preceding the first successin an infinite series of independent trials with constant probability of success p ?(A) 1/p (B) 1/(1 – p)(C) (1 – p)/p (D) p
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 9 [Turn over
38. The sum of the eigen values of the matrix A is :
113151311
A
(A) 7 (B) 9
(C) 11 (D) 17
39. Assume that the times required for the five functional units of pipeline, whichoperate in each of the five cycles are : 10 ns, 8 ns, 10 ns, 10 ns, and 7 nsrespectively. Assume that pipeline adds 1ns of overhead. Then the speedup versus
the single path would be :
(A) 6 times (B) 5.9 times
(C) 5 times (D) 4.1 times
40. A cache organization is of 32 kB 2-way set associative with 32 byte block size. Thesize of the address is 32 bits. A 2-to-1 MUX has latency of 0.6 ns while a k-bitcomparator has latency of k/10 ns. The hit latency of the cache is :
(A) 2.4 ns (B) 2.3 ns
(C) 1.8 ns (D) 1.7 ns
41. If we sort the alphabets in a string ‘PEOPLE’ using bubble sort algorithm. The
number of comparisons and number of interchanges will be :
(A) 6, 9 (B) 9, 11
(C) 11, 7 (D) 15, 9
42. The conversion of following infix expression to postfix form yields :
A* (B + D)/E – F* (G + H/K)
(A) ABD+*E/FGHK/+*- (B) ABD*+/EFGHK/+*-
(C) ABD+*/EFGHK/+*- (D) ABD/+*E/FGHK+*-
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 10
43. A program below uses six temporary variables : a, b, c, d, e, and f. Assuming thatall operations take their operands from registers, what is minimum number of reg-isters needed to execute this program ?
a = 4b = 2c = 10d = a + be = c + df = c + eb = c + ee = b + fd = 7 + ereturn d + f
(A) 2 (B) 3(C) 5 (D) 6
44. Consider a deque maintained in a circular array with N element. If the two pointersused to maintain the deque are same then deque has _______ elements.(A) N (B) N – 1(C) 1 (D) 0
45. Let I be the set Z of integers. To each integer n we assign the following subsetof R :
An = {x : x n}Hence we can say that(A) n An = R but n An = (B) n An = 1 but n An = 0(C) n An = / R but n An = R (D) n An = but n An = R
46. Let A be set of students in an institute. Determine which of the following statementdoes not define a function A.(A) To each student assign his age (B) To each student assign his teacher(C) To each student assign his sex (D) To each student assign his spouse
47. The CNF and DNF of the following is :
p (p– q–)
(A) (p– q) (q p) and p– (B) (p q–) p– (q p) and (p– q)
(C) (p– q–) p (q p) and (p– p) (D) (p– q–) and (p– q)
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 11 [Turn over
48. The minimum number of colours are required to colour the vertices of a cycle withn modes in such a way that no two adjacent nodes have the same colour as :(A) 2 (B) 3(C) 4 (D) n (n + 1) /2
49. Consider the words u = a2b and = b3 ab, then u is(A) a2b4ab (B) bab2a2ba3b2
(C) ab2a3b2 (D) b2a2bab2
50. For any Boolean expression in SOP E form, EL and ES denote the number of literalsand number of summands in E. Given two E and F are two equivalent Boolean SOPexpressions, E is simpler than F, if :(A) EL FL and ES = FS (B) EL = FL and ES > FS
(C) EL FL and ES < FS (D) EL > FL and ES = FS
51. Suppose Q is the consensus of P1 and P2. Then P1 + P2 + Q is :(A) P1 + P2 (B) P1
(C) P2 (D) 21 P P
52. An algorithm is made up of two modules M1 and M2. If the order of M1 is f(n) andM2 is g (n) then the order of the algorithm is :(A) max (f (n), g(n))(B) mix (f (n), g(n))(C) f(n) + g(n)(D) f(n) × g(n)
53. The output of the following C program ismain ( ){
int size ;scanf ("%d", & size) ;int arr [size] ;for (i = 1 ; i < = 10 ; i ++){
scanf ("%d", & arr [i]) ;printf ("%d", arr [i]) ;
} }(A) Take input from user for 9 elements of the array named arr prints them(B) Take input from user for 10 elements of the array named arr prints them(C) Take input from user for 11 elements of the array mamed arr prints them(D) Error
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 12
54. A text is made up of characters a, b, c, d, e each occurring with the probability 0.12,0.4, 0.15, 0.08 and 0.25 respectively. The optimal coding technique will have aver-age length of(A) 1.78 (B) 2.15(C) 2.30 (D) 3.01
55. In a paged memory, the page hit ratio is 45%. The time required to access a pagein secondary memory is 100 ns. The time required to access a page in the primarymemory is 10 ns. The average time required to access a page is :(A) 45 ns (B) 59.5 ns(C) 68.5 ns (D) 78.5 ns
56. The entry of starting cluster of a file is present in(A) Boot parameters (B) Data space(C) File allocation table (D) Directory
57. Consider a system having ‘m’ resources of the same type. The resources are sharedby 3 processors A, B, C, which have peak time demands of 3, 4, 6 respectively. Theminimum value of ‘m’ that ensures that deadlock will never occur is(A) 11 (B) 12(C) 13 (D) 14
58. The variable i in the following program fragment gets the value :int i = 3, j = 4, k = 2;i = j / = k + 4 ;
(A) 4 (B) 3(C) 2 (D) 0
59. The following program results inmain ( ){
if (fork ( ) > 0)sleep (100) ;
}(A) An orphan process(B) An exception(C) A zombie process(D) A process that executes for ever
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 13 [Turn over
60. All the hidden surface algorithms employee image space approach except ?
(A) Back face removal (B) Depth buffer method
(C) Scan line method (D) Depth sort method.
61. The entire class C network 192.168.1.0 by using a mask of 255.255.255.224 can besubdivided into :
(A) 64 networks of 2 hosts (B) 32 networks of 6 hosts
(C) 8 networks of 30 hosts (D) 4 networks of 62 hosts
62. A valid Internal host loop back address is :
(A) 255.0.0.1 (B) 128.0.0.255
(C) 127.0.0.1 (D) 1.0.0.1
63. Consider the following relation scheme pertaining to a student’s database, wherethe primary keys are underlined
Student : (Enrollno, name, address)
Enroll : (Enrollno, courseno, coursename)
The number of tuples in the Student and the Enroll tables are 150 and 9 respec-tively. What are the maximum and minimum number of tuples that can be presentin (Student Enroll) the natural join of Student and Enroll ?
(A) 9,9 (B) 150,9
(C) 1350,9 (D) 1350,150
64. Assume transaction A holds a shared lock R. If the transaction B also requests fora shared lock on R, it will :
(A) result in a deadlock situation (B) immediately be granted
(C) immediately be rejected (D) be granted as soon as it is released by A
65. Recursive descent parsing is an example of :
(A) Bottom-up parser (B) Top-down parser
(C) Predictive parsing (D) None of these
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 14
66. Consider the following set of processes that arrive at time 0, with the length ofCPU-burst time was given in milliseconds ; using a time quantum of 4 milliseconds
and round robin scheduling, the average waiting time is :
Process Burst time
P1 24 ms
P2 3 ms
P3 3 ms
(A) 6.25 ms (B) 5.66 ms
(C) 5.33 ms (D) 4.33 ms
67. Assume that a user process is of 200 K and backing store on hard disk with transfer
rate 10 megabytes per second (assume no head seeks and average latency of8 milliseconds). What should be the minimum value of the time quantum for efficientround robin CPU scheduling ?
(A) 11 ms (B) 13 ms
(C) 16 ms (D) 20 ms
68. In a computer system where ‘best fit’ algorithm is used for allocating jobs to memorypartitions, the following situation was encountered, when will the 20 K job
complete ?
Partition sizes in KB 1K 4K 8K 20K 2K
Job size in KB 2K 14K 3K 6K 6K 10K 20K 2K
Time for execution 4 10 2 1 4 1 8 6
(A) 8 units (B) 10 units
(C) 19 units (D) 23 units
69. What is the bit rate for transmitting compressed VGA colour with 8 bits/pixel at 40frames/sec ?
(A) 93.7 Mbps (B) 73.7 Mbps
(C) 53.7 Mbps (D) 63.7 Mbps
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 15 [Turn over
70. How much bandwidth is there in 0.1 micron of spectrum at a wavelength of1 micron ?
(A) 10,000 GHz (B) 15,000 GHz
(C) 30,000 GHz (D) 40,000 GHz
71. Following functional dependencies are given :AB CD, AF D, DE F, C G, F E, G A, which one
of the following is not true ?(A) {CF}+ = {ACDEFG) (B) {AF}+ = {ACDEFG)(C) {BG}+ = {ABCDG) (D) {AB}+ = {ABCDFG)
72. Algorithm that solves the all-pair shortest path problem is :(A) Dijkstra’s algorithm (B) Prim’s algorithm(C) Flyod’s algorithm (D) Warshall’s algorithm
73. If the memory for the run time stack is only 150 words, how big can N be forcomputing Factorial (N) before encountering stack overflow ?(A) 150 (B) 66(C) 15 (D) 24
74. The following program results in main ( ){printf ("%u," main) ; }
(A) printing of starting address of function main ( )(B) printing of garbage value(C) an execution error(D) an infinte loop
75. The sum m of the degree of the vertices of G where V(G) = {A,B,C,D} and E(G)=[{A, B}, {A, C}, {B, D}, {C, D}] :(A) 6 (B) 8(C) 10 (D) 14
M.E. (Comp. Sc. and Engg./Info. Tech.)/BDU-22264-A 16
ROUGH WORK
88
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Paper : I Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observer whosedecision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. The units of time constant L/R are :(A) Seconds (B) Henry/sec(C) Ohms/sec (D) Ohm
2. In a series RC circuit excited by dc voltage source E, the initial current is :(A) E/R (B) 0(C) E/C (D)
3. At half power frequencies, the current in the RLC series circuit is :
(A) 21 current at resonance (B)
31 current at resonance
(C) 41 current at resonance (D)
21 current at resonance
4. The quality factor of RLC circuit will increase if :(A) R increases (B) R decreases(C) Voltage increases (D) Voltage decreases
5. The suspectance of an RLC series circuit is given as :
(A) 2ZR
(B) ZR
(C) 2ZX
(D) ZX
6. The steady state current in RC series circuit, on the application of step voltage of magnitude Ewill be :(A) E/R (B) zero
(C) RCt
eRE
(D) teRCE
7. The form factor is the ratio of :(A) average value to rms value (B) rms value to average value(C) peak value to average value (D) peak value to rms value
8. Silicon steel is used in electrical machines because it has :(A) Low hysteresis loss (B) Low retentivity(C) Low coercivity (D) High retentivity
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/A
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 3 [Turn over
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 4
9. The aim of shielding an instrument is :(A) To prevent its damage due to moisture(B) To reduce the effect of stray magnetic fields on its reading(C) To increase the range of the instruments(D) To reduce the mechanical damage
10. The direction of induced e.m.f. is given by :(A) Fleming’s right hand rule (B) Fleming’s left hand rule(C) Kirchhoff’s voltage law (D) KCL
11. The self inductances of two coils are 4 mH and 9 mH. If the coefficient of coupling is 0.5, themutual inductance between the coils is :(A) 12 mH (B) 3 mH(C) 6.5 mH (D) 6 mH
12. The ripple factor of a filter is :(A) directly proportional to the load (B) inversely proportional to the load(C) load dependent (in simple L and C filters) (D) high for good filters.
13. The typical value of the switching frequency of switched mode power supply is :(A) 50 Hz (B) 50 kHz(C) 50 MHz (D) 500 GHz
14. When the reverse voltage across a p-n junction is decreased gradually, the depletion regioninside the diode :(A) does not change with width(B) initially increases upto a certain width and then decreases(C) continuously decreases in width(D) continuously increases in width
15. Thermal runaway will take place if the quiescent point is such that :
(A) CCCE V21V
(B) VCE < VCC
(C) VCE > 2VCC (D) CCCE V21V
16. The voltage gain of single phase amplifier is increased when :(A) Its AC load is decreased (B) Resistance of signal source is increased(C) Emitter resistance RE is increased (D) As load resistance is increased
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 5 [Turn over
17. In a JFET, drain current is primarily controlled by :(A) Size of depletion region (B) Channel resistance(C) Gate reverse bias (D) Voltage drop across channel
18. Which of the following statements is not correct in regard to UJT ?(A) It exhibits a negative resistance.(B) It is operated with emitter junction reverse biased.(C) It has no ability to amplify while it has stability to control a large AC power with small signal.(D) It has one p-n junction and three leads.
19. The output of class B amplifier :(A) Is distortion free(B) Consists of positive half cycle only(C) Is like the output of a full wave rectifier(D) Comprises short duration current pulses
20. In a FET, 10 volts reverse voltage is applied. If gate current is 0.1 A, the input resistance is :(A) 1000 M (B) 100 M(C) 10 M (D) 1 M
21. A device having characteristics very close to that of an ideal voltage source is :(A) vacuum diode (B) zener diode(C) transistor (D) FET
22. Race condition occurs in(A) Combinational circuit (B) All the digital circuits(C) Synchronous circuits (D) Asynchronous circuit
23. The speed of conversion is maximum in____________ADC.(A) Successive approximation type(B) Parallel comparator type(C) Counter type(D) Dual slope type
24. A/D converter which does not use D/A converter is :(A) Continuous null balance A/D converter(B) Dual slope integrator A/D converter(C) Staircase ramp A/D converter(D) Successive approximation A/D converter
25. An 8-bit A/D converter has a resolution of :(A) 1/24 (B) 1/28
(C) 1/212 (D) 1/216
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 6
26. Electrostatic type instruments are primarily used as :(A) Ammeters (B) Wattmeters(C) Voltmeters (D) Ohmmeters
27. A 1 mA ammeter has a resistance of 100 ohm. It is to be converted to a 1 A ammeter. The valueof shunt resistance is :(A) 0.001 ohm (B) 0.1001 ohm(C) 100000 ohm (D) 100 ohm
28. Wave excitation of a stepper motor results in :(A) Micro-stepping (B) Increased step angle(C) Half stepping (D) Reduced resolution
29. The characteristic equation of a system is given by s4 + 6s3 + 11s2 + 6s + K = 0. For the systemto be stable, the value of K should be :(A) zero (B) greater than zero but less than 10(C) greater than 10 but less than 20 (D) greater than 20 but less than 30
30. A system is described by :
u10
xx
3210
xx
2
1
2
1
Y = [1 0]XThe transfer function is :
(A) 3s2s1
2 (B) 1s3s2
12
(C) 2s3s1
2 (D) 1s2s3
12
31. A linear time invariant system, initially at rest when subjected to s unit step input gave a responsec(t) = te–t (t 0). The transfer function of the system is :
(A) 2)1s(s (B) 2)1s(s
1
(C) 2)1s(1 (D) )1s(s
1
32. AC servomotor is a :(A) 3-phase induction motor (B) 2-phase induction motor(C) 1-phase induction motor (D) 2-phase synchronous motor
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 7 [Turn over
33. A lag compensation network :(A) Increases the gain of the original network(B) Does not effect stability on increased gain(C) Reduces the steady state error(D) Reduces the speed of the response
34. Which of the following are the characteristics of the hydraulic actuator :1. Sluggish2. Having capacity to handle large power3. Having linear operation over a wide rangeSelect the correct answer using the codes below :(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
35. The transfer function of control system is given as K4ss
KT(s) 2 where K is gain of the
system in radians per amp. For this system to be critically damped, the value of K should be :(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
36. A linear second order system with the transfer function 4916ss49G(s) 2
is subjected to step
input. The response of the system will exhibit a peak overshoot of :(A) 16% (B) 9%(C) 2% (D) zero
37. If the system has multiple poles on the j axis, the system is :(A) stable (B) unstable(C) marginally stable (D) absolutely stable
38. Conditionally stable system is one which exhibits poor stability at :(A) increased values of open loop gain (B) reduced values of open loop gain(C) low frequencies (D) high frequencies
39. A feedback system has its characteristic equation as 2)1)(ss(sK1
= 0. The centroid of the
asymptotes will be equal to :(A) –1 (B) –2(C) –3 (D) –4
40. The impulse response of the system is 5e–10t, its step response is equal to :(A) 0.5e–10t (B) 5(1–e–10t)(C) 0.5(1 –e–10t) (D) 10(1–e–10t)
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 8
41. A thermistor exhibits :(A) Only a negative change of resistance with increase in temperature(B) Only a positive change of resistance with increase in temperature(C) Can exhibit either a negative or positive change of resistance with increase in temperature depending
upon the type of the material used(D) No change with temperature
42. A tachometer encoder can be used for the measurement of displacement :(A) In both the directions(B) In one direction only(C) Its output pulses are counted only for the forward direction(D) Its output pulses are counted only for the reverse direction
43. The principle of operation of LVDT is based on variation of :(A) self inductance (B) mutual inductance(C) reluctance (D) permeance
44. Hydrometer is employed for the determination of :(A) relative humidity (B) specific gravity of liquids(C) fluid level (D) flow rate
45. A differential amplifier having CMRR 50,000 has a mode gain of 500. The common mode gainis :(A) 1 (B) 0.1(C) 0.01 (D) 0.001
46. A successive approximation A/D converter has a resolution of 20 mV. What will be its digitaloutput for an analog input of 2.17 V ?(A) 01101100 (B) 01101101(C) 01101011 (D) 01110001
47. An ideal Op-amp has(A) infinite input and output impedance (B) very low input and output impedance(C) low input and infinite output impedance (D) infinite input and zero output impedance
48. Thermocouples are :(A) inverse transducers (B) active transducers(C) passive transducers (D) both A and C
49. The phase angle of the system 94ss
5sG(s) 2
varies between :
(A) 0° and + 90° (B) 0° and –90°(C) 0° and 180° (D) –90° and – 180°
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 9 [Turn over
50. The temperature transducer exhibit nonlinear behaviour. The order in which they exhibit nonlinearity (highest to lowest) is :(A) Thermocouples, RTD and Thermistors(B) Thermistors, Thermocouples and RTDs(C) RTDs, Thermocouples, and Thermistors(D) Thermistors, RTDs, and Thermocouples
51. The function of the shunt in an ammeter is to :(A) bypass the current (B) increase the current in the coil(C) decrease the voltage drop (D) increase the meter resistance
52. Two meters X and Y require 40 mA and 50 mA, respectively to give full scale deflection, then :(A) X is more sensitive(B) Y is more sensitive(C) Both are equally sensitive(D) Sensitivity cannot be judged with the given information
53. A wattmeter can measure :(A) AC power only (B) DC power only(C) AC and DC power both (D) DC power and AC power after rectification
54. Two holes are provided in the energy meter rotating disc :(A) to avoid creeping (B) to reduce frictional force(C) to cut eddy current path (D) to compensate for friction at light load
55. The instruments used for measuring relative humidity make use of :(A) magnetic materials (B) hygroscopic substances(C) piezoelectric substances (D) photoconductive substances
56. Addition of zeros in transfer function causes______compensation.(A) lag (B) lead(C) lag-lead (D) no
57. The moving iron instruments :(A) indicate the same values of measurand for both ascending and descending values.(B) indicate higher value of measurand for descending values.(C) indicate lower value of measurand for ascending values.(D) may indicate any of the higher or lower value of measurand for ascending or descending values.
58. The readings of a PMMC ammeter and moving iron ammeter connected in a circuit carrying adirect of 5 A and alternating current of 4 A (rms value) will be :(A) 5 A and 6.4 A respectively (B) 1A and 9 A respectively(C) 9 A and 1 A respectively (D) 5 A and 5.74 A respectively
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 10
59. A Lissajous pattern on an oscilloscope has 5 horizontal tangencies and 2 vertical tangencies.The frequency of the horizontal input is 1000 Hz. What is the frequency of the vertical input ?(A) 400 Hz (B) 2500 Hz(C) 4000 Hz (D) 5000 Hz
60. A moving waveform on an oscilloscope can be made stationary by adjusting :(A) horizontal position control (B) coarse frequency control(C) sync-amplitude control (D) vertical positioning control
61. A current transformer is used to measure a 100 A current by a 5 A ammeter. The currenttransformer is a :(A) Step up transformer (B) Step down transformer(C) Power transformer (D) Distribution transformer
62. It is economical to use an autotransformer when the transformation ratio is :(A) Low (B) High(C) Neither too high nor too low (D) More than 10
63. Under no load condition the power factor of a transformer is :(A) Unity (B) About 0.7 lagging(C) About 0.7 leading (D) About 0.2 lagging
64. If the starting winding of a single phase induction motor is left in the circuit :(A) The motor will run faster(B) The motor will run slower(C) There will be undue sparking(D) The auxiliary winding will get overheated due to continuous flow of current and may get damaged.
65. If the Cu loss of a transformer at 7/8th full load is 4900 W, then its full load Cu loss wouldbe_____watt.(A) 5600 (B) 6400(C) 375 (D) 429
66. Which of the following transformers is smallest one ?(A) 50 kV A, 25 Hz (B) 50 kV A, 50 Hz(C) 50 kV A, 200 Hz (D) 50 kV A, 400 Hz
67. The maximum possible speed of a 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor running at a slip of 4%is :(A) 1440 rpm (B) 3000 rpm(C) 2880 rpm (D) 960 rpm
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 11 [Turn over
68. Speed of d.c. series motor at no load is :(A) zero (B) 3000 rpm(C) 3600 rpm (D) Infinity
69. Interpoles are provided in d.c. machines to :(A) Neutralize the cross magnetizing component of armature reaction(B) Neutralize the demagnetizing component of armature reaction(C) Reduce iron loss(D) Reduce copper loss
70. The efficiency and p.f. of a squirrel cage induction motor increases in proportion to its :(A) Speed (B) Rotor torque(C) Voltage (D) Mechanical load
71. The power consumption of dynamic RAM is :(A) More than that of the static RAM (B) Equal to that of the static RAM(C) Less than that of the static RAM (D) Zero
72. The instruction ‘DAD rp’ is used to perform :(A) Add the contents of register pair HL to register pair given the address of the instruction(B) Decrement the contents of register pair rp(C) Complement the contents of register pair(D) BCD addition of contents of register pair rp to Accumulator contents
73. The term cycle stealing is used in :(A) Programmed data transfer scheme(B) DMA data transfer(C) PUSH PSW and POP PSW operation(D) Synchronous data transfer scheme
74. Baud rate is rate at which :(A) results are obtained in the accumulator(B) transmission of the data takes place(C) a memory location can be accessed in microprocessor(D) an instruction is executed in a microprocessor
75. Intel’s 8086 microprocessor is :(A) 8 bit microprocessor available as 40 pin DIP(B) 16 bit microprocessor available as 40 pin DIP(C) 16 bit microprocessor available as 48 pin DIP(D) 16 bit microprocessor available as 64 pin DIP
Rough Work
M.E. (Electrical Engg. and Instrumentation and Control)/BDU-22262-A 12 100
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engineering)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/ noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 2°
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 3 [Turn over°
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engineering)/A
1. A p+n junction has a built in potential of 0.8 V. The depletion layer width at areverse bias of 1.2V is 2m. For a reverse bias of 7.2V, the depletion layer widthwill be :(A) 4 m (B) 4.9 m(C) 8 m (D) 12 m
2. A silicon PN junction is forward biased with a constant current at room temperature.When the temperature is increased by 10 ºC, the forward biased voltage acrossthe PN junction :(A) increases by 60 mV (B) decreases by 60 mV(C) increases by 25 mV (D) decreases by 25 mV
3. Drift current in semiconductors depends upon :(A) only the electric field(B) only the carrier concentration gradient(C) both the electric field and the carrier concentration gradient(D) both the electric field and the carrier concentration.
4. A Zener diode, when used in voltage stabilization circuits, is biased in :(A) reverse bias region below the breakdown voltage(B) reverse breakdown region(C) forward bias region(D) forward bias constant current mode
5. A dc power supply has no-load voltage of 30 V and a full-load voltage of 25 V ata full-load current of 1A. Its output resistance and load regulation, respectivelyare :(A) 5 and 20% (B) 25 and 20%(C) 5 and 16.7% (D) 25 and 16.7%
6. A device whose characteristics are very close to that of an ideal voltagesource is a :
(A) Vacuum diode (B) Field-effect transistor
(C) Transistor in common-base mode (D) Zener diode
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 4°
7. A device whose characteristics are very close to that of an ideal currentsource is a :(A) transistor in common-base mode (B) crystal diode
(C) gas diode (D) vacuum triode
8. In a trans-conductance amplifier, it is desirable to have a :
(A) A large input resistance and a large output resistance
(B) A large input resistance and a small output resistance
(C) A small input resistance and a large output resistance
(D) A small input resistance and a small output resistance
9. The DC current gain () of a BJT is 50. Assuming that the emitter injectionefficiency is 0.995, the base transport factor is :
(A) 0.980 (B) 0.985
(C) 0.990 (D) 0.995
10. A transistor connected in common-base configuration has :(A) a low input resistance and a high output resistance
(B) a high input resistance and a low output resistance
(C) a low input resistance and a low output resistance
(D) a high input resistance and a high output resistance
11. Compared to CB amplifier, the CE amplifier has :
(A) lower input resistance (B) higher output resistance
(C) lower current amplification (D) higher current amplification
12. The input and output signals of a common emitter amplifier are :(A) always equal (B) out of phase
(C) always negative (D) in phase
13. A transistor is said to be in a quiescent state when :(A) no signal applied to the input
(B) it is unbiased
(C) no currents are flowing
(D) emitter-junction bias is just equal to collector-junction bias
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 5 [Turn over°
14. A field-effect transistor (FET) :
(A) has three PN junctions
(B) incorporates a forward biased junction
(C) depends on the variation of a magnetic field for its operation
(D) depends on the variation of the depletion-layer width with reverse voltage, for itsoperation
15. The operation of a JFET involves :(A) a flow of minority carriers (B) a flow of majority carriers
(C) recombination (D) negative resistance
16. For generating a 1-kHz note, the most suitable circuit is :(A) Hartley oscillator (B) Colpitts oscillator
(C) Tuned-collector oscillator (D) Wein bridge oscillator
17. To generate a 1-MHz signal, the most suitable circuit is :(A) Wein bridge oscillator (B) Phase shift oscillator
(C) Colpitts oscillator (D) Hartley oscillator
18. We use crystal oscillator because :(A) it gives high output voltage
(B) it works at high efficiency
(C) the frequency of oscillations remains substantially constant
(D) it requires very low dc supply voltage
19. The resolution of a 4-bit counting ADC is 0.5 Volts. For an analog input of 6.6Volts, the digital output of the ADC will be :(A) 1011 (B) 1101
(C) 1100 (D) 1110
20. An 8 bit successive approximation analog to digital converter has full scale readingof 2.55 V and its conversion time for an analog input of 1V is 20 ms. The conversiontime for a 2V input will be :(A) 10 s (B) 20 s
(C) 40 s (D) 50 s
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 6°
21. The number of comparators in a 4-bit flash ADC is :(A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 15 (D) 16
22. The two numbers represented in signed 2’s complement form are P=11101101 andQ = 11100110. If q is subtracted from P, the value obtained in signed 2’s complementform is :(A) 100000111 (B) 00000111
(C) 1111101 (D) 111111001
23. A system with an input x(t) and output y(t) is described by the relation : y(t) =tx(t). This system is :(A) linear and time-invariant (B) linear and time varying
(C) non-linear and time-invariant (D) non-linear and time-varying
24. The region of convergence of the Z-transform of a unit step functions is :
(A) | Z | > 1 (B) | Z | < 1
(C) (Real part of Z) > 0 (D) (Real part of Z) < 0
25. If a signal f(t) has energy E, the energy of the signal f(2t) is equal to :(A) E (B) E/2
(C) 2E (D) 4E
26. Which of the following cannot be the Fourier series expansion of a periodicsignal ?
(A) X(t) = 2 cos t + 3 cos 3t (B) X(t) = 2 cos t + 7 cos t
(C) X(t) = cos t + 0.5 (D) X(t) = 2 cos 1.5 t + sin 3.5 t
27. The trigonometric Fourier series of an even function does not have the :(A) dc term (B) cosine terms
(C) sine terms (D) old harmonic terms
28. A system is defined by its impulse response h(n) = 2n u(n–2). The system is :
(A) stable and causal (B) causal but not stable
(C) stable but not causal (D) unstable and noncausal
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 7 [Turn over°
29. If the characteristics equation of a closed-loop system is s2 + 2s + 2 = 0, then thesystem is :
(A) overdamped (B) Critically damped
(C) under damped (D) undamped
30. An amplifier with resistive negative feedback has two left half plane poles in itsopen-loop transfer function. The amplifier :
(A) will always be unstable at high frequency
(B) will be stable for all frequency
(C) may be unstable, depending on the feedback factor
(D) will oscillate at low frequency
31. A PD controller is used to compensate a system. Compared to the uncompensatedsystem, the compensated system has :
(A) a higher type number (B) reduced damping
(C) higher noise amplification (D) larger transient overshoot
32. The peak-to-peak input to an 8-bit PCM coder is 2 volts. The signal power-to-quantization noise power ratio (in db) for an input of 0.5 cos (mt) is :
(A) 47.8 (B) 43.8
(C) 95.6 (D) 99.6
33. Four independent messages have bandwidths of 100 Hz, 100 Hz, 200 Hz and 400Hz, respectively. Each is sampled at the Nyquist rate, and the samples are Timedivision multiplexed (TDM) and transmitted. The transmitted sample rate (in Hz)is :
(A) 1600 (B) 800
(C) 400 (D) 200
34. A transmitter antenna radiates 251 W isotropically. A receiving antenna, located100 m away from the transmitter antenna, has an effective aperture of 500 cm2.The total power received by the antenna is :
(A) 10 W (B) 1 W
(C) 20 W (D) 100 W
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 8°
35. In a digital communication system employing Frequency Shift Keying (FSK), the0 and 1 bit are represented by sine waves of 10 kHz and 25 kHz respectively.These waveforms will be orthogonal for a bit interval of :
(A) 45 sec (B) 200 sec
(C) 50 sec (D) 250 sec
36. The frequency range for satellite communication is :
(A) 1 kHz to 100 kHz (B) 100 kHz to 10 kHz
(C) 10 MHz to 30 MHz (D) 1 GHz to 30 GHz
37. A Hilbert transformer is a :
(A) non-linear system (B) non-causal system
(C) time-varying system (D) low pass system
38. In delta modulation, the slope overload distortion can be reduced by :
(A) decreasing the step size (B) decreasing the granular noise
(C) decreasing the sampling rate (D) increasing the step size
39. In a GSM system, 8 channels can co-exist in 200 kHz bandwidth using TDMA.A GSM based cellular operator is allocated 5 MHz bandwidth. Assuming afrequency reuse factor of 1/5 i.e. a five-cell repeat pattern, the maximum numberof simultaneous channels that can exist in one cell is :
(A) 200 (B) 40
(C) 25 (D) 5
40. A rectangular waveguide has dimensions 1 cm × 0.5 cm. Its cut-off frequency is :
(A) 5 GHz (B) 10 GHz
(C) 15 GHz (D) 12 GHz
41. A transmission line is distortion less if :
(A) RL = 1/GC (B) RL = GC
(C) LG = RC (D) RG = LC
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 9 [Turn over°
42. The phase velocity of waves propagating in a hollow metal waveguide is :
(A) greater than the velocity of light in free space
(B) less than the velocity of light in free space
(C) equal to the velocity of light in free space
(D) equal to the group velocity
43. The VSWR can have any value between :
(A) 0 and 1 (B) – 1 and + 1
(C) 0 and (D) 1 and
44. A medium wave radio transmitter operating at a wavelength of 492 m has a towerantenna of height 124 m. What is the radiation resistance of the antenna ?
(A) 25 (B) 36.5
(C) 50 (D) 73
45. The unit of × H is :
(A) ampere (B) ampere/meter
(C) ampere/meter2 (D) ampere-meter
46. The number of hardware interrupts (which require an external signal to interrupt)present in an 8085 microprocessor are :
(A) 1 (B) 4
(C) 5 (D) 13
47. In the 8085 microprocessor, the RST 6 instruction transfers the program executionto the following location :
(A) 30 H (B) 24 H
(C) 48 H (D) 60 H
48. In the microprocessor, the service routine for a certain interrupts starts from afixed location of memory which cannot be externally set, but the interrupt can bedelayed or rejected. Such an interrupt is :
(A) non-maskable and non-vectored (B) maskable and non-vectored
(C) non-maskable and vectored (D) maskable and vectored
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 10°
49. The eigen values of a skew-symmetric matrix are :
(A) always zero (B) always pure imaginary
(C) either zero or pure imaginary (D) always real
50. A fair coin is tossed independently four times. The probability of the event “thenumber of times heads show up is more than the number of times tails show up” is :(A) 1/16 (B) 1/8
(C) 1/4 (D) 5/16
51. A fair dice is tossed two times. The probability that the second toss results in avalue that is higher than the first toss is :(A) 2/36 (B) 2/6
(C) 5/12 (D) 1/2
52. The Q point in voltage amplifier is selected in the middle of the active regionbecause :(A) it gives a distortion less output
(B) the operating point then becomes stable(C) the circuit then requires less number of resistors
(D) it then requires a small dc voltage
53. The potential-divider method of biasing is used in amplifiers to :(A) limit the input ac signal going to the base
(B) make the operating point almost independent of (C) reduce the dc base current
(D) reduce the cost of circuit
54. A transistor is operating in active region, under this condition :(A) both the junctions are forward-biased
(B) both the junctions are reverse-biased(C) emitter-base junction is forward biased and collector base junction is forward
biased
(D) emitter-base junction is forward biased and collector base junction is reverse-biased
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 11 [Turn over°
55. The signal handling capacity of an amplifier is high if :(A) the operating point is selected near the cut-off region(B) the operating point is selected near the saturation region(C) the operating point is selected in the middle of the active region
(D) an NPN transistor of similar characteristics is used instead of PNP one
56. In an amplifier the coupling capacitors are used :(A) to control the output
(B) to limit the bandwidth
(C) to match the impedances
(D) to prevent dc mixing with input or output
57. If the power gain of an amplifier is X and its voltage gain is Y, then its currentgain will be :(A) X/Y (B) Y/X
(C) XY (D) X+Y
58. An amplifier circuit of voltage gain 100, gives 2V output. The value of inputvoltage is :
(A) 200 V (B) 50 V
(C) 20 mV (D) 2 mV
59. The main component responsible for the fall of gain of an RC coupled amplifierin low-frequency range is :
(A) the active device itself
(B) stray shunt capacitance Cs
(C) coupling capacitor Cc
(D) the grid leak resistor RG
60. The overall gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifier is 100. A signal voltage of10 V, 1 kHz is applied across the output terminals of this amplifier. Then, thevoltage obtained across the input terminals will be :
(A) 0.1 V, 1 kHz (B) 0 V
(C) 100 V, 1 kHz (D) 10 V, 1 kHz
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 12°
61. Harmonic distortion of the signal is produced in an RC coupled transistor amplifier.The probable component responsible for this distortion is :(A) the transistor itself (B) the power supply VCC
(C) the coupling capacitance CC (D) the biasing resistors R1 and R2
62. The output power of a power amplifier is several times its input power. It is because :(A) the power amplifier introduces negative resistance(B) the power amplifier converts a part of the input dc power into ac output(C) positive feedback exists in the circuit(D) step-up transformer is used in the circuit
63. Heat sinks are used in power amplifier circuits :(A) to increase the output power(B) to reduce the heat losses in the transistor(C) to increase the voltage gain of the power amplifier(D) to increase the collector dissipation rating of the transistor
64. An amplifier of pass band 450 kHz to 460 kHz will be named as :(A) wide-band amplifier (B) audio frequency amplifier(C) tuned voltage amplifier (D) video amplifier
65. Tuned voltage amplifiers are not used :(A) in public-address system(B) radio receivers(C) where a band of frequencies is to be selected and amplified(D) in television receivers
66. For a series or parallel LC circuit, resonance occurs when :(A) XL is ten times XC (B) XL is Q times XC
(C) XL is equal to XC (D) XC is ten times XL
67. The negative feedback in an amplifier :(A) reduces the voltage gain(B) increases the voltage gain(C) does not affect the voltage gain
(D) can convert it into an oscillator if the amount of feedback is sufficient
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 13 [Turn over°
68. An emitter follower circuit is widely used in electronic instruments because :
(A) its voltage gain is less than unity(B) its output impedance is high and input impedance is low(C) its output impedance is low and input impedance is high(D) its voltage gain is very high
69. The calibration signal, usually available from a CRO, is of the :(A) sine-wave voltage (B) square-wave voltage(C) sawtooth-wave voltage (D) dc voltage
70. Lissajous patterns obtained on a CRO can be used to determine :(A) phase shift (B) voltage amplitude(C) amplitude distortion (D) frequency shift
71. The time-base of an oscilloscope is developed by :(A) sine waveform (B) sawtooth waveform(C) square waveform (D) output from a built-in check
72. To prevent loading of a circuit under test, the input impedance of a CRO must be :(A) capacitive (B) inductive(C) high (D) low
73. The maximum frequency to be applied to a CRO is limited by :(A) The vertical amplifier (B) The horizontal amplifier(C) The SYNC signal frequency (D) Coating material of the screen
74. The attenuator in a signal generator is used to :(A) provide an external shunt across the output terminals(B) vary the output impedance(C) increase the frequency of the output voltage(D) vary the output voltage amplitude in steps
75. The transducer used in a strain gauge is :(A) an active transducer(B) a device that converts electrical voltage into mechanical displacement(C) a device that converts mechanical displacement into an electrical current(D) a device that converts mechanical displacement into a change in resistance
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 14°
ROUGH WORK
M.E. (Electronics & Communication Engg.)/BDU-22263-A 15 [Turn over°
ROUGH WORK
72
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.E. (Mechanical)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 2=
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 3 [Turn over=
M.E. (Mechanical)/A
1. A skew symmetric matrix cannot have the rank :(A) Zero (B) 1(C) greater than 1 (D) –1
2. The integral dx.xlog has the value
(A) xlogx–1 (B) log x–x(C) x(log x–1) (D) x2/logx
3. What is the probability of correctly choosing an unknown integer between 0 to 9 withinthree chances ?(A) 963/1000 (B) 973/1000(C) 983/1000 (D) 993/1000
4. Using Newton-Raphson method, a root correct to three decimal places of the equationX2 – 3X – 5 = 0(A) 2.275 (B) 2.279(C) 2.222 (D) 2.001
5. For the differential equation dy/dx + 5y = 0 with y(0) = 1, the general solution is :(A) e (B) e–5t
(C) 5e–5t (D) e5t
6. The angular momentum of a system is conserved if there are :(A) No forces present (B) No magnetic forces present(C) No net force on the system (D) No torque present
7. Ratio of moment of inertia of a circle and that of a square having same area about theircentroidal axis is :(A) 3/ (B) 3/2(C) 4/ (D) 5/
8. First law of thermodynamics is a measurement of :1. Conservation of energy2. It relates internal energy, work and heat3. It gives idea about entropyOf these(A) Only 1 is correct (B) 1 and 2 are correct(C) 1, 2 and 3 are correct (D) Only 3 is correct
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 4=
9. A stationary mass of gas is compressed without friction from an initial state of 0.3 m3 and0.105 MPa to final state of 0.15 m3 and 0.105 MPa at constant pressure. There is atransfer of 37.6 kJ of heat from the gas during the process. How much does the internalenergy of the gas change ?(A) Decreases by 21.85 kJ (B) Increases by 21.85 kJ(C) Decreases by 23.75 kJ (D) Increases by 23.75 kJ
10. For a reversible cycle :
(A) 0T
dQ(B) 0
TdQ
(C) 0T
dQ(D) Either (A) or (C)
11. Which one of the following statements is correct ?(A) Pressure and temperature are independent during phase change(B) An isothermal line is also a constant pressure line in the wet vapour region(C) Entropy decreases during evaporation(D) The term dryness fraction is used to specify the fraction by mass of liquid in a mixture of
liquid and vapour
12. Consider the following statements with reference to gas turbine cycle :1. Regeneration increases thermal efficiency2. Reheating decreases thermal efficiency3. Cycle efficiency increases when maximum temperature of the cycle increasesOf these statements :(A) 1, 2 and 3 are correct (B) 1 and 2 are correct(C) 2 and 3 are correct (D) 1 and 3 are correct
13. Keeping other parameters constant brake power of a diesel engine can be increasedby :(A) decreasing the density of intake air (B) increasing the temperature of intake air(C) increasing the pressure of intake air (D) decreasing the pressure of intake air
14. For evaporators and condensers for the given conditions, the logarithmic meantemperature difference for parallel flow is :(A) equal to that for counter flow(B) greater than that for counter flow(C) smaller to that for counter flow(D) very much smaller than that for counter flow
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 5 [Turn over=
15. In radiative heat transfer, a gray surface is one which :(A) appears gray to the eye (B) has emissivity independent of wavelength(C) has reflectivity equal to zero (D) appears equally bright from all directions
16. Addition of fin to the surface increases the heat transfer if KphA
is
(A) equal to one (B) greater than one(C) less than one (D) greater than one but less than two
17. The color of the flame of halide torch, in case of leakage of Freon refrigerant, will changeto :(A) Bright green (B) Yellow(C) Red (D) Orange
18. A refrigerating machine working on reversed Carnot cycle consumes 6 kW toproduce a refrigerating effect of 1000 kJ/min for maintaining a region at –40ºC. Thehighest temperature (in degree centigrade) of the cycle will be :(A) 317.88 (B) 23.88(C) 40.88 (D) zero
19. The most commonly used method for the design of duct size is the :(A) Velocity reduction method (B) Equal friction method(C) Static regain method (D) Dual or double method
20. In some carburetors, meter rod and economizer device is used for :(A) Cold starting (B) Idling(C) Power enrichment (D) Acceleration
21. When a burnt out hermetic compressor is replaced by a new one, it is desirable to includein the system a large drier-cum-strainer also. This is to be placed in :(A) Liquid line (B) Suction line(C) Hot gas line (D) Discharge line
22. A good refrigerant should have :(A) Large latent heat of vaporization and low operating pressures(B) Small latent heat of vaporization and high operating pressures(C) Large latent of vaporization and large operating pressures(D) Small latent heat of vaporization and low operating pressures
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 6=
23. Bernoulli equation is applicable between any two points :(A) If any rotational flow of an incompressible fluid(B) If any type of irrotational flow of a fluid(C) In steady rotational flow of an incompressible fluid(D) In steady irrotational flow of an incompressible fluid
24. If a stream function exists, it implies that :(A) The function represents a possible flow field(B) The flow is irrotational(C) The flow is steady, incompressible(D) The potential function also exists
25. In a 1/60 model of a spillway, the discharge was measured as 0.15 m3/s. The correspondingprototype discharge in m3/s is :(A) 4183 (B) 32400(C) 2789 (D) 5400
26. An ideal fluid :(A) obeys the Newton’s law of viscosity (B) satisfies the relation pv = RT(C) has no viscosity (D) is both incompressible and non-viscous
27. The streamlines and the lines of constant velocity potential in an inviscid rotational flowfield from :(A) Parallel grid lines placed in accordance with their magnitude(B) Intersecting grid net with arbitrary orientation(C) An orthogonal grid system(D) A chaotic grid system
28. When a cylinder rotates in a fluid :
(A) Only one stagnation point is possible(B) Always two stagnation points occur(C) No stagnation point is formed
(D) Either two or one stagnation point is formed depending upon the ratio of free stream androtational velocity.
29. The sequent depths in a hydraulic jump formed in a horizontal rectangular channel are0.2 m and 2.0 m. The length of the jump is about :(A) 50 m (B) 12 m(C) 8 m (D) 2 m
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 7 [Turn over=
30. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer : List I (Water Turbine) List II (Application)
X. Pelton 1. High head low dischargeY. Francis 2. High head high dischargeZ. Kaplan 3. Medium head and medium discharge
4. Low head and high discharge
X Y Z(A) 1 3 2(B) 1 3 4(C) 2 4 3(D) 3 2 4
31. Cavitation in a centrifugal pump is likely to occur at the :(A) Impeller exit (B) Impeller inlet(C) Diffuser exit (D) Involute casing
32. For a single stage impulse turbine with a rotor diameter of 2 m and a speed of 3000 rpmwhen the nozzle angle is 20º the optimum velocity of steam in m/s is :(A) 337 (B) 356(C) 668 (D) 711
33. With reference to super saturated flow through a steam nozzle, which of the followingstatements are true ?1. Steam is sub cooled2. Mass flow rate is more than the equilibrium rate of flow3. There is loss in availability4. Index of expansion corresponds to wet steam conditionsSelect the correct answer using the codes given below :(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 4(C) 1 and 2 (D) 2, 3 and 4
34. The number of fire tubes in Lancashire boiler are :(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
35. In high pressure water tube boilers, the tube bundles are :(A) Hung from top girders (B) Supported on brick walls(C) Bolted on steel structures (D) Firmly fixed on any structure
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 8=
36. Match List I (Components) with List II (Functions) and select the correct answer : List I List IIW. Steam trap 1. Controls steam flow rateX. Fusible plug 2. Controls rate of water flow to boilerY. Blow-of cock 3. Puts off furnace fire when water level
reaches unsafe limitZ. Feed check value 4. Removes mud and dirt collected at
the bottom of boiler5. Drains off water collected by partial
condensation of steam in pipes
W X Y Z(A) 5 1 4 2(B) 1 3 5 4(C) 5 3 4 2(D) 1 2 5 4
37. Partial admission steam turbine refers to the situation where the :(A) Steam is admitted partially into the blades through nozzles(B) Nozzles occupy the complete circumference leading into the blade annulus(C) Nozzles do not occupy the complete circumference leading into the blade annulus(D) Steam is admitted partially into the blades directly
38. Time in minutes for drilling a hole is given by :
rpmFeedhholeofDepthT
Where h is the :(A) Length of the drill (B) Drill diameter(C) Flute length of drill (D) Cone height of drill
39. To reduce the consumption of synthetic resins, the ingredients added is :(A) Accelerator (B) Elastometer(C) Modifier (D) Filler
40. The rake angle in a drill :(A) Increases from centre to periphery (B) Decreases from centre to periphery(C) Remains constant (D) Is irrelevant to the drilling operation
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 9 [Turn over=
41. Which one of the following process is performed in powder metallurgy to promote self-lubricating properties in sintered parts ?(A) Infiltration (B) Impregnation(C) Plating (D) Graphitization
42. The forging defect due to hindrance to smooth flow of metal in the component called‘Lap’ occurs because :(A) The corner radius provided is too large(B) The corner radius provided is too small(C) Draft is not provided(D) The shrinkage allowance is adequate
43. Carbonized machine components have high endurance limit because carburization :(A) Raises the yield point of the material(B) Produces a better surface finish(C) Introduces a compressive layer on the surface(D) Suppresses any stress concentration produced in the component
44. Among the conventional machining processes maximum specific energy is consumedin :(A) Turning (B) Drilling(C) Planing (D) Grinding
45. Preheating before welding is done to :(A) Make the steel softer(B) Bum away oil, grease etc. from the plate surface(C) Prevent cold cracks(D) Prevent plate distortion
46. Ideal surface roughness, as measured by the maximum height of unevenness is bestachieved when the material is removed by :(A) An end mill (B) A grinding wheel(C) A tool with zero nose radius (D) A ball mill
47. A dynamometer is a device used for the measurement of :(A) Chip thickness ratio (B) Forces during metal cutting(C) Wear of tool (D) Deflection of cutting tool
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 10=
48. For obtaining a cup of diameter 25 mm and height 15 mm by drawing, the size of roundblank should be approximately :(A) 42 mm (B) 44 mm(C) 46 mm (D) 48 mm
49. Quartz is a :(A) Ferroelectric material (B) Ferromagnetic material(C) Piezoelectric material (D) Diamagnetic material
50. Which one of the following welding processes uses non-consumable electrode ?(A) TIG welding (B) MIG welding(C) Manual arc welding (D) Submerged arc welding
51. The end deflection to the cantilever with a couple acting at the end as shown in the figureis :
(A)EI2
MI2(B)
EI8MI2
(C)EIMI2 2
(D) EI4MI
52. A solid metal bar of uniform diameter D and length L is hung vertically from a ceiling. Ifthe density of the material of the bar is and the modulus of elasticity is E, then the totalelongation of the bar due to its own weight is :
(A) E2L
(B)E2L2
(C) L2E
(D) 2L2E
53. The principal stress at a point in an elastic material are 1.5 (tensile), and 0.5 (compressive). If the elastic limit in simple tension is 200 MPa and Poisson ratio is 0.3,then the value of failure would work out to be 100 MPa according to :(A) Maximum principal stress theory (B) Maximum shear stress theory(C) Shear strain energy theory (D) Maximum strain theory
M
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 11 [Turn over=
54. A simply supported beam of span L carries a concentrated load W at its midspan. If thewidth b of the beam is constant throughout the span, when the permissible bending stressis f, the beam’s midspan depth will be :
(A) bf2WL3
(B)bf2
WL3
(C) bfWL6
(D)bfWL6
55. A rigid beam ABCD is hinged at D and supported by two springs at A and B as shown inthe given figure. The beam carries a vertical load P at C. The stiffness of spring at A is 2K and that of B is K. The ratio of forces of spring at A and B is :
(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
56. Simply supported beam is loaded as shown in the given figure. The B.M. at E would be :
(A) 6 kN-m (sagging) (B) 6 kN-m (hogging)(C) 4 kN-m (hogging) (D) 4 kN-m (sagging)
a a a
A B
C
D
P
C
2 kN
E
4 kN
D
2 kN2 kN-m 2 kN-m
A B
1 m 1 m 1 m 1 m
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 12=
57. In gears, interference takes place when :(A) The tip of a tooth of a mating gear digs into the portion between base and root circles(B) Gears do not move smoothly in the absence of lubrication(C) Pitch of the gear is not same(D) Gear teeth are undercut
58. The equation of free vibration of a system is X + 49 2 X = 0. Its natural frequency is :(A) 7 Hz (B) 3.5 Hz(C) 3.5 Hz (D) 7 Hz
59. If is the actual coefficient of friction in a belt moving in a grooved pulley, the grooveangle being 2 , the virtual coefficient of friction will be :
(A)
sin (B)
cos
(C) sin (D) cos
60. The total number of instantaneous centers for a mechanism consisting of n links is :(A) n/2 (B) n(C) (n–1)/2 (D) n (n–1)/2
61. In the multi cylinder in-line engines, even number of cylinders is chosen so that :(A) Uniform firing order is obtained (B) Two couples are balanced(C) Primary forces are balanced (D) Secondary forces are balanced
62. There are six gears A, B, C, D, E and F in a compound train. The number of teeth in thegear is 20, 60, 30, 80, 25 and 75 respectively. The ratio of angular speed of the driven (F)to the driver (A) of the drive is :(A) 1/24 (B) 1/8(C) 4/15 (D) 12
63. In reciprocating engine primary forces :(A) Are completely balanced (B) Are partially balanced(C) Are balanced by secondary forces (D) Cannot be balanced
64. Swaying couple results due to :(A) Primary disturbing force (B) Secondary disturbing force(C) Partial balancing (D) Use of two cylinders
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 13 [Turn over=
65. A shaft carrying three rotors will have number of nodes equal to :(A) 0 (B) 1(C) 2 (D) 3
66. An open-coiled helical spring of mean diameter D, number of coils N and wire diameterd is subjected to an axial force P. The wire of the spring is subjected to :(A) Direct shear only(B) Combined shear and bending(C) Combined shear, bending and twisting(D) Combined shear and twisting only
67. Design of shafts made of brittle materials is based on :(A) Guest’s theory (B) Rankine’s theory(C) St. Venants theory (D) Von-Mises theory
68. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer :
List I (Name) List II (Type)W. Oldham coupling 1. Joins collinear shafts and is of rigid typeX. Flange coupling 2. Joins non-collinear shaft and is
adjustableY. Universal coupling 3. Joins collinear shafts and engages and
disengages them during motionZ. Friction coupling 4. Compensate spherical shafts,
longitudinal and angular shifts of shafts
W X Y Z(A) 2 1 4 3(B) 3 2 1 4(C) 1 4 2 3(D) 2 4 1 3
69. From the point of motion economy it is preferable to move :(A) Both hands in same direction(B) Right hand first and then left hand(C) Only one hand at a time(D) Both hands in opposite directions
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 14=
70. Which of the following pairs are correctly matched ?1. Project scheduling—Critical path analysis2. Batch production—Line of balance scheduling3. Dispatching—Job order4. Routing—Gantt chartSelect the answer using the codes given below :(A) 1, 3 and 4 (B) 1, 2 and 4(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
71. A company sells 14,000 units of its products. It has a variable cost of Rs. 15 per unit.Fixed cost is Rs. 47,000 and the required profit is Rs. 23,000. Per unit product price willbe (in Rs.) :(A) 60 (B) 40(C) 30 (D) 20
72. In inventory control theory, the economic order quantity (E.O.Q.) is :(A) Average level of inventory(B) Optimum lot size(C) Lot size corresponding to break-even analysis(D) Capacity of a warehouse
73. The cost of producing one more unit is referred to an :(A) Capacity planning (B) Extra cost(C) Opportunity cost (D) Marginal cost
74. Slack of various events at critical path will be :(A) Same as at end points(B) Increasing proportional to that at the end point(C) Decreasing proportional to that at the end point(D) Mean of values at end points
75. Killed steels :(A) Have minimum impurity level(B) Are produced by LD process(C) Have almost zero percentage of phosphorous and sulphur(D) Are free from oxygen
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 15 [Turn over=
ROUGH WORK
M.E. (Mechanical)/BDU-22266-A 16=
ROUGH WORK
76
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Bookletand Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M. E. F. B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted for eachwrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is not allowed.11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/ noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/A
1. Silicon Valley of India is located in :
(A) Dehradun (B) Bangalore
(C) Hyderabad (D) Srinagar
2. Which day is the International Human Rights Day ?
(A) 10th December (B) 24th October
(C) 25th November (D) None of these
3. Indian has purchased Harpoon II Missiles from which of the following countries ?
(A) Italy (B) China
(C) France (D) USA
4. The term ' Black box' is more commonly used in relation to which of the following ?
(A) It is a box in which high grade uranium is kept to prevent radiation
(B) It is a time capsule in which records of improvement events are kept to be opened at a laterdate
(C) It is a flight recorder in an aeroplane
(D) None of these
5. Which of the following is the Trophy/ Cup associated with the game of Hockey ?
(A) Agha Khan Cup (B) Durand
(C) Vizzy Trophy (D) Rovers Cup
6. World Environment Day is on :
(A) June 5 (B) June 11
(C) June 17 (D) June 30
7. In the normal human body, the total number of blood platelets per cubic mm is :
(A) 2.5 lakh (B) 3.0 lakh
(C) 3.5 lakh (D) 4.0 lakh
8. Most of the production of Natural Gas in India comes from :
(A) Andhra Pradesh Coast (B) Gujarat Coast
(C) Bombay High (D) Tamil Nadu Coast
9. In which year a resolution 'Uniting for peace' was adopted by UN General Assembly ?
(A) 1950 (B) 1960(C) 1965 (D) 1980
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 3 [Turn over
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 4
10. Who wrote the book ' Why Socialism' ?(A) Jayaprakash Narayan (B) Mahatma Gandhi(C) Acharya Narendra Dev (D) MN Roy
11. Communication satellites are used to :(A) Transmit communication signal only(B) Receive communication signal only(C) Receive and redirect communication signal(D) Provide information of natural resources only
12. Computer follows a simple principle called GIGO which means :(A) Garbage input good output (B) Garbage in garbage out(C) Greater instructions greater output (D) Good input good output
13. Indian Institute of Petroleum is located at :(A) Dehradun (B) Kolkata(C) Dhanbad (D) New Delhi
14. Who was the only Indian to be elected as President of the United Nations GeneralAssembly ?(A) Vijayalakshmi Pandit (B) V.K. Krishna Menon(C) Jawaharlal Nehru (D) Rajeshwar Dayal
15. Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, established in 1971, is located at :(A) Indore (B) Trombay, Maharashtra(C) Kalpakkam, Chennai (D) Kolkata
Directions- (Q.16-17) Study the following information and answer the given questionPoint F is 10m to the south if E. Point G is 3m to the east of F. Point H is 5m tothe south of G. Point I is 6m to the west of H. Point J is 10m to the north of I. Point K is 6 m tothe east of J. Point L is 5m to the north of K.16. Which of the following represents the direction of point G with respect of point J ?
(A) South-east (B) North-west(C) South-west (D) South
17. How far and in which direction is point E from point L ?(A) 5 metres south (B) 3 metres east(C) 234 metres north (D) 3 metres west
Directions- (Q.18–23) Study the following information and answer the given questionA, B, C, D,E, F, G and H are sitting around a circular area at equal distances between eachother, but not necessarily in the same order; some of the people are facing the centre, whilesome face outside (i.e., in a direction opposite to the centre).
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 5 [Turn over
B sits third to left of H. H faces the centre. F sits second to right of B. E sits second to left ofD. D is neither an immediate neighbour of B nor H. Both the immediate neighbours of C faceoutside. A is not an immediate neighbour of H. Immediate neighbours of A face oppositedirections 9oppositie. Directions means if one neighbour faces the centre then the otherfaces outside and vice-versa.Both the immediate neighbours of D face the same direction asF (i.e if F faces the centre then both the immediate neighbours of D also face the centre andvice-versa) A faces same direction as B (i.e, if A faces the centre then B also faces the centreand vice-versa).
18. How many people in the given arrangement face the centre ?
(A) Three (B) One
(C) Two (D) Four
19. Which of the following is true regarding G as per the given seating arrangement ?(A) C sits third to left of G (B) G does not face the centre(C) A sits to immediate right of G (D) B is one of the immediate neighbours of G
20. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based on the given seating arrangementand so form a group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group ?(A) G (B) A(C) C (D) F
21. What is A's position with respect to H ?(A) Third to the left (B) Third to the right(C) Fourth to the right (D) Second to the left
22. Who is sitting to immediate right of E ?(A) H (B) G(C) C (D) F
23. Who amongst the following sits exactly between F and B ?(A) G (B) C(C) E (D) A
24. Find the odd one :(A) Cannon- ball (B) Sword(C) Bullet (D) Arrow
25. If 5 men earn Rs. 540 in 4 days; then earning of 7 men in 6 days is :(A) Rs.1440 (B) Rs.1134(C) Rs.1270 (D) Rs.1468
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 6
26. The door of Aditya's house faces the East. From the back side of his house, he walksstraight 50 metres, then turns to the right and walks 50 metres again. Finally, he turnstowards left and stops after walking 25 metres. Now, Aditya is in which direction from thestarting point ?
(A) South-East (B) North-East
(C) South-West (D) North-West
27. ZAJ, YBK, XCL, WEDM, '?'
(A) VEN (B) VFM
(C) VEM (D) VNO
28. Roshan is taller than Hardik who is shorter than Susheel. Niza is taller than Harry BUTSHORTER THAN Hardik. Susheel is shorter than Roshan. Who is the tallest ?
(A) Roshan (B) Susheel
(C) Hardik (D) Harry
Directions : In the following questions (27-28) a series is given, with one term missing. Choosethe correct alternative from the given ones that will complete the series.
29. EFA, GHC, IJE, ?
(A) KDA (B) JKG
(C) KLG (D) HIF
30. 13, 10, ?, 100, 1003, 1000, 10003
(A) 130 (B) 1030
(C) 1130 (D) 103
Directions (Q. 31-35) : Study the following table carefully and answer the questions givenbelow it. Average Production of Six Machines during the given years in thousands.
Year Machine I Machine II Machine III Machine IV Machine V Machine VI
2009 620 400 1020 2050 680 980
2008 680 400 1040 2070 670 1000
2007 640 403 1043 2130 680 1020
2006 700 399 1060 1908 690 1060
2005 706 397 1080 1603 685 1200
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 7 [Turn over
31. For which machine has there been increase in production from its previous year ?
(A) No machine (B) III
(C) IV (D) II
32. For which year and the machine has the production been highest for the given date ?
(A) 2009, IV (B) 2008, IV
(C) 2007, III (D) None of these
33. Which of the following can be concluded ?
(A) As the machine becomes older the production goes down
(B) The production goes down in the initial two or three years then it starts improving
(C) All the fluctuations from one year to other are in the range of 100
(D) None of the above34. Which machine has shown the least fluctuation in production ?
(A) I (B) II
(C) V (D) VI
35. How many machines has have production lower than 700 for all the given years ?
(A) Nil (B) One
(C) Two (D) Three
Directions(Q. 36-40) The following table gives demand and supply of sugar, in million ton, forthe period 2007 to 2012. Surplus is defined as excess of supply over demand Read the tableand answer questions.
Year Demand Supply
2007 43.3 46.4
2008 47.2 47.8
2009 49.5 50.7
2010 53.4 54.2
2011 54.5 57.3
2012 62.7 63.4
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 8
36. The percentage increase in demand of sugar was the lowest as compared to its previousyear in :(A) 2009 (B) 2010(C) 2011 (D) 2008
37. The average surplus (in million ton) of sugar for the period 2008 to 2012 is :(A) 1.53 (B) 1.22(C) 1.44 (D) 1.84
38. In how many years, the supply (in million ton) sugar was more than the average supplyfor 2007 to 2012 ?(A) 3 (B) 4(C) 5 (D) 2
39. The surplus of sugar was lowest for the year :(A) 2009 (B) 2010(C) 2012 (D) 2008
40. If the volumes of two right circular cones are in the ratio 1:3 and their diametres are inthe ratio 3:5, then the ratio of their heights is :(A) 3:5 (B) 5:27
(C) 25:27 (D) 1:541. It costs Re. 1 to photocopy a sheet of paper. However, 2% discount is allowed on all
photocopies done after first 1,000 sheets. How much will cost to photocopy 5000 sheetsof paper ?(A) 4,920 (B) 3,920
(C) 4,900 (D) 3,98042. A shopkeeper had stock worth Rs. 1,000 and Rs. 100 in cash in the morning. He gave
Rs. 20 to his son and contributed Rs. 11 for Puja. At the end of the day, he found that hehad stock of Rs. 750 and Rs. 450 in cash. What is his net revenue for the the day ?(A) Rs. 319 (B) Rs. 121
(C) Rs. 69 (D) Rs. 13143. Which of the following sets has fractions in descending order ?
(A) 17, 18, 14, 13 (B) 13, 17, 15, 14
19, 17, 16, 14 14, 19, 17, 16(C) 17, 15, 13, 14 (D) 13, 14, 15, 17
19, 17, 14, 16 14, 16, 17, 19
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 9 [Turn over
44. Anita , Sandhya and Sheela had amounts in the ratio 3:4:5 respectively. Each of them gotan additional amount of Rs.8,000 and so the ratio of the amounts became 4:5:6respectively. What is the amount that Sheela had originally ?(A) Rs.24,000 (B) Rs.30,000(C) Rs.40,000 (D) Rs.36,000
45. Shishir started a business investing certain amount. At the end of the year, he earned aprofit of 30%. He invested the entire amount of profit for the next year alongwith theoriginal investment and earned 20% profit for the next year. What is the percent profitearned in two years by Shishir as compared to his original investment ?(A) 56 (B) 45(C) 48 (D) 52
46. RBI on Oct.29, 2013 made alteration in Marginal Standing Facility (MSF) . What is trueregarding it ?(A) Raised from 8.5% to 8.75% (B) Raised from 8.25% to 8.5%(C) Reduced from 9.0% to 8.75% (D) Reduced from 9.0% to 8.75%
47. As on Oct. 29,2013, the repo rate stands at :(A) 8.0% (B) 7.75%(C) 7.5% (D) 7.25%
48. IX Ministerial Conference of WTO was held in .......on December 3-6, 2013.(A) Bali, Indonesia (B) Johanesburg, South Africa(C) Geneva, Switzerland (D) Perth, Australia
49. For substitutes, cross elasticity of demand is :(A) Positive (B) Negative(C) Zero (D) Always less than one
50. Reservation wage means :(A) Fair wage at which workers are willing to work(B) Subsistence wage at which an individual is willing to work(C) Minimum wage at which an individual is willing to work(D) Maximum wage at which an individual is willing to work
51. Assertion (A) : Sunk costs are not relevant to economic decisions :Reason (R) : The opportunity cost of such resources is zero :Codes :(A) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A)(B) (A) is correct, but (R) is not correct(C) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is incorrect explanation of (A)(D) (R) is correct, but (A) is incorrect
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 10
52. Select the correct statement out of the following :(A) Multilateral Trade Negotiations are a process of increasing tariffs to trade among member
countries(B) Multilateral Trade Negotiations are a process of increasing non-tariffs barriers to trade(C) Multilateral Trade Negotiations are a process of increasing tariffs but decreasing non-tariff
barriers to trade(D) Multilateral Trade Negotiations are a process of reducing tariffs and non-tariff barriers to
trade among member countries GATT or WTO53. Let the two regression lines be given as 3x = 10 + 5y and 4y = 5 + 15x. Then the correla-
tion Coefficient between x and y is :(A) –0.40 (B) 0.40(C) 0.89 (D) +1.05
54. Who had been appointed as 14th President of Finance Commission ?(A) YV Readdy (B) Arjit Patel(C) C Rangarajan (D) D Subharoa
55. The full form of GAAR is :(A) General Anti Avoidance Rules (B) General Atomic Avoidance Rules(C) General Alliances of Atomic Research (D) General Active Alliance Regeneration
56. The full form of UNAI is:(A) United Nations Academic Impact (B) United Nations Alliance Implementation(C) United Nations All Institution (D) United Nations for Academy Impact
57. Revealed preference theory was formulated by :(A) Paul Samuelson (B) Hicks(C) Keynes (D) B. Walker
58. Max Weber is associated with :(A) Theory of Scientific Management (B) Theory of Bureaucracy(C) Theory of Motivation (D) Principles of Management
59. The Behavioral theory describes :(A) How firms actually arrive at equilibrium rather than how they should(B) The role of customer satisfaction for a business.(C) The role of entrepreneur in the business and commercial world(D) The role of the manager and his objective of seeking self interest
60. The idea of functional foremanship is associated with :(A) Elton Mayo (B) F.W. Taylor(C) Harold Koontz (D) Henry Fayol
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 11 [Turn over
61. In case there is no relation between two variables, value of coefficient of correlationwill be :(A) –2 (B) +1(C) +2 (D) 0
62. In case, coefficient of correlation is negative , the curve representing the relation willbe :(A) Vertical (B) Downward sloping(C) Upward sloping (D) Horizontal
63. Graph of variables having non-linear relation will be :(A) Curved (B) Hyperbola(C) Straight line (D) None of the above
64. Sales for the year Rs. 40,000, purchase Rs. 2,000, Expenses Rs. 5,000, Creditors at thestart Rs, 10,000, Creditors at the end Rs. 15,000, Cash from operation will be :(A) Rs. 20,000 (B) Rs. 5,000(C) Rs. 10,000 (D) Rs. 15,000
65. According to whom, "Management is what a manger does" ?(A) H. Fayol (B) Lousi Allen(C) S. Vauce (D) G. R. Terry
66. Which one of the following statements is incorrect ?(A) Fixed costs are not included in the valuation of stock under Marginal Costing(B) The technique of marginal costing is also known as variable costing(C) Contribution is also known as marginal income(D) Absorption costing is more suitable for decision taking than marginal costing
67. The concept of Small Scale Industries (SSIs) was brought to fore by the :(A) Industrial Policy Resolution, 1948 (B) Industrial Policy Resolution, 1956(C) Industrial Policy Resolution, 1977 (D) None of the above
68. A consumer consuming two goods will be in equilibrium, when the marginal utilities fromboth goods are :(A) Maximum possible positive (B) Minimum possible positive(C) Equal (D) Zero
69. Who coined the expression 'Marketing Mix' ?(A) Henry Fayol (B) James Culliton(C) Peter Drucker (D) Abraham Maslow
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 12
70. Road blocking advertisement refers to :(A) Advertising a product by blocking the road
(B) Creating big blocks for advertising a product
(C) Advertising a product on multiple TV channels at the same time
(D) None of the above
71. The Commercial Banks in India are governed by:
(A) Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (B) Indian Companies Act, 1956
(C) Indian Banking Regulation Act, 1949 (D) Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia Act, 1992
72. If the amount claimed by a consumer as compensation is Rs. 89 lacs, the caseunder the Consumer Protection Act shall be filed with :
(A) District Consumer Redressal Forum
(B) State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission
(C) National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission
(D) Supreme Court
73. The sales at which a firm would earn profit after tax @ 8% of sales, if fixed cost isRs.45,000; selling price Rs. 50 per unit, variable cost Rs.30 per unit and tax rate20 % :
(A) Rs. 90,000 (B) Rs. 1,50,000(C) Rs.1,68,000 (D) None of the above
74. Induction is an intergral part of :(A) Training (B) Selection(C) Recruitment (D) None of the above
75. In terms of Blake Mouon's managerial grid approach, a production oriented leaderwill be one who adopts :(A) 1.1 style (B) 9.1 style(C) 9.9 style (D) 5.5 style
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 13 [Turn over
Rough Work
Rough Work
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 14
Rough Work
M.E.F.B. (Master of Entrepreneurship and Family Business)/BDU-22268-A 15 60
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 2
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 3 [Turn over
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/A
1. Sports and Physical Education are best learnt by :(A) Thinking (B) Watching(C) Performing (D) Competing
2. The number of chromosomes in a human cell :(A) 46 (B) 26(C) 36 (D) 56
3. The amount of blood pumped from the heart with each beat is called :(A) Cardiac output (B) Vital capacity(C) Stroke volume (D) VO2
4. The percentage of water in human body is :(A) 40% (B) 50%(C) 60% (D) 70%
5. Which of the following games does not resemble the other three in format ?(A) Kabaddi (B) Archery(C) Kho-Kho (D) Cricket
6. Which edition of Asian Games held at Guangzhou in 2010 ?(A) XVI (B) XVII(C) XXI (D) XIV
7. Who won Women’s Single Australian Open 2014 ?(A) Li Na (B) Sara Eraani(C) Roberta Vinci (D) Elena Vesnina
8. What was the slogan of Commonwealth Games of 2010 held at Delhi ?(A) Come out and play (B) Run together and play(C) One World, one dream (D) One God, one theme
9. The lower of centre of gravity in women makes their movements :(A) Speedier (B) More stable
(C) Very unstable (D) Slower
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 4
10. The amount of blood a health human contains is :(A) 6 litres (B) 7 litres(C) 8 litres (D) 10 litres
11. Who carried the National Flag during the opening ceremony of LondonOlympics ?(A) Anju Bobby George (B) Rajyavardhan Singh Rathore(C) Sushil Kumar (D) Sania Mirza
12. Osteology is the study of :(A) Muscles (B) Bones(C) Joints (D) Nerves
13. During adolescence, the behaviour of a person is influenced by :(A) Family (B) Peer Group(C) School (D) Society
14. In which year NSNIS (Patiala) was established ?(A) 1958 (B) 1959(C) 1960 (D) 1961
15. The main purpose of circuit training is to improve :(A) Speed (B) Dynamic strength(C) Flexibility (D) Strength endurance
16. In a hurdle race, how many hurdles can an athlete knock down while running therace ?(A) Two (B) Five(C) None (D) All
17. Fatigue in sports is due to :(A) Formation of lactic acid (B) Lack of physical activity(C) Having a mental tension (D) Improper playing surface
18. Deficiency of ‘Vitamin D’ causes :(A) Beri Beri (B) Scurvy
(C) Rickets (D) Night Blindness
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 5 [Turn over
19. Which of the following is not an organ of the respiratory system ?(A) Diaphragm (B) Larynx(C) Pharynx (D) Bronchi
20. With which of the following games is the Durand Cup associated ?(A) Badminton (B) Handball
(C) Football (D) Basketball
21. Which tissues help more in learning swimming ?(A) Epithelial (B) Connective(C) Adipose (D) Nervous tissue
22. In Olympics, the Marathon race for women was introduced in the year :(A) 1984 (B) 1980(C) 1976 (D) 1988
23. “The state of complete physical, mental, social well-being and not merely theabsence of disease and infirmity” is given by :(A) CRY (B) UNICEF(C) WHO (D) UNESCO
24. Which one of the following is a muscle protein ?(A) Hemoglobin (B) Myoglobin(C) Myosin (D) Calcium
25. Psycho-Analytic theory initiated by :(A) Thorndike (B) Plato(C) Freud (D) Clarke & Clarke
26. Who is the father of Gymnastics ?(A) Koch (B) Johan Simon(C) Guts Muths (D) Ludwig John
27. The playing court of which of the following games is laid East to West direction ?(A) Kabaddi (B) Volleyball(C) Kho-Kho (D) Atya Patya
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 6
28. The theory of Insight learning was propounded by :
(A) Tollman (B) Smith
(C) Bartlet (D) Kohler
29. The type of the wind velocity, which is beneficial for the throwing event, is :
(A) Tail wind (B) Head wind
(C) Both head and tail wind (D) Second wind
30. The exact distance to be run by an athlete in a Marathon Race is :
(A) 10,000 m (B) 21.195 m
(C) 42.195 km (D) 42.295 km
31. The length of baton-exchange zone in all relay races shall be :
(A) 24 m (B) 20 m
(C) 22 m (D) 18 m
32. The average life of Red Blood Cells is :
(A) 100 days (B) 220 days
(C) 120 days (D) 200 days
33. The number of cervical vertebrae in the human skeleton is :
(A) 7 (B) 5
(C) 4 (D) 3
34. Ergometer is an instrument used for measuring :
(A) Brain’s alpha rhythm (B) Lung capacity
(C) Amount of oxygen used during work (D) Cardiac output
35. The major function of the ligaments in the body is to :
(A) Keep the body straight (B) Hold the bones together at the joints
(C) Help the individual move fast (D) Give strength to the skeleton
36. Exercise done in the presence of oxygen is called :
(A) Aerobic (B) Anaerobic
(C) Isometric (D) Isotonic
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 7 [Turn over
37. The irregular bones are found in :(A) Chest (B) Cheeks(C) Legs (D) Arms
38. The Aorta carries blood away from :(A) Right ventricle (B) Right auricle(C) Left ventricle (D) Left auricle
39. Insulin is secreted by :(A) Spleen (B) Thyroid glands(C) Pancreas (D) Liver
40. To break tie in Discus throw :(A) One additional trial is given(B) Average of all trials is taken(C) Last attempt is considered(D) Second best performance is considered
41. Width of the lane in track is :(A) 1.22 m (B) 1.22 – 1.25 m(C) 1.22 1 cm (D) 1.22 2 cm
42. The store house of energy in human body is :(A) Glands (B) Cells(C) Nerves (D) Spinal cord
43. The term ‘Cagers’ stands for :(A) Boxers (B) Basketballers(C) Throwers (D) Footballers
44. Absorption of water takes place in :(A) Stomach (B) Kidney(C) Small intestine (D) Large intestine
45. The Pugilists are :(A) Boxers (B) Rock Climbers(C) Wrestlers (D) Judokas
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 8
46. 2016 summer Olympics will be held at :(A) Mexico city (B) Chicago(C) London (D) Rio De Janeiro
47. Biggest Artery in the human body is :(A) Femoral artery (B) Aorta(C) Internal carotid artery (D) Facial artery
48. Human movement is caused when :(A) All the muscle groups involved are relaxed(B) All the muscle groups involved are contracted(C) Some of the muscles relax while the other contract(D) None of the muscle contract or relax
49. In a single league fixture of eight teams, the total number of matches to be playedshall be :(A) Fifteen (B) Thirty(C) Fifty six (D) Twenty eight
50. Hamstring muscle :(A) Extends knee (B) Flexes knee(C) Extends elbow (D) Flexes elbow
51. Concurrent feedback is provided to the learner :(A) After the activity (B) During the activity(C) Before the activity (D) Any time
52. The store house of glycogen (to be used as glucose) in the body is :(A) Liver (B) Pancreas(C) Spleen (D) Kidneys
53. ‘Cybex’ machine is based on the principle of :(A) Isometric contraction (B) Isotonic contraction(C) Isokinetic contraction (D) Concentric contraction
54. Who invented circuit training ?(A) Aristotle (B) Morgan and Adamson(C) Herbert Spencer (D) C.A. Bucher
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 9 [Turn over
55. The number of water jumps in the steeple chase are :(A) Five (B) Six(C) Seven (D) Eight
56. Plyometrics is also called :(A) Reflex phenomena (B) Reactive jumps(C) Agility training (D) Flexibility training
57. In which Olympics did women participate for the first time ?(A) 1896, Athens (B) 1900, Paris(C) 1920, Antwerp (D) 1908, London
58. An efficient coach is he who ?(A) Tells(B) Tells and demonstrate(C) Tells, demonstrate and explains(D) Tells, demonstrate, explains and inspires
59. Number of flights in 110 m (Hurdle) race are :(A) 8 (B) 9(C) 10 (D) 11
60. Highest point in Judo is :(A) Koka (B) Ippon(C) Wazari (D) Yuko
61. How many features are there in a shuttle cock ?(A) 14 to 16 (B) 15 to 17(C) 17 to 19 (D) 21 to 24
62. ‘Round Robin’ is a name given to :(A) Elimination tournament (B) League tournament(C) Consolation tournament (D) Challenge tournament
63. The appropriate formula for working out the number of matches to be played ina single league tournament is :
(A)2
1N (B)
2)1N(N
(C)2
)1N(N2 (D)
2)1N(N
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 10
64. The final event in ‘Decathlon’ is :
(A) Javelin throw (B) 1500 meter race(C) 110 meter Hurdles (D) 800 meter race
65. ‘Ranga Swami Cup’ is associated with the game of :(A) Hockey (B) Football(C) Basketball (D) Volleyball
66. The most crucial skills needed in the management of physical education andsports are :(A) Motor skills (B) Communication skills(C) Teaching skills (D) Technical skills
67. The first woman Asian Gold medalist in athletics is :(A) M.D. Valasamma (B) Rosa Kutti(C) Kamaljeet Sandhu (D) P.T. Usha
68. The imitation method of teaching is best suited to teaching :(A) Adolescents (B) Children(C) Adults (D) Women
69. Who invented the game of basketball ?(A) James N. Smith (B) W.A. Morgan(C) C.A. Bucher (D) Orbeteuffer
70. Blood gets de-oxygenated in :(A) Muscles (B) Nerves(C) Lungs (D) Heart
71. Olympia city is situated in which country of the world ?(A) Greece (B) Germany(C) Italy (D) China
72. What is the slogan of 2014 Football World Cup ?(A) All in one rhythm (B) All in same rhyme
(C) All are one (D) All are different
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 11 [Turn over
73. When was the National Discipline Scheme founded by General J.K. Bhonsle ?(A) 30 January, 1952 (B) 26 January, 1956
(C) 26 July, 1954 (D) 1 April, 1957
74. Complete the series 30 : 42 : : 56 : _____ ?(A) 92 (B) 21
(C) 38 (D) 72
75. The curriculum of physical education must be :(A) Activity-centered (B) Research-centered
(C) Child-centered (D) Ideal-centered
M.P. Ed. (Master of Physical Education)/BDU-22272-A 12
ROUGH WORK
57
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-BiotechnologyTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (2)
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (3) [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/A
1. Which of the following is not a characteristic of prokaryotes ?(A) DNA (B) Cell membrane(C) Cell wall (D) Endoplasmic reticulum
2. Ribosomes are made up of ..................... .... subunits.(A) 0, they are whole (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
3. Plants differ from animals in that plants have :(A) An endoplasmic reticulum (B) A central vacuole(C) Golgi complexes (D) Vesicles
4. Passage through pores in nuclear envelope is restricted primarily to :(A) Proteins, RNA and protein RNA complexes(B) Lipids and glycolipids(C) DNA and RNA(D) RNA and protein carbohydrate complexes
5. Proteins synthesized by the rough ER are :(A) For internal storage (B) To build more membranes in the cell(C) To digest food in lysosomes (D) Exported from the cell
6. Within chloroplast, light is captured by :(A) Grana within cisternae (B) Thylakoids within grana(C) Cisternae within grana (D) Grana within thylakoids
7. Clusters of rRNA where ribosomes are assembled are called :(A) Nuclei (B) Cisternae(C) Nucleoli (D) Golgi complexes
8. Assuming all other factors to be the same, electron microscope have greater resolvingpower than light microscope because :(A) The wavelength of electrons is much longer than the wavelength of visible light(B) Electron microscopes have more lenses(C) Because the beams in electron microscopes overlap creating clearer picture(D) The wavelengths in visible light are longer than with electrons
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (4)
9. The cytoskeleton includes all of the following except :
(A) Microtubules (B) Intermediate filaments
(C) Myosin filaments (D) Actin filaments
10. Protein glycosylation occurs in :
(A) Lumen of mitochondria (B) Lumen of rough ER
(C) Lumen of smooth ER (D) Lumen of lysosomes
11. Adjacent amino acids are joined by a :
(A) Ionic bond (B) Hydrogen bond
(C) Phosphodiester bond (D) Peptide bond
12. Growth hormone producing apical dominance is :
(A) Auxin (B) Cytokinin
(C) GA (D) Ethylene
13. Ecotype is a type of species in which environmentally induced variations are :
(A) Temporary (B) Genetically fixed
(C) Genetically not related (D) Variations
14. Species that occur in different geographical regions separated by special barrier are :
(A) Allopatric (B) Sympatric
(C) Siblings (D) Offsprings
15. Sigma factor is a component of :
(A) DNA ligase (B) DNA polymerase
(C) RNA polymerase (D) Endonuclease
16. The DNA chain acting as template for RNA synthesis has the following order of bases,AGCTTCGA. What will be the order of bases in mRNA ?
(A) TCGAAGCT (B) UGCUAGCT
(C) TCGAUCGU (D) UCGAAGCU
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (5) [Turn over
17. Tetracycline blocks protein synthesis by :
(A) Inhibiting binding of aminoacyl tRNA to ribosome
(B) Inhibiting initiation of translation
(C) Inhibiting peptidyl transferase
(D) Inhibiting translocase enzyme
18. In prokaryotes, the ribosomal binding site on mRNA is called :(A) Hogness sequence (B) Shine-dalgarno sequence
(C) Pribnow sequence (D) TATA box
19. Conversion of fats into sugars in plant occurs in :(A) Golgi-bodies (B) Peroxisomes
(C) Glyoxisomes (D) Lysosomes
20. Mitochondria are believed to be descendents of :(A) Early aerobic bacteria (B) Early anaerobic bacteria
(C) Early aerobic cyanobacteria (D) Early anaerobic cyanobacteria
21. In water molecule, the two hydrogen atoms are joined to oxygen atom by covalentbonds forming an angle of :(A) 100º (B) 105º
(C) 110º (D) 115º
22. Which of the following elements are not called as macronutrients ?
(A) C.H.O (B) N. P. K
(C) Ca. S. Mg (D) Fe. Zn. Mo
23. Nitrogen fixation is the process of conversion of atmospheric nitrogen into :(A) Nitrates (B) Nitrites
(C) Ammonia (D) Inorganic nitrogenous compounds
24. Combination of a purine or pyrimidine base with pentose sugar is known as :
(A) Nucleotide (B) Nucleoside
(C) Nucleic acid (D) Nucleus
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (6)
25. The word enzyme was coined by :(A) FW Kuhne (B) Louis Pasteur(C) Traube (D) Willstatter
26. Accessory or antenna pigments absorb and transfer light energy to :(A) Chlorophyll b (B) Chlorophyll c(C) Chlorophyll a (D) Pheophytin
27. Which of the following has more energy per photon of light ?(A) Red light (B) Blue light(C) UV light (D) Infra-red light
28. Main credit for investigating the sequence of dark reaction of photosynthesis goes to :(A) Ruben and Kamen (B) Melvin Calvin(C) AA Benson (D) J Kreb
29. Auxins are synthesized mainly in :(A) Roots (B) Shoots(C) Meristematic regions of the plant (D) Leaves
30. According to the Beer-Lambert law, on which of the following does absorbance notdepend ?(A) Distance that the light has travelled through the sample(B) Extinction coefficient of the sample(C) Solution concentration(D) Colour of the solution
31. Infrared spectroscopy provides valuable information about :(A) Molecular wt. (B) Melting point(C) Conjugation (D) Functional groups
32. The correct order for the basic features of a mass spectrometer is :(A) Acceleration, deflection, detection, ionisation(B) Ionisation, acceleration, deflection, detection(C) Acceleration, ionisation, deflection, detection(D) Acceleration, deflection, ionisation, detection
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (7) [Turn over
33. To work out the molecular mass of an organic molecule you would look at its :
(A) Infrared spectrum (B) Mass spectrum
(C) Proton nmr spectrum (D) Boiling point
34. The enzyme reverse transcriptase enables us to produce :
(A) Restriction endonucleases (B) cDNA molecules
(C) Blunt end restriction fragments (D) mRNA molecule
35. Oligonucleotide probes are defined as :
(A) The piece of DNA produced by restriction endonucleases
(B) An enzymes that recognize and subsequently degrade foreign DNA
(C) A short stretch of DNA of a known sequence that will base pair with a complementarysequence
(D) A piece of DNA to which new nucleotide are added during DNA sequencing
36. The rate of migration of DNA within an agarose gel in the gel electrophoresis techniqueis primarily based on :
(A) The size of the DNA fragments (B) The number of DNA fragments
(C) The size of the wells in the gel (D) The volume of DNA sample loaded
37. In the Sanger method of DNA sequencing, what causes the termination of chainelongation ?
(A) The incorporation of regular DNA nucleotide
(B) The incorporation of a dideoxynucleotide
(C) Denaturation of the double stranded test fragments
(D) When DNA polymerase encounters a stop codon
38. Which of the following statements regarding the polymerase chain reaction is untrue ?
(A) It can increase the amount of DNA in a sample
(B) It has the potential of diagnosing an infection
(C) It utilizes DNA polymerase from psychrophilic organism
(D) It essentially mimics DNA replication as it occurs naturally
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (8)
39. Good cloning vector must possess all but which of the following qualities ?
(A) They should possess origin of replication
(B) They should be easily accepted by the cloning host
(C) They should be capable of carrying a significant piece of donor DNA
(D) They should be resistant to restriction endonucleases
40. Why the environmental protection agency closely monitor the release of transgenicorganisms used for agricultural purposes ?
(A) They want to monitor the destruction of crops by GMOs.
(B) They want to ensure the GMOs do not proliferate in the environment and pose threatto humans.
(C) They want people to understand how food product is manufactured.
(D) They want to ensure that people are aware that GMOs may have played a role in theproduction of a particular food product.
41. Why are DNA polymerases from thermophilic organisms used in the PCR ?
(A) Because they are required to keep the two strands separated
(B) Because they cannot add new nucleotides at low temperatures
(C) Because they are easier to isolate than psychrophilic DNA polymerase
(D) Because the priming and extension steps must be carried out at high temperatures toprevent the single strands from reannealing
42. In what type of gene therapy are genes inserted into an egg, sperm or early embryo ?
(A) Ex vivo therapy (B) Germline therapy
(C) Antisense therapy (D) Triplex DNA therapy
43. What type of genome map is the most ideal for understanding the nature of genes,what they code for and their functions ?
(A) Linkage maps (B) Physical maps
(C) Sequence maps (D) Fingerprint maps
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (9) [Turn over
44. The analysis and storage of the massive amount of data generated from sequencemaps has led to the growth of what new disciplines ?
(A) Immunology and virology
(B) Bioinformatics and medical microbiology
(C) Genomics and genetic engineering
(D) Genomics and bioinformatics
45. Which of the following statements regarding the findings of the human genome projectis incorrect ?
(A) Humans share approximately 80% of their DNA sequences with mice
(B) Genetic screening of families for inheritable diseases may become possible
(C) 97% of the human genome is made up of support DNA that functions in chromosomestabilizing and division, gene regulation and ribosome assembly
(D) Human chromosomes are capable of walking
46. The creation of DNA fingerprint involves all but which of the following techniques ?
(A) Southern blotting (B) Western blotting
(C) PCR (D) Use of restriction endonucleases
47. Microarray analysis has allowed us to view :
(A) The genome sequence in a cell (B) The number of genes in a cell
(C) The expression of specific genes in a cell (D) The cDNAs of a cell
48. Expression vector differ from a cloning vector in having :
(A) An origin of replication (B) Suitable marker gene
(C) Unique restriction sites (D) Control elements
49. In pBR322, pBR stands for :
(A) Plasmid bacterial replication (B) Plasmid bacterial recombination
(C) Plasmid Boliver and Rodriguez (D) Plasmid Baltimore and Rodriguez
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (10)
50. Cosmid is a plasmid with :
(A) A minimum of 250 bp of lambda DNA that includes cos sites
(B) A minimum of 250 bp of M 13 DNA that includes cos sites
(C) A minimum of 100 bp of lamda DNA that includes cos sites
(D) A minimum of 250 bp of T4 phage DNA that includes cos sites
51. Vectors designed to replicate in cells of two different species are called :
(A) Phasmids (B) Transfer vectors
(C) Shuttle vectors (D) Phagemids
52. Chromosome walking is a technique used to :
(A) Move chromosomes around the nucleus
(B) Move a fragment of chromosomal DNA from one area of a chromosome to another
(C) Recombination between chromosomal DNA of two different species
(D) A method used to locate a gene using a set of clones from a DNA library
53. Micropropagation is a technique :
(A) For production of true to type plants (B) For production of haploid plants
(C) For production of somatic hybrids (D) For production of somaclonal plants
54. Meristem culture is practised in horticulture to get :
(A) Slow growing callus (B) Somaclonal variations
(C) Haploids plants (D) Virus free plants
55. Which one of the following is also called Sewall Wright Effect ?
(A) Gene pool (B) Gene Flow
(C) Genetic drift (D) Isolation
56. When two species of different genealogy come to resemble each other as a result ofadaptation, the phenomenon is termed :
(A) Microevolution (B) Divergent evolution
(C) Convergent evolution (D) Co-evolution
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (11) [Turn over
57. Removal of RNA polymerase III from nucleoplasm will affect the synthesis of :(A) mRNA (B) rRNA(C) tRNA (D) hnRNA
58. A gene of operon which synthesize a repressor protein is :(A) Promoter gene (B) Regulator gene(C) Operator gene (D) Structural gene
59. If two pea plants having red (dominant) coloured flowers with unknown genotypesare crossed, 75% of the flowers are red and 25% are white. The genotypic constitutionof the parents having red coloured flowers will be :(A) Both heterozygous(B) One homozygous and other heterozygous(C) Both homozygous(D) Both hemizygous
60. A character which is expressed in a hybrid is called :(A) Dominant (B) Recessive(C) Co-dominant (D) Epistatic
61. Genes for cytoplasmic male sterility in plants are generally located in :(A) Nuclear genome (B) Chloroplast genome(C) Mitochondrial genome (D) Cytosol
62. According to lac operon concept, which functional unit of the bacterial gene materialis responsible for suppressing the activity of the operator gene in the absence oflactose :(A) Promoter gene (B) Repressor protein(C) Regulator gene (D) Structural gene
63. DNA has equal number of adenine and thymine residues (A = T) and equal number ofguanine and cytosine (G = C). These relationships are known as :(A) Chargaff’s rule (B) Coulomb’s law(C) Le-Chatelier’s principle (D) Van’t Hoff plot
64. Darwin judged the fitness of an individual by :(A) Ability to defend itself (B) Strategy to obtain food(C) Number of offspring (D) Dominance over other individuals
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (12)
65. Which of these statements about the European patent convention is true ?(A) It provides for a single patent covering all member states(B) It is an EU treaty(C) It sets up the European patent office, which deals with the granting and enforcement
of European patents(D) It harmonises the patent laws of the member states
66. To apply for a patent, an inventor must :(A) File an application at a patent office which must comply with formal and technical
requirements(B) Draft the full specification of the patent they seek, which cannot be later amended(C) Demonstrate that their invention works.(D) State the date on which the invention was first reduced to practise
67. An international application under the patent co-operation treaty :(A) Is examined by a patent examiner at a designated office(B) Is searched against by a single search conducted at a designated office(C) Results in a single patent covering all the states for which protection is sought(D) Is forwarded to the patent offices of all the states for which protection is sought for
search and examination
68. What is the term of a patent ?(A) 15 years (B) 20 years(C) 25 years (D) Unlimited term
69. A researcher who had determined the sequence of a previously unknown gene wouldsubmit the sequence to :(A) A primary database (B) BLAST(C) A genome browser (D) A metadatabase
70. Which of the following is not a type of copyright work ?(A) Literary work (B) Furniture(C) Sculpture (D) Musical work
71. The discovery of transposons showed that genetic information................ ?(A) Is not fixed in the genome(B) Can be altered(C) Is passes from one generation to another(D) Can be transferred between species
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (13) [Turn over
72. The ames test assays whether or not a compound causes :(A) Chromosome mutations (B) Gene mutations
(C) DNA repair (D) Crossing over
73. NMR is based on :(A) Nuclear fission (B) Charge of nucleus
(C) Magnetically moment of the nucleus (D) Electrical moment of the nucleus
74. Radioactive substance emits the following rays except :(A) Gamma (B) Beta
(C) Alpha (D) X-rays
75. Instrument used to measure optical activity is :(A) Spectrophotometer (B) Polarimeter
(C) Calorimeter (D) Infantometer
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (14)
ROUGH WORK
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2Year Course)-Biotechnology/BDU-22286-A (15) [Turn over
ROUGH WORK
111
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc. (Environment Science)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 2+
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 3 [Turn over+
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/A
1. Which of the following is a disaccharide ?(A) Glycogen (B) Sucrose(C) Ribose (D) Mannose
2. Cell wall is made of chitin in _______.(A) Bacteria (B) Algae(C) Fungi (D) Higher plants
3. Sulphur is present in which of the following amino acid ?(A) Glycine (B) Alanine(C) Cysteine (D) Histidine
4. Which of the following polysaccharide has -1, 4 linkage ?(A) Chitin (B) Starch(C) Cellulose (D) Murein
5. c-Phycocyanin pigment is present in _____ algae.(A) Green (B) Brown(C) Red (D) Blue-green algae
6. Potato is a modified _____.(A) Leaf (B) Stem(C) Root (D) Fruit
7. The National Family Welfare Programme of India was launched in the year _____.(A) 1947 (B) 1949(C) 1951 (D) 1953
8. Which of the following is present in chlorophyll ?(A) Mn (B) Fe(C) Co (D) Mg
9. Allometric growth involves _____.(A) No change in shape or size (B) Change in both shape and size
(C) Change in shape only (D) Change in size only
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 4+
10. Mendel was a ______.(A) Monk (B) Teacher
(C) Farmer (D) Labourer
11. Speciation that occurs due to geographical barrier is known as ______ speciation.
(A) Parallel (B) Cline
(C) Allopatric (D) Sympatric
12. A type of selection that eliminates extremes from the population is ______ selection.(A) Directional (B) Disruptive
(C) Special (D) Stabilizing
13. Which of the following was the first used antiseptic ?
(A) Taxol (B) Sodium Hypochlorite
(C) Carbolic acid (D) Glycyrrhizin
14. Narrowing of artery is :
(A) Angina (B) Stroke
(C) Atherosclerosis (D) Emphysema
15. The specialization of homologus organs to perform variety of functions is :
(A) Parallel evolution (B) Natural selection
(C) Adaptive radiation (D) Convergent evolution
16. Drugs that suppress anxiety and relax muscles are ______.(A) Stimulants (B) Sedatives
(C) Tranquilizers (D) Depressants
17. Anabolic steroids are artificial version of which of the following hormone ?
(A) Adrenalin (B) Testosterone
(C) Progesterone (D) Insulin
18. Which of the following is not a narcotic ?
(A) Codeine (B) Heroine
(C) Opium (D) Caffeine
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 5 [Turn over+
19. The stage after fermentation in which desired product is screened and purifiedis ______.
(A) Scaling (B) Fermentation
(C) Downstream processing (D) Batch culture
20. A type of fermentation in which conditions are not changed from outside is knownas ______.
(A) Downstream (B) Batch
(C) Open (D) Continuous
21. The groundwater that occurs within the unsaturated zone is termed as ______.
(A) Connate water (B) Meteorite water
(C) Vadose water (D) Plutonic water
22. The remote sensing satellite records data from the ground objects at a height ofapproximately ______.
(A) 900 km (B) 400 km
(C) 100 km (D) 20 km
23. Long-range weather forecast is generally based on which of the following methods ?
(A) Numerical (B) Statistical
(C) Synoptic (D) Deterministic
24. Which of the following is not an in situ method of biodiversity conservation ?
(A) Biosphere reserves (B) National parks
(C) Germplasm banks (D) Wildlife sanctuaries
25. World Earth Day is celebrated on ______.
(A) March 23 (B) June 5
(C) April 22 (D) May 22
26. Which among the following is the state animal of Punjab ?
(A) Peacock (B) Falcon
(C) Black buck (D) Cow
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 6+
27. Threshold of hearing is ______.(A) 0 db (B) 1 dB(C) 5 dB (D) 15 dB
28. The ozone is a friend in which of the following layers of atmosphere ?(A) Troposphere (B) Ionosphere(C) Stratosphere (D) Exosphere
29. Geothermal energy is :(A) Non-renewable and Non-conventional(B) Renewable and Conventional(C) Non-renewable and Conventional(D) Renewable and Non-conventional
30. The belt of variable winds near the equator is known as ______.(A) Trade wind belt (B) Doldrums(C) Roaring Forties (D) Sub-tropics
31. The average salinity of sea water is ______.(A) 20 parts per thousand (B) 25 parts per thousand(C) 30 parts per thousand (D) 35 parts per thousand
32. Ramsar Convention relates to the conservation of ______.(A) Wildlifes (B) Deserts(C) Forests (D) Wetlands
33. CFC stands for ______.(A) Carbonated fluoride compounds (B) Chlorofluorocarbon(C) Chlorofluoro carmine (D) Chlorofluoro calcium
34. Which of the following is eco-friendly way of managing kitchen waste ?(A) Open dumping (B) Vermicomposting(C) Landfilling (D) Incineration
35. Minamata disease is caused due to pollution of ______.(A) Lead (B) Mercury
(C) Selenium (D) Chromium
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 7 [Turn over+
36. Which of the following sequence (in increasing height from earth’s surface) istrue ?(A) Stratosphere, Troposphere, Thermosphere, Mesosphere(B) Mesosphere, Thermosphere, Stratosphere, Troposphere(C) Troposphere, Mesosphere, Stratosphere, Thermosphere(D) Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere, Thermosphere
37. UNEP stands for ______.(A) United Nations Environment Policy(B) United Nations Energy Programme(C) United Nations Environment Programme(D) United Nations Energy Policy
38. CNG stands for ______.(A) Compressed Nobel Gas (B) Compact Natural Gas(C) Compact Nobel Gas (D) Compressed Natural Gas
39. Which among the following cities has the maximum population density ?(A) Patiala (B) Amritsar(C) Jalandhar (D) Chandigarh
40. Which of the following diseases is caused by bacteria ?(A) Cholera (B) Dengue(C) Diabetes (D) AIDS
41. Which of the following countries has the minimum population density ?(A) India (B) Finland(C) Pakistan (D) England
42. Greenpeace International is ______ activist group.(A) Environment (B) Child welfare(C) Human rights (D) Women welfare
43. The population explosion results from :(A) High birth and death rate (B) Low birth and death rate
(C) Low birth rate and high death rate (D) High birth rate and low death rate
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 8+
44. Which of the following was responsible for Bhopal gas tragedy ?(A) Mercury (B) Carbon monoxide(C) Chlorine (D) Methyl isocyanate
45. Which of the following is the unit of measuring noise ?(A) Dobson (B) Hertz(C) Decibels (D) Joule
46. The 2012 Earth Summit was held at ______.(A) Rio de Janeiro (B) Lisbon(C) London (D) Stockholm
47. Which amongst the following relates to sustainable development ?(A) Kyoto Protocol (B) Brundtland Commission(C) Vienna Convention (D) Stockholm Summit
48. Which amongst the following is the oldest National Park in India ?(A) Kaziranga (B) Jim Corbett(C) Kanha (D) Ranthambore
49. Which amongst the following igneous rock type has the maximum silica content ?(A) Dacite (B) Basalt(C) Rhyolite (D) Komatite
50. If two drops of same radius falling through air with a steady velocity of 5 cm s–1
coalesce, the terminal velocity would be :(A) 10 cm s–1 (B) 2.5 cm s–1
(C) 5(4)1/3 cm s–1 (D) 5(3)1/3 cm s–1
51. One micron is equal to 10x nanometer. The value of x is ______.(A) 3 (B) 6(C) 9 (D) 12
52. Two resistances R1 and R2 are connected in series. Potential differences acrossR1 and R2 are balanced at L and 2L length of wire, respectively. If R2 = 2 ohm,then the value of R1 is :(A) 1 ohm (B) 2 ohm(C) 3 ohm (D) 4 ohm
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 9 [Turn over+
53. Water flows faster than honey because(A) Water has more density than honey(B) Water has less density than honey(C) Water is colorless(D) Coefficient of viscosity of water is less than that of honey
54. A proton is bombarded on 27Al . As a result, a 27Si nucleus is formed and aparticle is emitted. This particle is a ______.(A) Neutron (B) Proton(C) Electron (D) Positron
55. A body is moving in a circular path. Which of the following quantities mayremain constant during the motion ?(A) Acceleration (B) Velocity(C) Magnitude of acceleration (D) All of the above
56. The magnifying power of a telescope is ‘m’. If the focal length of the eye pieceis doubled, then its magnifying power becomes :(A) 2 m (B) m/2(C) 2 m (D) 3 m
57. If 10% of a radioactive material decays in 5 days, then the amount of originalmaterial left after 20 days is approximately :(A) 60% (B) 65%(C) 70% (D) 75%
58. A bar magnet of dipole moment ‘p’ is cut into two equal parts by cutting perpen-dicular to its length. The dipole moment of each part is :(A) p (B) p/2(C) 2 p (D) 4 p
59. The process of combining speech with carrier wave in radio broadcasting iscalled ______.(A) Modulation (B) Rectification(C) Amplification (D) Detection
60. How many numbers of arrangement can be made by using all the letters of theword LAUGH, keeping the vowels adjacent ?(A) 10 (B) 24(C) 48 (D) 120
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 10+
61. How many subsets can be formed from the set {x, y, z} ?
(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 8 (D) 9
62. Everybody in a room shakes hands with everybody else. The total number ofhandshakes is 66. The total number of persons in the room is :
(A) 11 (B) 12
(C) 13 (D) 14
63. A bond between carbon and hydrogen atoms in acetylene molecule is :
(A) 109.5° (B) 120°
(C) 180° (D) 104.5°
64. CFC-12 contains how many Fluorine atom(s) ?
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 0 (D) 3
65. The pH of 0.10 M NaOH is ______.
(A) 0.10 (B) 1.0
(C) 10 (D) 13
66. The general formula of the alkane homologous series is ______.
(A) CnH2n (B) CnH2n – 2
(C) CnH2n + 2 (D) CnHn
67. If excess of methane is treated with chlorine, in the presence of sunlight undercontinuous distillation, the product formed is :
(A) CH3Cl (B) CHCl3
(C) CH2Cl2 (D) CCl4
68. In the Winkler method, the indicator used is ______.
(A) Phenolphthalein (B) Iodine
(C) Starch (D) Starch and Iodine
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 11 [Turn over+
69. Henry’s law constant k H depends on ______.(A) Nature of solute and solvent only
(B) Nature of solute, solvent as well as the temperature
(C) Nature of solute and solvent but independent of temperature
(D) Nature of solute and temperature only
70. The hybridization of carbon in benzene is ______.
(A) sp (B) sp2
(C) sp3 (D) sp3d
71. The density of water is the maximum at ______.(A) 0°C (B) 4°C
(C) –4°C (D) 100°C
72. If in a town, 30% of the voters are under 40 years of age. If two voters arerandomly selected for a survey, the probability that they are both under 40 yearsof age is ______.(A) 0.300 (B) 0.087
(C) 0.600 (D) 0.090
73. Second central moment is called :
(A) Mean (B) Standard deviation
(C) Coefficient of variation (D) Variance
74. What is the cause of an earthquake ?(A) Collision of Lithospheric Plates (B) Climate Change
(C) Gravitational Pull of the Moon (D) God’s Will
75. A seed lot contains 10 good and 10 bad seeds. Two seeds are drawn from the lotat a time. The probability of getting one good and one bad seed is ______.
(A) 10/19 (B) 20/98
(C) 2/10 (D) 1/4
M.Sc. (Environment Science)/BDU-22281-A 12+
ROUGH WORK
52
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series Code : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School)–BiochemistryTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observer whosedecision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. The Handerson–Hasselbalch equation is described as :
(A)]HA[]A[logpHpKa
(B)
]A[]HA[logpKapH
(C)]A[]HA[logpHpKa (D)
]HA[]A[logpKapH
2. Which of the following compounds has the highest standard free energy of Hydrolysis ?(A) ATP (B) Phosphoenol pyruvate(C) Phosphocreatine (D) Glucose –6-phosphate
3. The number of isomers of glucose is :(A) 2 (B) 4(C) 8 (D) 16
4. Proteins may be separated according to size by :(A) Isoelectric focussing (B) Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis(C) Ion exchange chromatography (D) Molecular exclusion chromatography
5. The dehydrogenases involved in HMP shunt are specific for :(A) FMN (B) NAD+(C) FAD (D) NADP+
6. Acyl carrier protein contains the vitamin :(A) Biotin (B) Lipoic acid(C) Pantothenic acid (D) Folic acid
7. Rotenone inhibits the respiratory chain at :(A) FMN coenzyme Q (B) NAD FMN(C) Coenzyme Q cyt b (D) Cyt b Cyt c 1
8. Invert sugar is :(A) Lactose (B) Mannose(C) Fructose (D) Hydrolytic product of sucrose
9. According to Chargaff’s rule, the following proportion exists in DNA :(A) C = G (B) C > G(C) C > T (D) C = T
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/A
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 4
10. The actual synthesis of DNA in E. coli is the function of :(A) Primase (B) Polymerase I(C) Polymerase III (D) DNA ligase
11. Glycogen synthetase activity is depressed by :(A) Glucose (B) Insulin(C) Cyclic AMP (D) Fructokinase
12. Ramachandran plot :(A) Gives the frequency of occurrence of amino acids in b-sheet structure(B) Represents the sterically allowed conformations of a polypeptide back bone(C) Predicts a-helical structure from the given amino acid sequences(D) Shows the X-ray diffraction pattern of a position.
13. Globular proteins have completely folded, coiled polypeptide chain and the axial ratio (ratio oflength to breadth) is :(A) Less than 10 and generally not greater than 3–4(B) Generally 10(C) Greater than 10 and generally 20(D) Greater than 10
14. The purity of an enzyme at various stages of purification is best measured by :(A) Total protein (B) Total enzyme activity(C) Specific activity of the enzyme (D) Percent recovery of protein
15. Control of urea cycle involves the enzyme :(A) Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase (B) Ornithine transcarbamoylase(C) Argininosuccinase (D) Arginase
16. Antigenic sites within antigen where antibodies react are :(A) Haptens (B) Epitopes(C) Paratops (D) Immunogen
17. Cells use up to 40% of their daily energy expenditure engaged in what important process ?(A) Active transport (B) Endocytosis(C) Exocytosis (D) Facilitated diffusion
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 5 [Turn over
18. The reaction catalyzed by phosphofructokinase is :(A) Inhibited by high concentration of ATP and citrate(B) Uses fructose–1-P as substrate(C) Is near equilibrium in most cells(D) Is inhibited by AMP
19. Sanger’s reagent contains :(A) Phenylisothiocyanate (B) Dansyl chloride(C) 1-Fluoro-2, 4-dinitrobenzene (D) Ninhydrin
20. What is the property of C4 plants but not C3 plants ?(A) Initially fix CO2 in mesophyll cells as 4-carbon long compounds(B) Initially fix CO2 in bundle sheath cells as 3-carbon long compounds(C) Initially fix CO2 in mesophyll cells as 3-carbon long compounds(D) Initially fix CO2 in bundle sheath cells as 4-carbon long compounds
21. Although the Ti plasmid has revolutionized plant genetic engineering, one limitation of its use isthat it :(A) Is only about 50% effective (B) Can only be used on fruit-bearing plants(C) Cannot transmit prokaryotic genes (D) Does not infect cereal plants
22. Which of the following antibiotics resembles the 3’end of charged t-RNA molecule ?(A) Streptomycin (B) Tetracyclin(C) Kanamycin (D) Puromycin
23. A peptide bond :(A) is ionized at physiological pH (B) is stable to heating in strong acids(C) has a partial double bond character (D) occurs most commonly in cis configuration
24. Which of the following amino acids would be MOST prone to a reaction with an irreversibleinhibitor ?(A) Phenylalanine (B) Serine(C) Threonine (D) Histidine
25. The first mRNA codon to specify an amino acid is always :(A) TAC (B) UAA(C) AUG (D) UAG
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 6
26. A drug which prevents uric acid synthesis by inhibiting the enzyme xanthine oxidase is :(A) Aspirin (B) Allopurinol(C) Colchicine (D) Probenecid
27. Degeneracy of the genetic code denotes the existence of :(A) Multiple codons for a single amino acid(B) Codons consisting of only two bases(C) Base triplets that do not code for any amino acids(D) Different protein synthesis systems in which a given triplet codes for different amino acids
28. With what mRNA codon would the UAC tRNA be able to form a codon-anticodon base pairinginteraction ?(A) 3'-GUA-5' (B) 3'-AUG-5'(C) 3'-CAU-5' (D) 3'-UAC-5'
29. Which one of the following best describes the number of ATPs produced by the oxidation ofpalmitic acid to CO2 and H2O ?(A) 100 ATP (B) 130 ATP(C) 40 ATP (D) 70 ATP
30. Aspartate transcarbamoylase is inhibited by :(A) CTP (B) PRPP(C) ATP (D) TMP
31. There are five isozymes of lactate dehydrogenase, which catalyze the interconversion of pyruvateand lactate : pyruvate + NADH <==> lactate + NAD + + H+. Which one of the followingparameters must be the same for all of these enzyme-catalyzed reactions ?(A) pH optimum (B) Keq(C) kcat (D) Km
32. Which of the following components is NOT a component of 30S initiation complex ?(A) GTP (B) Initiation factor-2 (IF-2)(C) N-formylmethionyl-tRNA (D) ATP
33. The posterior pituitary stores and secretes :(A) ACTH and ADH (B) GH and prolactin(C) ADH and Oxytocin (D) ADH and FSH
34. Which of the following types of enzymes usually form hydrogen peroxide as one of its products ?(A) Dehydrogenases (B) Oxidases(C) Oxygenases (D) Peroxidases
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 7 [Turn over
35. Ternary complex is not formed in :(A) Random Bi B (B) Ordered Bi Bi(C) Theorel-Chance Bi Bi (D) Ping Pong Bi BI
36. The rate limiting step in catecholamine synthesis is catalysed by :(A) Phenylalanine hydroxylase (B) Tyrosine hydroxylase(C) Dopa decarboxylase (D) Phenylethanolamine N-methyl transferase
37. During liver disease the LDH isozyme raised in serum is :(A) M4 (B) M3H(C) M2H2 (D) MH3
38. Sphingomyelin accumulates in :(A) Tay-Sachcs disease (B) Gaucher’s disease(C) Fabry’s disease (D) Niemann-Pick’s disease
39. Recombination of V, D and J lg gene segments :(A) Only occurs in mature B-cells(B) Involves heptamer-spacer-heptamer flanking sequences(C) Is effected by recombinase enzymes(D) Does not occur until the mRNA stage
40. Which one of the following mast cell products is not preformed and therefore has to be newlysynthesized ?(A) Histamine (B) Prostaglandin D2(C) Eosinophil chemotactic factor (ECF) (D) Neutral protease
41. ADP-ribosylation by cholera toxin locks :(A) Gs in active form (B) Gs in inactive form(C) Gi in active form (D) Gi in inactive form
42. Effect of release of IP3 during signal transduction pathway is :(A) Closure of Ca2+ channel in ER (B) Increase in intracellular Ca2+ level(C) Increase in extracellular Ca2+ level (D) Inactivation of calmodulin proteins
43. Most common types of introns spiced in mammals are :(A) GU-AG (B) UA-UC(C) UG-UA (D) UG-GA
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 8
44. siRNA :(A) forms complex in the spliceosome(B) recruits histone acetyl transferases to the nucleus(C) forms a complex with RISC proteins to inhibit translation or cause degradation of complementary
mRNA(D) is not transmitted to daughter cells after cell division
45. If there is a deletion mutation in the operator for the lac operon, the expression of lac structuralgenes would be :(A) Permanently repressed (B) Constitutively expressed(C) Not expressed (D) Resistant to catabolite repression
46. The catabolite repression is mediated by a catabolite gene activator protein (CAP) in conjunctionwith :(A) AMP (B) GMP(C) cAMP (D) cGMP
47. In the Messelson-Stahl DNA replication experiment, what percent of the DNA was composed ofone light strand and one heavy strand after one generation of growth in 14N containing growthmedia ?(A) 25 (B) 50(C) 75 (D) 100
48. During starvation, ketone bodies are used as a fuel by :(A) Erythrocytes (B) Brain(C) Liver (D) Muscles
49. All -amino acids give positive :(A) Million’s test (B) Biuret test(C) Xanthoproteic test (D) Ninhydrin test
50. The following hormone is a peptide of less than 10 amino acids :(A) Insulin (B) Growth Hormone(C) Oxytocin (D) Parathyroid hormone
51. The principal intracellular cation is :(A) Na+ (B) Ca2+
(C) Cl– (D) K+
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 9 [Turn over
52. A PCR reaction that continues for 30 cycles will produce approximately how many PCR productsfrom a single template DNA molecule ?(A) 64 (B) 128(C) 128,000 (D) Approximately 1 billion
53. In what way does the ras oncogene contribute to cancers ?(A) Ras codes for a GTP ase switch protein which cannot be switched off in its mutated form.(B) Ras codes for an anti-apoptotic protein, produced in abnormally large amounts.(C) Ras codes for a truncated form of a growth factor receptor which is continually active.(D) Ras codes for a transcription factor which is produced in abnormally large amounts.
54. Which of the following statements about SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis is correct ?(A) SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis separates proteins on the basis of charge.(B) SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis separates proteins on the basis of size.(C) Wanted proteins can be tested for their biological activity after separation by SDS polyacrylamide
gel electrophoresis.(D) Proteins are solubilized but not denatured when separated by SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
55. Which of the following components is NOT a component of 30S initiation complex ?(A) GTP (B) Initiation factor-2 (IF-2)(C) N-formylmethionyl-tRNA (D) ATP
56. If the fatty acid is esterified with an alcohol of high molecular weight instead of glycerol, theresulting compound is :(A) Lipositol (B) Plasmalogen(C) Wax (D) Cephalin
57. Calcitriol synthesis involves :(A) Both liver and kidney (B) Intestine(C) Adipose tissue (D) Muscle
58. Consumption of raw eggs can cause deficiency of :(A) Biotin (B) Pantothenic acid(C) Riboflavin (D) Thiamin
59. Kinetics of an allosteric enzyme are explained by :(A) Michaelis-Menten equation (B) Lineweaver-Burk plot(C) Hill plot (D) All of these
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 10
60. Ciprofloxacin inhibits the synthesis of :(A) DNA (B) mRNA(C) tRNA (D) rRNA
61. Which of the following is a palindromic sequence ?(A) 5' ATGCAG 3' (B) 3' TACGTC 5'(C) 5' CGAAGC 3' (D) 3' GCTTCG 5'
62. Optimum temperature of DNA polymerase of T. aquaticus is :(A) 30°C (B) 37°C(C) 54°C (D) 72°C
63. Aspartate amino transferase uses the following for transamination :(A) Glutamic acid and pyruvic acid (B) Glutamic acid and oxaloacetic acid(C) Aspartic acid and pyruvic acid (D) Aspartic acid and keto adipic acid
64. Na +/K + –ATP ase along with ATP requires :(A) Ca (B) Mn(C) Mg (D) Cl
65. The normal pH of the blood is :(A) 7.0 (B) 7.1(C) 7.2 (D) 7.4
66. Electrophoresis of histones (pl = 8.5) and myoglobin (pl = 5.5) under non-denaturing conditions(pH = 7.0) results in :(A) Histones migrate to the anode (+); myoglobin migrates to the cathode (–)(B) Histones migrate to the cathode (–); myoglobin migrates to the anode (+)(C) Both proteins migrate to the anode (+)(D) Both proteins migrate to the cathode (–)
67. Oxidative phosphorylation produces the majority of the energy generated in the cell. Thecombination of glycolysis and the citric acid cycle alone yield only 4 ATP. The majority of theenergy is stored in the electron carriers NADH and FADH2. Oxidative phosphorylation canproduce how many ATP for each NADH and FADH2 ?(A) 2 & 1 (B) 3 & 2(C) 2 & 3 (D) 1 & 2
68. Which of the following increases hemoglobin’s oxygen binding ?(A) A decrease in pH (B) An increase in CO2 level(C) Binding of oxygen at one or more heme sites (D) A decrease in the partial pressure of oxygen
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 11 [Turn over
69. The two principal contractile proteins found in skeletal muscle are :(A) actin and troponin (B) actin and myosin(C) troponin and tropomyosin (D) actin and tropomyosin
70. Substrate-level phosphorylation differs from oxidative phosphorylation in that :(A) substrate-level phosphorylation involves the transfer of electrons(B) substrate-level phosphorylation only occurs in the cytosol(C) oxidative phosphorylation only occurs in the cytosol(D) oxidative phosphorylation involves the transfer of electrons
71. The enzymes of fatty acid biosynthesis are located in the :(A) mitochondrion (B) Endoplasmic reticulum(C) cytoplasm (D) Golgi appatrus
72. Which is the most specific recombinant DNA library ?(A) genomic (B) protein(C) cDNA (D) chromosomal
73. Shine-Dalgarno sequence is part of :(A) r-RNA (B) m-RNA(C) t-RNA (D) RNAi
74. DNA ligase of E. coli requires which of the following co-factors ?(A) FAD (B) NAD+(C) NADP+ (D) ATP
75. Which of the following subunits of G-protein activates adenylate cyclase ?(A) -subunit (B) s-subunit(C) -subunit (D) -subunit
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Biochemistry/BDU-22274-A 12 76
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School)-BiophysicsTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. Correct principle energy and half life of 99mTc is :(A) 140 Kev and 6 hours (B) 140 Kev and 4 hours(C) 160 Kev and 4 hours (D) 160 Kev and 6 hours
2. Who used x-ray diffraction to provide images of DNA ?(A) Watson and Crick (B) Crick and Wilkins(C) Franklin (D) Franklin and Crick
3. Respiratory centre in the brain lies in :(A) Cerebrum (B) Cerebellum(C) Medulla oblongata (D) Thalamus
4. Which of the following is not a major advantage of the scanning electron microscope ?(A) High resolution (B) High magnification(C) Ability to polarize light (D) High depth of focus
5. The “fingerprint” IR spectrum can be analyzed using :(A) Polarizing microscope (B) Microspectrophotometer(C) Scanning electron microscope (D) Phase contrast microscope
6. 131I emits :(A) Beta particles (B) Gamma rays(C) Beta and alpha particles (D) Gamma rays and beta particles
7. Which of the following can be used to monitor skeletal muscles ?(A) EEG (B) EMG(C) fMRI (D) CT scan
8. IR spectrum provides information except :(A) Molecular mass (B) Identification of compounds(C) Presence of C-H bonds (D) Presence of O-H bonds
9. Method used to convert signal from time domain to frequency domain :(A) Fourier Transformation (B) Back projection(C) Expectation maximization (D) Michelson interferometer
10. Beta wave activity in the EEG of an awake person implies :(A) Alert or Anxious state (B) Drowsy state(C) Relaxed state (D) Bed ridden patient
11. -helix and -sheet structure are examples of :(A) Primary structure (B) Secondary structure(C) Tertiary structure (D) Quaternary structure
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/A
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 4
12. Major player in nerve repolarization is :(A) Na+/K+ pump (B) Ca++/Mg pump(C) Na+ channel (D) K+ channel
13. Abnormality in ECG T-wave may imply :(A) Increase in heart rate (B) Decrease in heart rate(C) Coronary ischemia (D) Increase in blood pressure
14. Which of the following is common to both E.coli and eukaryotic chromosomes ?(A) DNA is circular (B) DNA is package into nucleosomes(C) DNA is contained in the nucleus (D) DNA is negatively supercoiled
15. The action of hydroxyl radical on DNA generates a significant amount of :(A) Pyrimidine dimmers (B) 8-oxyguanine(C) O6-methylguanine (D) 7-hydroxymethylguanine
16. A single neuron can have :(A) Hundreds of synapse (B) A single synaptic cleft(C) A multitude of axons (D) Hundreds of cell bodies
17. X-ray diffraction method can be applied to :(A) Ordered repeating structure macromolecules (B) Gases and vapors(C) Liquids (D) Heterogeneous mixtures
18. Differential centrifugation can be used for :(A) Separation of components of cell(B) Visualization of cytoplasmic organelle(C) Isolation of proteins on the basis of charge(D) Analyzing cell transport
19. Chemical shift is a term used in :(A) ESR (B) Atomic force microscope(C) Confocal microscope (D) NMR
20. Correct sequence of cell cycle :(A) G1, S, G2, M (B) G1, G2, S, M(C) M,S, G1, G2 (D) M, G1, G2, S
21. Cancer originating from epithelial tissues is known as :(A) Sarcoma (B) Lymphoma(C) Carcinoma (D) Myeloma
22. Diamond knives are used to cut :(A) Plastic sections (B) Wax sections(C) Both plastic and wax (D) Rubber sections
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 5 [Turn over
23. Fluid mosaic model of cell membrane was proposed by :(A) Singer and Nicholson (B) Einstein(C) Max Planck (D) Hargobind Khurana
24. Which of the following is a nucleoprotein ?(A) Keratin (B) Histone(C) Chromatin (D) Proteoglycan
25. The vibrational energy transitions of a molecule are within the range of :(A) X-rays (B) Infrared rays(C) Ultraviolet rays (D) Visible spectrum
26. How many H-bonds does a water molecule participate in ordinary ice ?(A) 4 (B) 2(C) 6 (D) 8
27. Separation technique, Gel filtration is based on the principle of :(A) Molecular weight (B) Charge(C) Colour (D) Optical density
28. Optical density of a homogenous solution is equal to :(A) 2-Log T (B) Log T-Log E(C) Log T-2 (D) Log I-Log E
29. ORD stands for :(A) Optical rotator dispersion (B) Optical revolution dispersion(C) Optical regional dispersion (D) Orderly rotator dispersion
30. The term bradycardia refers to :(A) Decreased heart rate (B) Increased heart rate(C) Atrophy of the purkinje fibres (D) Ischemia of cardiac muscles
31. The three DNA sequences, which define a chromosome, include all of the following except :(A) Centromere (B) Enhancer(C) Origin of DNA replication (D) Telomere
32. Calmodulin activates protein kinases in response to a transient increase in :(A) cAMP (B) Calcium ions(C) DAG (D) NO
33. Which of the following contains oxygenated blood in an adult human ?(A) Right atrium (B) Pulmonary artery(C) Pulmonary vein (D) Right ventricle
34. Which of the following is not a function of the liver ?(A) Bile production (B) Detoxification of drugs(C) Storage of glucose (D) Storage of vitamin C
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 6
35. Physical half life of 125I is :(A) 28 days (B) 60 days(C) 6 hours (D) 120 min
36. H2O2 can be dissociated by :(A) Catalase (B) Amylase(C) Superoxide dismutase (D) GSH
37. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer is based on employing the absorption of optical radiation byatom in :(A) Gaseous state (B) Solid state(C) Liquid state (D) Ionizing state
38. Apha-Tocopherol is attributed to its action as :(A) Provitamin (B) Antioxidant(C) Anticoagulant (D) Carrier in ETC
39. Vision depends on the process of :(A) Depolarization (B) Hyperpolarization(C) Repolarization (D) Polarization
40. The majority of reabsorption occurs in the :(A) Renal capsule (B) Proximal convoluted tubule(C) Collecting duct (D) Ascending limb of the loop of Henle
41. The pair-production requires a photon energy of :(A) At least 1.02 MeV (B) At least 6.02 MeV(C) At least 2.01 eV (D) At least 1.02 eV
42. The diffusion coefficient depends on :(A) Temperature (B) Viscosity(C) Pressure (D) Concentration
43. What is approximate half life of 32-Phosphorus ?(A) 14 days (B) 14 hours(C) 1.4 days (D) 1.4 min
44. Disinfection of water supplies can be achieved by :(A) Filtration (B) Sedimentation(C) Ultraviolet radiation (D) Coagulation
45. Sertoli cells are found in :(A) Ovary (B) Testis(C) Liver (D) Pancreas
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 7 [Turn over
46. Release of acetylcholine results in :(A) Increased heart rate (B) Decreased heart rate(C) No change in heart rate (D) Cardiac Ischemia
47. Quartz cuvettes are essential when source of incident ray is in the :(A) Visible range (B) U.V. range(C) I.R. range (D) Ultrasonic range
48. Adhesive used to stick the microscopic slides :(A) Paraffin wax (B) Egg albumin(C) Xylene (D) DPX
49. MHC stands for :(A) Major histocompatibility complex (B) Minor histocompatibility complex(C) Major hypersensitivity complex (D) Minor hypersensitivity complex
50. Thyroid uptake unit is a modified :(A) Scintillation counter (B) GM counter(C) EEG (D) ECG
51. Proteins are detected at this wavelngth :(A) 280 nm (B) 260 nm(C) 240 nm (D) 340 nm
52. 1 Gray of radioactive material equals :(A) 100 rad (B) 100 rem(C) 100 curie (D) 100 rutherford
53. Humoral immunity involves :(A) Antibodies (B) Antibiotics(C) WBC (D) RBC
54. Chargaff’s rule suggests :(A) C-G (B) C-T(C) A-G (D) A-C
55. Which element has the largest atomic radius ?(A) Fluorine (B) Carbon(C) Tin (D) Iodine
56. MTT assay for cell survival is based on :(A) Colorimetric assay (B) Fluorometric assay(C) Radioactive assay (D) Cytometric assay
57. Molecular weight of a protein cannot be determined by :(A) SDS-PAGE (B) Gel-filtration chromatography(C) Analytical ultracentrifugation (D) Iso-electric focusing
58. Which of the following molecules functions to transfer information from the nucleus to the cytoplasm ?(A) mRNA (B) DNA(C) Proteins (D) Lipids
59. Organ most sensitive to radiations is :(A) Testis (B) Brain(C) Liver (D) Intestine
60. Specific activity of a radioctive material is :(A) mCi/mMol (B) mg/mMol(C) gm/mMol (D) mMol/litre
61. Device that can convert one form of energy to another :(A) Transformer (B) Transducer(C) Amplifier (D) Condenser
62. Myelin sheath is produced by :(A) Axoplasm (B) Mitochondria(C) Schwann cell (D) Muscle cell
63. The substance that contributes maximally to the osmolality inside the cell is :(A) Protein (B) Phosphate(C) Urea (D) Potassium
64. Indicate which examination is the most accurate in a suspected scaphoid fracture :(A) Static bone scan (B) Dynamic and static bone scan(C) MRI (D) CT
65. Indicate which statement about vitamin B 12 absorption (Schilling) test is corret :(A) The Schilling test with intrinsic factor can be used to discriminate between intestinal malabsorption and lack
of intrinsic factor(B) Low vitamin B 12 absorption when administered with intrinsic factor rules out pernicious anemia(C) The test cannot distinguish folic acid deficiency from pernicious anaemia(D) For patients on vitamin B 12 injection treatment, it is necessary to wait at least 4 weeks from last injection
before performing the test
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 8
66. Tumor uptake of 18 F-FDG is influenced by all of the following except :(A) Blood glucose level(B) Glut-1 expression (glucose transporter Glut-1)(C) Pgp expression (multidrug resistance p-glycoprotein)(D) Tumour growth rate
67. When using bioelectrical impedance for measuring body composition, why does an electrical currenttravel faster through muscle than it does through fat ?(A) Muscle contains less water than fat (B) Muscle contains more water than fat(C) Muscle weighs more than fat (D) Muscle weighs less than fat
68. As an ultrasound pulse moves through tissue in a patient’s body it will NOT undergo a change in :(A) Frequency (B) Intensity(C) Amplitude (D) Physical size
69. The electrical charge of a proton is :(A) –1 (B) + 1(C) –2 (D) 0
70. Which would be best to separate a protein that binds strongly to its substrate ?(A) Fatty acids (B) Amino acids(C) Fats (D) Peptides
71. How many different types of cones code for colour in the fovea of the retina ?(A) Gel filtration (B) Affinity chromatography(C) Cation exchange (D) Anion exchange
72. An ophthalmoscope is :(A) One (B) Three(C) Two (D) Seven
73. Proton NMR spectrum of propane includes :(A) Triplet and Singlet (B) Triplet and Quartet(C) Triplet and Doublet (D) Triplet and Septet
74. Method used for the detection of trace elements :(A) Atomic absorption spectroscopy (B) NMR(C) FT-IR (D) Liquid scintillation counting
75. Telomerase is a :(A) Ribonucleoprotien (B) Deoxyribonucleoprotein(C) Glycoprotein (D) Polysaccharide
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 9
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 10
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Biophysics/BDU-22275-A 11 24
CET (PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)-ChemistryTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 2×
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 3 [Turn over×
1. There are two nodes in radial probability distribution curve for an orbital with :
(A) n = 3, l = 1 (B) n = 2, l = 0
(C) n = 4, l = 3 (D) n = 3, l = 0
2. The effective nuclear charge for a 3d electron in Sc is :
(A) 2.3 (B) 3.9
(C) 3.0 (D) 1.0
3. Structure of IF4+ and hybridization of I in this structure are, respectively :
(A) Linear, sp3d (B) T-shaped, sp3d2
(C) Irregular tetrahedron, sp3d (D) Octahedral, sp3d2
4. During the change of NO+ to NO, the electron is added in a :
(A) Orbital (B) Orbital
(C) * Orbital (D) * Orbital
5. In the calcium fluoride structure, the coordination number of the cations and the anions arerespectively :
(A) 6 and 6 (B) 8 and 4
(C) 4 and 4 (D) 4 and 8
6. A gas X is passed through water to form a saturated solution. The aqueous solution on treatmentwith AgNO3 gives a white precipitate. The saturated aqueous solution also dissolves Mg ribbon withevolution of a colorless gas Y. X and Y are respectively :
(A) CO2 and Cl2 (B) Cl2 and CO2
(C) Cl2 and H2 (D) H2 and Cl2
7. Which of the following is an acidic oxide ?
(A) Cr2O3 (B) CrO3
(C) CrO2 (D) Cr2O
8. Nesseler’s reagent is :
(A) K2HgI4 (B) K2HgI4 + KOH
(C) K2HgI2 + KOH (D) K2HgI4 + Hg
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)-Chemistry/A
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 4×
9. [Co(NH3)6] [Cr(NO2)6] is isomeric with [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(NO2)6]. These two coordination isomers canbe distinguished by :(A) Electrolysis of an aqueous solution of isomers(B) Conductivity measurement(C) Titration method(D) Precipitation method with AgNO3
10. Among Ni(CO)4, [Ni(CN)4]2– and [NiCl4]
2– :(A) Ni(CO)4, [NiCl4]
2– are diamagnetic and [Ni(CN)4]2– is paramagnetic
(B) Ni(CN)4]2–, [NiCl4]
2– are diamagnetic and Ni(CN)4 is paramagnetic(C) Ni(CO)4, [Ni(CN)4]
2– are diamagnetic and [NiCl4]2– is paramagnetic
(D) Ni(CO)4 is diamagnetic, [NiCl4]2– and [Ni(CN)4]
2– is paramagnetic
11. Which element is produced by -decay of neptunium-239 ?(A) Th (B) Cm(C) No (D) Pu
12. The separation of lanthanides in ion exchange method is based on :(A) basicity of lanthanides (B) oxidation state of the ion(C) solubility of their nitrates (D) size of the ions
13. Which of the following has the largest pKa value ?(A) Cl2CHCOOH (B) (CH3)3SiCH2COOH(C) HCOOH (D) (CH3)3CCH2COOH
14. The value of x in the diagram given below is :
(A) +1.59 (B) +1.23(C) +0.91 (D) –0.91
15. Which of the following compounds does not act as an acid in liquid NH3 ?(A) (NH2)2SO (B) (NH2)2CO(C) NH4Cl (D) KNH2
T13+ T1T1++1.25 –0.34
x
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 5 [Turn over×
16. From the stability constants (hypothetical value) given below, predict which is the strongestligand :
(A) Cu2+ + 4NH3 [Cu(NH3)4]2+ K = 4.5 × 1011
(B) Cu2+ + 4CN [Cu(CN)4]2– K = 2 × 1027
(C) Cu2+ + 4en [Cu(en)2]2+ K = 3 × 1015
(D) Cu2+ + 4H2O [Cu(H2O)4]2+ K = 9.5 × 108
17. CFSE for Mn3+ ion in strong field is :
(A) –4 Dq (B) +6 Dq
(C) –16 Dq + P (D) –16 Dq
18. Which of the following have two bridging CO groups ?
(A) Co2(CO)8 (B) Os2(CO)9
(C) Fe2(CO)9 (D) Mn2(CO)10
19. In which of the following compounds, EAN is not followed :
(A) Cr(C6H6) (CO)3 (B) Ni(-C5H5)2
(C) Fe(-C5H5)2 (D) Fe(CO)3(C4H6)
20. When organic polymer is either connected or substituted in continuous polysiloxanes chains, it iscalled as :
(A) Block copolymer (B) Graft copolymer
(C) Organopolymer (D) Organic siloxanes
21. Metal ion present in carbonic anhydrase is :
(A) Cu (B) Fe
(C) Zn (D) Co
22. H+ is :
(A) Hard acid (B) Soft acid
(C) Hard base (D) Border line acid
23. Number of microstates for d3 system is :
(A) 10 (B) 45
(C) 210 (D) 120
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 6×
24. Transition in d1 system is very weak because it is :
(A) spin allowed (B) Laporte allowed(C) spin forbidden (D) spin allowed and Laporte forbidden
25. Which of the following graph represents ferromagnetic substances ?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
26. Which of the following is an electrophile ?(A) NH3 (B) H2O(C) CH3OCH3 (D) BF3
27. How many monochloro products are possible in the photochemical chlorination of 2,2-dimethylbutane ?(A) 4 (B) 3(C) 2 (D) 1
28. Optical isomers which are not mirror images are called :(A) Diastereomers (B) Meso compounds(C) Enantiomers (D) Tautomers
29. Hydroboration oxidation of 2-Methyl-2-butene gives :(A) 3-Methyl-2-butanol (B) 2-Methyl-2-butanol(C) 3-Methyl-1-butanol (D) 1-Methyl butane
30. The major product in Friedal-Craft reaction between benzene, isobutyl chloride and aluminumchloride is :(A) iso-Butyl benzene (B) n-Butyl benzene
(C) tert.Butyl benzene (D) p-Diethyl benzene
T(K)
M
T(K)
M
T(K)
M
T(K)
M
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 7 [Turn over×
31. Arrange the following alkyl halide in order of increasing reactivity towards SN1 reaction (leastreactive first) :
I. II.
III. IV.
(A) I. < III. < II. < IV. (B) I.< II. < III. < IV.
(C) IV. < III. < II. < I. (D) III. < I. < IV. < II.
32. The best reagent for oxidation of primary alcohol to aldehyde is :
(A) CrO3/H2SO4 (B) KMnO4/H+
(C) HNO3 (D) PCC (Pridinium chlorochromate)
33. The product X in the following reaction is :
Me ————— Ph —————— X
(A) Me ————— Ph (B) Me ————— Ph
(C) Me ————— Ph (D) H2C ————— Ph
34. Which reactive intermediate is involved in Reimer-Tiemann reaction ?
(A) 2ClC
(B) 2–
ClC
(C) 2ClC (D) :CCl2
35. Which of aldehyde will respond to Cannizzaro reaction ?
(A) Benzaldehyde (B) Acetaldehyde
(C) Acetophenone (D) Benzophenone
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
OH OH
Conc. H2SO4
Me
Ph O
Me Ph
OPh
MeO
Me Ph
Me Ph
OH
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 8×
36. Best reagent for conversion of acid chloride to aldehyde is :
(A) LiAlH4 (B) B2H6
(C) [(CH3)3CO]3AlHLi (D) NaBH4
37. Which of the following is the strongest acid ?
(A) -Chlorobutyric acid (B) Butyric acid
(C) -Chlorobutyric acid (D) -Chlorobutyric acid
38. Which carboxylic acid derivative is most reactive towards acyl nucleophilic substitution ?
(A) Acid anhydrides (B) Acid chlorides
(C) Amides (D) Esters
39. In the following reaction the product X is :
———————— X
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
40. Reduction of nitrobenzene under neutral condition (Zn/NH4Cl) results in formation of :(A) Aniline (B) Azobenzene
(C) Phenyl hydrazine (D) Phenyl hydroxylamine
41. Cyclic structure of -D-Glucose contains :
(A) Hemiacetal (B) Hemiketal
(C) Acetal (D) Ketal
42. Which reagent is used for the N-terminal amino acid determination in proteins ?
(A) 2, 4-Dinitro phenylhydrazine (B) 1-Fluoro-2, 4-Dinitrobenzene
(C) Acetic anhydride (D) Benzoyl chloride
43. The 1H NMR spectrum of alkyl halide with molecular formula C4H9Br gives one signal as a singletat 1.59. The possible structure of alkyl halide is :(A) n-Butyl bromide (B) sec.Butyl bromide
(C) iso-Butyl bromide (D) tert.-Butyl bromide
CH3OH/H2SO4
Ph
O
Ph
OHH3CO
Ph
HO OCH3
Ph
OHHOPh
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 9 [Turn over×
44. Which of the following is an example of condensation polymer ?
(A) Polyethylene (B) Teflone
(C) Nylon-6, 6 (D) Polyvinylchloride
45. In UV spectroscopy shift of absorption maximum toward shorter wavelength called :
(A) Bathochromic shift (B) Hypsochromic shift
(C) Hyperchromic shift (D) Hypochromic shift
46. In IR spectroscopy absorption frequency -unsaturated ketones is lower than saturated ketonesdue to :
(A) Decrease in bond order (B) Increase in bond order
(C) Increase in reduced mass (D) Decrease in reduced mass
47. Base catalyzed condensation of two molecules of esters is known as :
(A) Aldol condensation (B) Claisen condensation
(C) Knoevenagel condensation (D) Perkin condensation
48. Pyrrole is weaker base as compared to other aliphatic secondary amine due to fact :
(A) Lone pair is part of aromatic sextet (B) Lone pair resides in sp2 hybrid orbital
(C) Lone pair resides in sp hybrid orbital (D) Lone pair is not part of aromatic sextet
49. Reaction of pyridine with NaNH2 at 100ºC result in formation of :
(A) 3-Amino pyridine (B) 4-Amino pyridine
(C) 2-Amino pyridine (D) 2, 4-Diamino pyridine
50. Phenylmagnesium bromide react with benzonitrile (C6H5CN) to form an addition product which onhydrolysis gives :
(A) Benzophenone (B) Benzaldehyde
(C) Triphenyl methanol (D) Diphenyl amine
51. Colloids are :
(A) Kinetically labile and thermodynamically stable
(B) Kinetically nonlabile and thermodynamically unstable
(C) Kinetically nonlabile and thermodynamically stable
(D) Kinetically labile and thermodynamically unstable
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 10×
52. The time-constant of a first order reaction is :
(A) Reciprocal of the first order rate constant (B) Equal to the first order rate constant
(C) Twice the first order rate constant (D) Half of the first order rate constant
53. A second order rate constant can have units :
(A) dm–3 mol s–1 (B) dm6 mol–2s–1
(C) dm–6 mol2s–1 (D) dm3 mol–1s–1
54. A chemical reaction carried out at constant temperature and pressure will necessarily be spontaneous
in the forward direction if :
(A) H > 0 (B) S > 0
(C) H > TS (D) H < TS
55. According to Maxwell-Boltzmann velocity distribution :
(A) Molecules travel faster at higher temperatures.
(B) Heavy molecules have a higher average speed than light molecules.
(C) The fraction of molecules with speed greater than a given value increases as temperature rises.
(D) At higher temperatures, molecules travel faster on average than at lower temperatures, but the range
of speeds available is less.
56. At equilibrium, the free energy change for any reaction is :
(A) Large and positive (B) Large and negative
(C) Small and positive (D) Zero
57. For a system isolated from its surroundings, when a spontaneous change occurs :
(A) The entropy cannot decrease (B) The entropy will always decrease
(C) The entropy cannot increase (D) The entropy will never change
58. If the standard potentials of the Cu2+/Cu and Cu+/Cu couples are +0.340 V and +0.522 V, respectively,
then the standard potential of Cu2+/Cu+ couple is :
(A) 0 V (B) +0.158 V
(C) +0.059 V (D) +0.118 V
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 11 [Turn over×
59. A form of Gibbs-Helmholtz equation is :
(A)PT
GΔ1/T HΔ GΔ
(B)PT
GΔT HΔ GΔ
(C) 2RTHΔ
TGΔ
(D) RTHΔ
TGΔ
60. At transition temperature, Gibbs free energy :
(A) Minimizes at the existing pressure (B) Maximizes at the existing pressure
(C) Becomes zero at the existing pressure (D) Becomes infinite at the existing pressure
61. The term -transition (lambda transition) refers to a phase transition when the shape of :
(A) Pressure-temperature curve resembles the Greek letter lambda
(B) Heat capacity-temperature curve resembles the Greek letter lambda
(C) Specific volume-temperature curve resembles the Greek letter lambda
(D) Partial volume-temperature curve resembles the Greek letter lambda
62. The Clausius-Clapeyron equation can be expressed in which one of the following ways :
(A)PdT
pln d1/T HΔ p ln
(B)
PdTpln dT HΔ p ln
(C) 2RTHΔ
dTpln d
(D) RTHΔ
dTpln d
63. The quantity “activity” of a solid in its pure standard state is :(A) Zero (B) One(C) – (D) +
64. The ionic strength of a solution containing 0.1 molal KCl and 0.2 molal BaCl2 is :(A) 0.1 (B) 0.6(C) 0.5 (D) 0.7
65. The standard electromotive force (EMF) of a cell is the standard reaction :(A) Enthalpy expressed as a potential in volts.(B) Equilibrium constant expressed as a potential in volts.(C) Gibbs energy expressed as a potential in volts.(D) Entropy expressed as a potential in volts.
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 12×
66. The dimensions of Planck’s constant are :
(A) kg m2 s–2 (B) kg m2 s–1
(C) kg m s–2 (D) kg m s–1
67. Intersystem crossing is a non-radiative electronic transition between states of :
(A) Same spin multiplicity of any order
(B) Different spin multiplicity
(C) Same spin multiplicity but of higher orders
(D) Same spin multiplicity but of lower orders
68. An electromagnetic radiation of wavelength 1 nano-meter belongs to which region of electromagneticspectrum ?
(A) Radiofrequency region (B) Microwave region
(C) X-ray region (D) Gamma-ray region
69. As temperature approaches 0K, the molar heat capacities of all monatomic solids approaches :
(A) Infinity
(B) Zero
(C) 3R, where R is the gas constant in J mol–1 K–1
(D) 1.5R, where R is the gas constant in L atm mol–1 K–1
70. Hamiltonian operator of a system in quantum mechanics represents :
(A) Total energy of the system (B) Total momentum of the system
(C) Total charge on the system (D) Total spin of the system
71. Time-independent Schrödinger equation in equantum mechanics is a differential equation with
respect to :
(A) Time coordinates (B) Momentum coordinates
(C) Spatial coordinates (D) Mass-weighted time coordinates
72. A pure rotational transition in a diatomic molecule can involve change in the :
(A) Rotational quantum number (B) Vibrational quantum number
(C) Principal quantum number (D) Electron spin quantum number
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 13 [Turn over×
73. The specific selection rule for pure vibrational spectroscopy can be derived using :
(A) One-dimensional particle in a box approximation
(B) Harmonic oscillator approximation
(C) Three-dimensional particle in a box approximation
(D) Wave-equation of hydrogen atom
74. Structural motifs in a crystal cannot be :
(A) Ions (B) Atoms
(C) Molecules (D) Lattice points
75. A crystal system having no essential symmetry is :
(A) Triclinic (B) Monoclinic
(C) Orthorhombic (D) Cubic
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 14×
ROUGH WORK
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Chemistry/BDU-22283-A 15 [Turn over×
ROUGH WORK
632
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–GeologyTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. For a scale, 2 cm to 1 km, the R.F. would be :(A) 1:5000 (B) 1:10,000(C) 1:20,000 (D) 1:50,000
2. Which of the the following sets of processes are in order in the formation of an unconformity ?(A) Deposition, erosion and compaction (B) Upheaval, erosion and deposition(C) Weathering, erosion and transportation (D) Deposition, transportation and deformation
3. Which of the following features indicate rejuvenation of river ?(A) Braided Valley (B) Flood Plains(C) Ox-Bow Lake (D) River Terrace
4. Which of the following geological agents gives rise to the formation of Cirque ?(A) Wind (B) River(C) Glacier (D) Ocean
5. Orogeny results in the formation of :(A) Fold Mountains (B) Block Mountains(C) Volcanic Cone (D) Highlands
6. Pedestal Rock is a feature produced by the geological work of :(A) Wind (B) Glacier(C) River (D) Ocean
7. Varves are finely layered deposits and are formed in the environment of :(A) Glacial (B) Desert(C) Aeolian (D) Swamp
8. The difference between the polar and equatorial diameter of the earth is about :(A) 21 Km (B) 28 Km(C) 42 Km (D) 56 Km
9. Closely spaced contour lines represent a :(A) Saddle (B) Ridge(C) Steep Slope (D) Gentle Slope
10. A Thrust is a :(A) Gravity Fault (B) Low Angle Reverse Fault(C) Wrench Fault (D) Normal Fault
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/A
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 4
11. When after erosion only a small portion of thrust sheet is left in the form of an isolated mass, it isdesignated as :(A) Window (B) Klippe(C) Outlier (D) Scarp
12. A fold in which one of the limbs has been rotated through more than 90° is termed as :(A) Chevron Fold (B) Symmetrical Fold(C) Upright Fold (D) Overturned Fold
13. The plunge of axis and dip of the axial plane of a fold is in the same direction; the fold type is :(A) Asymmetrical Fold (B) Symmetrical Fold(C) Upright Fold (D) Reclined Fold
14. The net slip of a fault is parallel to the strike of the fault. The fault may be designated as :(A) Normal Fault (B) Wrench Fault(C) Reverse Fault (D) Thrust Fault
15. New Crust is generated at :(A) Mid-Oceanic Ridge (B) Subduction Zone(C) Island Arc (D) Plume
16. The Tethys sea existed in the area of :(A) Indo-Gangetic Plains (B) Himalayas(C) Rajasthan (D) Aravallis
17. Graben structure is related to which river of India ?(A) Sutlej (B) Indus(C) Narmada (D) Ghaggar
18. A crescent-shaped dune with horns pointing downwind is :(A) Barchan (B) Monadnock(C) Pedestal Rock (D) Loess
19. Submerged valleys having downcutting below the sea level are designated as :(A) Gorges (B) Antecedent(C) Fjords (D) Braided
20. The time of formation of most planets fall in the range of :(A) 8-9 b.y. (B) 6-7 b.y.(C) 4-5 b.y. (D) 10-11 b.y.
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 5 [Turn over
21. The term crystalline form of a mineral denotes that it has :(A) Well developed crystals (B) Aggregate of imperfectly formed crystal grains(C) Traces of crystalline structure (D) No crystalline structure
22. A crystal of holohedral form shows one plane of symmetry, one axis of symmetry and a centre ofsymmetry. It belongs to which crystal system ?(A) Isometric (B) Triclinic(C) Monoclinic (D) Tetragonal
23. A trapezohedron form of crystal belongs to which crystal system ?(A) Hexagonal (B) Cubic(C) Monoclinic (D) Tetragonal
24. In a diagonal axis of symmetry, a crystal occupies the same position in space :(A) Two times (B) Three times(C) Four times (D) Six times
25. The interfacial angle between the two faces of a crystal is the angle between :(A) Faces of the crystal (B) Perpendicular to the faces(C) Internal angle between the faces (D) External angle between the faces
26. Which of the following minerals shows acicular form ?(A) Natrolite (B) Kyanite(C) Pyrite (D) Wollastonite
27. Which of the following minerals shows resinous lustre ?(A) Satin-spar (B) Diamond(C) Galena (D) Opal
28. Chemically, the difference between feldspars and feldspathoids is that the former contains more of :(A) Na2O (B) SiO2
(C) K2O (D) Al2O3
29. The mineral allanite belongs to/is a variety of :(A) Sphene (B) Epidote(C) Garnet (D) Corundum
30. Which one of the following is known as Brittle Mica ?(A) Chlorite (B) Lepidolite(C) Asbestos (D) Chloritoid
31. Jasper is a form of silica which is :(A) Crystalline (B) Amorphous(C) Cryptocrystalline (D) Euhedral
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 6
32. In India, which is the chief source for the manufacture of sulphuric acid ?(A) Sulphur (B) Pyrite(C) Pyrrhotite (D) Marcasite
33. The source of thorium and rare earth element is :(A) Monazite (B) Ilmenite(C) Zircon (D) Lepidolite
34. The Champion Reef mine is one of the deepest mines in the worth and is worked for :(A) Gold (B) Copper(C) Zinc (D) Lead
35. Manganese ore deposits in India are largely found in :(A) M.P. (B) Rajasthan(C) Bihar (D) Haryana
36. A diapir structure is mainly produced by :(A) Rock Salt (B) Rock Crystal(C) Lava Flow (D) Clay
37. For determining right way up direction of sedimentary rocks which of the following features is mostuseful ?(A) Current Bedding (B) Suncracks(C) Ripple Marks (D) Graded Bedding
38. A rock containing about 50% pyroscene and 50% olivine may be designated as :(A) Gabbro (B) Peridotite(C) Amphibolite (D) Diorite
39. A light coloured igneous rock containing crystals up to 2 mm may be described as :(A) Leucocratic, phaneric, medium grained(B) Melanosratic, aphenitic, fine grained(C) Leucocratic, phanic, fine grained(D) Melanosratic, phaneric, medium grained
40. The volcanic equivalent of plutonic rock granodionte is :(A) Andesite (B) Rhyolite(C) Trachyte (D) Dacite
41. The increasing grade of metamorphism of shale will give rise to which sequence of metamorphic rock ?(A) Phyllite-schist-slate-gneiss (B) Gneiss-slate-schist-phyllite(C) Slate-schist-phyllite-greiss (D) Slate-phyllite-schist-gneiss
42. Which of the following minerals develops under high pressure and low temperature conditions ofmetamorphism ?(A) Tremolite (B) Kyanite(C) Hornblende (D) Glaucophane
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 7 [Turn over
43. The rocks affected by contact metamorphism are termed as :(A) Hornfels (B) Hornstones(C) Mylonites (D) Migmatites
44. Cross-hatched twinning is shown by :(A) Albite (B) Anorthite(C) Microclive (D) Orthoclase
45. Which one of the following has good porosity and is impermeable ?(A) Sandstone (B) Clay(C) Granite (D) Conglomerate
46. Sedimentary rocks having sand-size bulk material are classified as :(A) Rudaceous (B) Arenaceous(C) Argillaceous (D) Calcareous
47. The material for Plaster of Paris is provided by :(A) Granite (B) Marble(C) Caclite (D) Gypsum
48. Which of the following provides a high grade abrasive material ?(A) Gypsum (B) Feldspar(C) Fluorspar (D) Garnet
49. A saucer shaped and concordant massive intrusive body is called :(A) Batholith (B) Lopolith(C) Ring dyke (D) Laccolith
50. Gabbros consist essentially of augite and one of the following :(A) Orthoclase (B) Quartz(C) Labradorite (D) Microcline
51. The colour of streaks of galena, chromite and hematite are respectively in the following order :(A) Brown, Cherry Red, Black (B) Brown, Black, Cherry Red(C) Black, Brown, Cherry Red (D) Black, Cherry Red, Brown
52. The Caledonian orogeny marks the end of :(A) Cambrian (B) Ordovician(C) Silurian (D) Devonian
53. The dominant micro-organisms of abyssal ocean region are :(A) Diatoms (B) Ostracods(C) Foraminifers (D) Radiolarians
54. Sinistral type of coiling is seen in which of the following gastropods ?(A) Conus (B) Murex(C) Bellerophon (D) Physa
55. The living representative of brachiopod is :(A) Productus (B) Lingula(C) Derbiya (D) Athysis
56. Spirifer, a brachiopod, is characterized by a hinge line which is :(A) Straight and Short (B) Curved and Short(C) Straight and Long (D) Curved and Long
57. In the two fold classification of Gondwana Group, the upper Gondwana is characterized by the Flora :(A) Ptilophyllum (B) Glossopteris(C) Gangmopteris (D) Schizoneura
58. Which of the following series of the Gondwana group is most important from economic point of view ?(A) Karharbari (B) Barakar(C) Barren Measures (D) Raniganj
59. A universal transgression known as Cenomanian transgression occurred during :(A) Cretaceous (B) Cambrian(C) Ordovician (D) Permian
60. The trilobites are the characteristic fossils of the strata belonging to the :(A) Palaeozoics (B) Mesozoics(C) Tertiaries (D) Quaternaries
61. Makrana marbles belong to which stratigraphic unit ?(A) Raialo Series (B) Delhi System(C) Aravalli System (D) Semri Series
62. About how many million years ago the Cambrian period started ?(A) 800 (B) 600(C) 700 (D) 900
63. The transformation of glass to crystalline material is called :(A) Petrifaction (B) Devitrification(C) Crystallization (D) Fractionation
64. The Subathu Beds of Middle Eocene age occur in :(A) Sind (B) J&K(C) Sub-Himalaya of Simla (D) Central Himalaya
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 8
65. Graptolites are limited to the following geological age range :(A) Early Precambrian (B) Lower Palaeozoic(C) Upper Mesozoic (D) Lower Tertiary
66. The classification of Lamellibrachia is based on :(A) Dentition (B) Umbo(C) Adductor impression (D) Pallial Line
67. The living Cephalopoda is :(A) Baculites (B) Ceratites(C) Goniatites (D) Nautilus
68. Echinoid Fossils were most abundant during :(A) Palaeozoic (B) Mesozoic(C) Tertiary (D) Quaternary
69. Laki series belongs to which age ?(A) Miocene (B) Cretaceous(C) Oligocene (D) Eocene
70. Which of the following order of minerals is in the successive higher grade of metamorphism ?(A) Kyanite-Chlorite-Garnet (B) Chlorite-Kyanite-Garnet(C) Garnet-Kyanite-Chlorite (D) Chlorite-Garnet-Kyanite
71. Fossil Fenestella occuring in Po series of Devonian of Spiti is a :(A) Brachiopod (B) Trilobite(C) Bryozoan (D) Pelecypod
72. A seismograph shows the arrival of seismic waves in the order of :(A) P, S, L (B) P, L, S(C) S, L, P (D) S, P, L
73. The bearing of point B from A is 130°. The bearing of A from B will be :(A) S 50°E (B) S 40°W(C) N 40°E (D) N 50°W
74. Sheeting is a structure which may be termed as a type of :(A) Fold (B) Fault(C) Joint (D) Unconformity
75. In Hexagonal crystal system the sum of first three digits in Miller indices (h k i l) is always :(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 0
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 9
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 10
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)–Geology/BDU-22279-A 11 52
Rough Work
CET (PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant :Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School)-MathematicsTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 2
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 3 [Turn over
1.h
218– h
218
itlim
88
0h
(A) 0 (B) 21
(C) 1 (D) The limit does not exist
2. When the area in square units of an expanding circle is increasing twice as fast as its radius in linearunits, then the radius is
(A) π41
(B) 41
(C) π1
(D) 1
3. The set of all points (et, t), ‘t’ a real number, is the graph of y = __________
(A) e–x (B) e1/x
(C) xe1/x (D) loge x
4. The point on the curve x2 + 2y = 0 that is nearest the point
21– 0, occurs where y is
(A) 21
(B) 0
(C) – 21
(D) –1
5. Let f'(x) and g'(x) exist for all x in |R and f'(x) > g'(x) x |R then the graph of y = f(x) and thegraph of y = g(x)(A) intersect exactly once (B) can intersect no more than once(C) do not intersect (D) could intersect more than once
6. The complete interval of convergence of
1k2
k
k1) (x is
(A) 0 < x < 2 (B) 0 x 2(C) –2 < x < 0 (D) –2 x 0
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/A
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 4
7. If f"(x) – f'(x) – 2 f(x) = 0 f'(0) = –2, f(0) = 2 then f(1) is
(A) e2 + e–1 (B) 1
(C) 0 (D) 2e–1
8. Of the following choices of , which is the largest that can be used successfully for an arbitrary inan epsilon-delta proof of
5– 3x)– (1 lim2x
(A) = 3 (B) =
(C) = /4 (D) = /5
9. S = {n 0, n Z }
Let 1
0
1
0
nn dx x)– (1 dx x then n can be
(A) any value in S (B) non-zero in S
(C) only even number in S (D) only odd number in S
10. A point moves on the x-axis in such a way that its velocity at time t, (t > 0) is given by t
t log v e .
At what value of ‘t’ does ‘v’ attains its maximum ?(A) 1 (B) e1/2
(C) e (D) e3/2
11. Let ai's are real, a1 0, 1 i 5.
Thena1x
7 + a2x5 + a3x
3 + a4x + a5 = 0 has(A) only one real root (B) at least one real root
(C) an odd number of real roots (D) no real root
12. The average value of 3t3 – t2 over the interval –1 t 2 is
(A) 411
(B) 27
(C) 8 (D) 433
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 5 [Turn over
13. For which value of k, is the equation x2 sin(yk) dx + x3y2 cos (yk) dy = 0 exact ?(A) k = 0 (B) k = 1
(C) k = 2 (D) None of the above values
14. What can you say about n2n
n1)– (x
dxd
, n > 1 ?
(A) It is zero (B) It is a polynomial of degree 2n
(C) It is a polynomial of degree n (D) It is a linear polynomial
15. Let x2 + 4xy + 4y2 – 3x – 6 = 0.The axes must be rotated through an angle ‘ ’ so that the missing terms in this equation in thetransformed form, are absent. Then ‘’ can be
(A) tan–1 2 (B) tan–1
21
(C) 4π
(D) both (A) and (B)
16. The number of tangents that can be drawn from (0, 0) to the hyperbola 1 3
y– 4
x 22 is
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) infinitely many tangents can be drawn
17. The pole of 3x + 4y – 45 = 0 w.r.t. the circle x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + 5 = 0 is(A) (3, 4) (B) (6, 8)
(C) (4, 3) (D) (8, 6)
18. Which of the following series converge ?
I.
1n 2 nn II.
1n nπn cos
III.
1n n1
(A) None (B) II
(C) I, II (D) III, I
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 6
19.
b
1pb x
dx lim is finite, then which of these must be true ?
(A)
1npn
1 converges (B)
1npn
1 diverges
(C)
1n2–pn
1 converges (D)
1n1pn
1 converges
20. For what integers k > 1, will both
1n
kn
n(–1) and
1n
n
4k converge
(A) k = 6 (B) k = 5
(C) k = 4 (D) k = 3
21. The Laplace transform of the function
t 1t1 t 01 )t(f equals
(A)
s2–
s1 e
s1
2s–
(B) 2
–s
se
s1
(C)
s2
s1– e
s1– 2
s–(D) 2
–s
se –
s1–
22. At t = 0, the inverse Laplace Transform of the function 1)– (s 1) (s
1 )s(F 2 equals
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 21
(D) None of these
23. The Laplace transform of f(t) = cos at is
(A) 22 a s1
(B) 22 a sa–
(C) 22 a sa
(D) 22 a ss
24. Inverse Laplace Transform of 4s6 )s(F is
(A) t3 (B) t4 (C) 6t–3 (D) 6t–4
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 7 [Turn over
25. What are all values of k, for which the graph of y = x3 – 3x2 + k will have three distinct x-intercepts ?(A) all k > 0 (B) all k < 4 (C) k = 0, 4 (D) 0 < k < 4
26. The fundamental period of f(x) = 3xπ cos 2– 3 2 is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 5
27. A point having position vectors k4 j3 i2 , k2 j4 i3 , k3 j2 i4 are vertices of
(A) a right angled triangle (B) an equilateral triangle
(C) an isosceles triangle (D) They are collinear
28. a and b
are two non-zero and non-collinear vectors then a + b
and a – b
aree
(A) linearly dependent (B) linearly independent
(C) collinear (D) None of these
29. If O is origin, C is mid point of A(2, –1), B(–4, 3) then OC is
(A) j i (B) j i– (C) j – i (D) j – i–
30. Let A(2, 0, 1), B(4, 1, 2), O(0, 0, 0).
Then the area of the parallelogram spanned by OA and OB is
(A) 52 (B) 23 (C) 24 (D) 5
31. The direction of the greatest increase for f(x, y) = x3y + 12x2 – 8y at (1, –5) is
(A) 1307)– ,9(
(B) 1307) ,9(–
(C) 1307)– ,9(
(D) 1307) ,9(–
32. The value of the constant ‘a’ such that x2 + 2y2 + az = 5 is symmetrical about XY plane is
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 5 (D) –2
33. Let f(x) = | x |3
Then(A) f is continuous at x = 0, but not differentiable at x = 0
(B) f is differentiable at x = 0 but f' is not continuous at x = 0
(C) f is differentiable at x = 0 and f' is continuous at x = 0
(D) f" exists at x = 0 but not continuous at x = 0
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 8
34. The slope of the tangent to the curvey2 + (xy + 1)3 = 0 at (2, –1) is
(A) –3/2 (B) –3/4 (C) 3/4 (D) 3/2
35. If f is a linear function and 0 < a < b then b
a dx (x)f"
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2ab
(D)2
a– b 22
36. The equation of the chord of y2 = 8x, bisected at (2, –3) is
(A) 4x + 3y + 2 = 0 (B) 3x + 4y + 2 = 0
(C) 8x + 6y + 2 = 0 (D) 3x + 4y + 1 = 1
37. One end of a diameter of the sphere x2 + y2 + z2 – 6x – 12y – 2z + 20 = 0 is (2, 3, 5).Then the coordinates of the other end is
(A) (–2, –3, –5) (B) (4, –9, 3) (C) (–4, 9, 3) (D) (4, 9, –3)
38. The plane 3x – 6y + az = 0 touches the cone 2x2 – 4y2 + 5z2 + 4zx – 2xy = 0. Then the value of ‘a’ is(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 4
39. Which of the following below is an abelian group ?
(A) (C| , +) : The set of all complex numbers under the operation ‘addition’
(B) G = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5} under the operation addition modulo 6
(C) (A) only
(D) Both (A) and (B)
40. What are all roots ofx3 – 3x2 – x + 3 = 0 ?
(A) –1, 1 (B) 1, 3 (C) –1, 1, 3 (D) 1, –1, 3
41. Let W1 and W2 be finite dimensional subspaces of a vector space W with dim W1 = 8, dim W2 = 6,dim (W1 + W2) = 13. Then(A) W1 W2 need not be a finite dimensional subspace of V
(B) There exists a non zero vector u s.t. L[u] = W1 W2
(C) There exist u1, u2 W1 W2 s.t. {u1, u2} is a basis of W1 W2
(D) Dimension (W1 W2) must be between 5 and 7
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 9 [Turn over
42. I f S = {1, 2, 3} is an orthonormal set in a real inner product space V then which of the following setof vectors is also an orthonormal set in V ?(A) S1 = {1 + 2, 2 + 3, 3 + 1} (B) S2 = {1 + 2, 1 – 2, 3 – 1 – 2}
(C)
321213 φ),φ– φ(
21 ),φ φ (
21 S (D)
)φ φ φ(3
1 ,φ ,φ S 321214
43. Let (G , ·) be a group of order n. What will be the possible order of the subgroups of G ?
(A) All divisors of n (B) n – 1 (C) 2n
(D) All the above
44. Let integers} b ,a/2b {a S .
Then
(A) S is a field (B) S is commutative ring without unity
(C) S is commutative ring with unity (D) S is non-commutative ring
45. If a subspace H of IP3 contains a polynomial p(t) = 3t2 q(t) = 1 + t – 2t2 then H must also contain(A) IP1 (B) IP2
(C) The polynomial 1 + t – t2 (D) The polynomial t – 2t2
Here IPn denotes vector space of polynomials of degree n with real coefficients.
46. If (H1, ·) and (H2, ·) are two subgroups of the group (G, ·), which of the statements below is true ?
(A) (H1 H2, ·) is a group (B) (H1 H2, ·) is a group
(C) Both are true (D) Both are false
47. Let
3–214–41802
A
13–335–333–1
B
Then(A) neither A nor B is diagonalizable (B) A and B are both diagonalizable
(C) A is diagonalizable but B is not (D) B is diagonalizable but A is not
48. The characteristic polynomial of the matrix
2301–1203–2–
is
(A) (2 + ) (–2 + 3 – 2) (B) (2 + ) (2 + 3 – 6) + 6(2 – )
(C) –3 + 2 – 5 + 2 (D) (2 – ) (2 + + 4) + 3(2 – )
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 10
49. Which of the following is true ?(A) Five vectors on IR6 can span IR6 and six vectors in IR5 can span IR5
(B) Five vectors in IR6 cannot span IR6 but six vectors in IR5 can span IR5
(C) Five vectors in IR6 cannot span IR6 and six vectors in IR5 cannot span IR5
(D) None of the above
50. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4} then which of the following is a function from A to itself ?(A) f1 = {(x, y) : x – y = 5} (B) f2 = {(x, y) : x – y = 6}
(C) f3 = {(x, y) : x + y = 5} (D) f4 = {(x, y) : x + y > 4}
51. If a sequence oscillates infinitely then it is divergent to(A) infinity () (B) –
(C) neither to nor to – (D) none of these
52. nn 21 .........
2 n1
1 n1 lim
is equal to
(A) 0 (B) 1(C) 2 (D) loge
2
53. }RI x ,e y : y) {(x, A x
}RI x ,e y : y) {(x, B –x
then(A) A B = (B) A B (C) A B = IR × IR (D) None of the above
54. g(x) = x3 + 3x2
Then the point of inflection of g(x) is(A) (0, 0) (B) (–2, 4)
(C) (–3, 0) (D) (–1, 2)
55. The area bounded by the curves y = | x | – 1 and y = – | x | + 1 is(A) 1 unit of area (B) 2 units of area
(C) 22 units of area (D) 4 units of area
56. 3/2
0
2 dx ][x is
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 2 2 (D) 2 – 2
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 11 [Turn over
57. The surface area of the solid generated by revolving y = 1 about x-axis from x = 0 to 1 is(A) (B) 4(C) 2 (D) 3
58. The curvature of y = 2x + 3 at the point (0, 3) is(A) 2 (B) 3(C) 0 (D) 1
59. The points on the curve y3 + 3x2 = 12y where the tangent is vertical are
(A)
2– ,
34
(B)
1 ,
311
(C) (0, 0) (D)
2 ,
34
60. The differential equation
0 y 0, dy y dx yx
(A) is exact differential equation (B) has an integrating factor ‘x’(C) has an integrating factor ‘x2’ (D) has an integrating factor ‘y’
61. For a particle executing simple harmonic motion, acceleration(A) is maximum at the centre of oscillation (B) is constant throughout the motion(C) is zero at the extreme positions (D) is maximum at the extreme positions
62. A particle moves in a straight line with an acceleration ν k– a where k is a constant and ν is
velocity of the particle. oν | ν | at time, t = 0. Then
(A) kt– v | ν | o
(B) kt v | ν | o
(C) –kte v | ν | (D) kte v | ν |
63. A particle is thrown vertically upwards from the surface of earth with velocity of magnitude vo. If‘g’ is the magnitude of acceleration due to gravity of the earth then the maximum height attained bythe particle is
(A) gv2 o (B) g2
v2o
(C) gv2
o (D) gvo
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 12
64. The acceleration of a particle moving according to the law v2 = 2(x sin x + cos x), where x is thedistance moved, is(A) x sin x (B) x cos x(C) x sin x + cos x (D) x sin x – cos x
65.
321 F ,F ,F
are parallel forces in equilibrium acting at A, B, C respectively as shown. AC = 3 cm,AB = 2 cm. If F3 = 8 Newton (N) then F2 and F1 are(A) F2 = 12 N, F1 = 4 N (B) F1 = 3N, F2 = 1 N
(C) F1 = 12 N, F2 = 4 N (D) N 83 F1 , N
41 F2
66. The resolved part of a non zero force in a given direction is zero. Then(A) The force is zero(B) The force is parallel to that direction(C) The force is perpendicular to that direction
(D) The force must make an angle 4π
with that direction
67. A particle is projected with velocity u, at an angle to the horizontal. The speed at the highest pointis(A) zero (B) u cos (C) u sin (D) u
68. The resultant of two forces P
and Q
is R
. If the resolved part of R
in the direction of P
is Q
, then
the angle between P
and Q
is
(A) 2QP cos 2 1–
(B) QP ins 1–
(C) 2QP ins 2 1–
(D) 2QP cos 1–
69. The solution of yx– 1
dxdy
represents
(A) a family of circles centred at (1, 0) (B) a family of circles centred at (0, 0)(C) a family of circles centred at (–1, 0) (D) a family of straight lines with slope –1
1F
2F
3F
AB
C
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 13 [Turn over
70. The solution of y" + ay' + by = 0 where a, b are constants, approaches zero as x then(A) a > 0, b > 0 (B) a > 0, b < 0(C) a < 0, b < 0 (D) a < 0, b > 0Assume a2 – 4b > 0
71. Consider x3 + 6x2 + 9x + 4 = 0. What is the nature of roots of this equation ?(A) All the roots are equal (B) Exactly two roots are equal(C) All the roots are distinct (D) All roots are zero
72. The continued product of all nth roots of (–1) is(A) zero (B) 1(C) –1 (D) (–1)n
73. If βi α i βiα then β α 22
(A) 1 (B) integern ,e πβ)1n4–(
(C) integern ,e πβ)1n4( (D) πβe
74. The principal value of log (1 + i) is
(A) 4πi 2 log (B) 2
πi – 2 log 21
(C)
2πi 2 log
21
(D) 4πi– 2 log
75. Let A be a real skew symmetric matrix such that A2 + I = O then(A) A is an odd order matrix (B) A is an even order matrix(C) A is singular (D) A is symmetric
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 14
ROUGH WORK
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 15 [Turn over
ROUGH WORK
M.Sc. (Hons. School) Mathematics/BDU-22277-A 16
ROUGH WORK
354
CET (PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School)–MicrobiologyTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. Microbiological water testing relies on the detection of which indicator bacteria ?(A) Dinoflagellates (B) Acid fast
(C) Coliforms (D) Bacteroids
2. The maximum magnification of a compound microscope is :(A) 100 X (B) 1000 X
(C) 2000 X (D) 5000 X3. Which of the following processes does not generate ATP ?
(A) Calvin-Benson cycle (B) Glycolysis
(C) Oxidative phosphorylation (D) Substrate level phosphorylation
4. Mycoplasmas are different from other prokaryotes by :(A) Presence of chitin in cell wall (B) Presence of glycoproteins in cell wall
(C) Presence of murein in cell wall (D) Absence of cell wall
5. Treatment of municipal water supplies is based upon :(A) Coagulation, filtration, chlorination (B) Chlorination, filtration, coagulation
(C) Filtration, coagulation, chlorination (D) Coagulation, chlorination, filtration
6. The magnitude of BOD of wastewater is related to :(A) Oxygen content (B) Bacterial content
(C) Organic material content (D) Inorganic material content7. The 95% ethanol is equivalent to proof :
(A) 190 (B) 95
(C) 9.5 (D) 5.0
8. HTST pasteurization is done at :(A) 71.6 C/15 sec (B) 71.6 C/30 min
(C) 62.9 C/15 sec (D) 62.9 C/30 min
9. How will you sterilize plastic petri plates ?(A) By autoclaving (B) By chlorine
(C) By ethylene oxide (D) By phenol
10. Which is NOT a form of DNA ?(A) B (B) Z
(C) A (D) U
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/A
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 4
11. Lactose is :(A) Fructose+Glucose (B) Glucose+Galactose(C) Fructose+Galactose (D) Glucose+Glucose
12. The symbiotic bacterium which fixes nitrogen in soil is :(A) Azotobacter (B) Rhizobium(C) Clostridium (D) Bacillus
13. The arrangement of flagella in E. coli is :(A) Peritrichous (B) Lophotrichous(C) Monotrichous (D) Polar
14. The average molecular weight of a base pair is :(A) 66 daltons (B) 660 daltons(C) 6600 daltons (D) 66000 daltons
15. For the detection of coliforms in potable water, the confirmed test employs :(A) MacConkey agar (B) Lactose broth(C) EBM agar (D) Sabourod’s agar
16. Selective media for the isolation of Salmonella from environment Do not contain :(A) Brillian Green (B) Tetrathionate(C) Selenite (D) Benzalkonium chloride
17. Elephantiasis is caused by :(A) Trypanosome brucei (B) Toxoplasma gondii(C) Trypanosoma cruzi (D) Wuchereria bancrofti
18. Rabies virus belongs to the family :(A) Togaviridae (B) Flaviviridae(C) Rhabdoviridae (D) Bunyaviridae
19. The key enzyme in Calvin–Benson cycle in photoautotrophic bacteria is :(A) Transaldolase (B) Transketolase(C) Ribulose diphosphate carboxylase (D) Phosphoglycerate mutase
20. Bioaugmentation for degradation of pollutants/xenobiotics in soils is :(A) Adding useful microbe(s) in soil (B) Adding useful nutrients in soil(C) Using natural soil flora (D) Adding trace elements in soil
21. What is NOT true about leprosy ?(A) It is caused by an acid fast bacteria(B) It causes facial nerve palsy(C) Tuberculoid leprosy occurs in patients with poor cellular immunity(D) More bacilli found in skin of patients with lepromatous leprosy than tuberculoid leprosy
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 5 [Turn over
22. Dental caries is caused by :(A) Bacteroides oralis (B) Streptococcus salivarius(C) Streptococcus mutans (D) Streptococcus epidermidis
23. The indicator organism for pasteurization is :(A) Rickettsia prowazekii (B) Coxiella burnetii(C) Streptocuccus viridans (D) Corynibacterium diphtheriae
24. The first recombinant vaccine to hit the market was :(A) Influenza (B) Hepatitis B(C) Polio (D) Cholera
25. Gram Positive bacteria fall in the division :(A) Gracilicutes (B) Firmicutes(C) Tenericutes (D) Mendosicutes
26. Trickling filters fall in which kind of sewage treatment system ?(A) Primary (B) Secondary(C) Tertiary (D) Quaternary
27. Vodka is made by the fermentation of :(A) Barley (B) Molasses(C) Potatoes (D) Rice
28. Riboflavin is produced in industry by :(A) Ashbya gossypii (B) Propianobacterium shermanii(C) Zymomonas mobilis (D) Lactobacillus plantarum
29. Which of the following bacteria has unsaturated branched fatty alcohols in cell membrane ?(A) Thiobacillus (B) Mycobacterium(C) Pyrococcus (D) Thermus
30. For error prone PCR, the polymerase used is :(A) Taq (B) Pfu(C) Vent (D) Sequenase
31. Production of High Fructose Syrup from corn in industry uses amylase, glucoamylase and :(A) Invertase (B) Glucose oxidase(C) Glucose isomerase (D) Isomylase
32. A bacterial population growing exponentially at a specific growth rate of 1.25/h will have a generationtime of :(A) 0.55 h (B) 0.65 h(C) 0.85 h (D) 1.55 h
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 6
33. Thiosulfate citrate bile salt agar is used for the selective cultivation of :(A) Staphylococcus aureus (B) Vibrio cholerae(C) Neisseria gonorrohoeae (D) Corynibacterium diphtheriae
34. Which of the following is NOT a protein database ?(A) TREMBL (B) PIR(C) DDBJ (D) PDB
35. Which of the following periods is called GOLDEN AGE OF MICROBIOLOGY ?(A) 1761-1811 (B) 1800-1860(C) 1860-1910 (D) 1889-1939
36. The three sugars in TSI test are :(A) Lactose, Sucrose, Mannitol (B) Lactose, Glucose, Mannitol(C) Lactose, Sucrose, Glucose (D) Sucrose, Glucose, Mannitol
37. Which of the following is caused by PRION ?(A) Chagas disease (B) Lyme disease(C) Hansen’s disease (D) Kuru disease
38. How many molecules of carbon dioxide will be given off during ten turns of the Krebs cycle ?(A) 10 (B) 20(C) 30 (D) 40
39. Which of the following is a non-legume symbiotic nitrogen fixing microbe ?(A) Anabaena (B) Azorhizobium(C) Azotobacter (D) Bradyrhizobium
40. Nitrogenase in Rhizobium is :(A) Iron protein (B) Iron and Cobalt protein(C) Iron and Molybdenum protein (D) Iron and Cobalt protein
41. Which of the following is not a probiotic :(A) Lactobacillus casei (B) Saccharomyces cerevisiae(C) Bifidobacterium (D) Acinetobacter baumannii
42. Commercially cultured mushroom shiitake is ?(A) Agaricus bisporus (B) Lentinula edodes(C) Ganoderma luciderm (D) Trametes versicolor
43. Which of the following is a NOT a class II food preservative in market ?(A) Benzoic acid (B) Na-Sorbate(C) Na-Sulfite (D) Acetic acid
44. Which microbe does not cause food infection ?(A) Campylobacter jejuni (B) Yersinia enterocolitica(C) Giardia lamblia (D) Borrelia burgdorferi
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 7 [Turn over
45. Very high microbial cell densities can be obtained in a fermenter by :(A) Variable volume fed batch culturing (B) Fixed volume fed batch culturing
(C) Continuous culturing (D) Batch culturing
46. The commercial drink YAKULT contains the Lactic Acid Bacteria :
(A) Lactobacillus casei (B) Lactobacillus plantarum(C) Leuconostoc mesenteroides (D) Streptococcus lactis
47. The largest bacterium is :
(A) Thiomargarita namibiensis (B) Epulopiscium fishelsoni(C) Achromatium oxaliferum (D) Lyngbya majuscule
48. Archaebacteria were discovered by :
(A) Carl Woese (B) Karl Stetter
(C) Thomas Brock (D) Craig Venter
49. In E. coli, K+ is transported across the cell membrane by :
(A) Uniport (B) Symport
(C) Antiport (D) Passive diffusion
50. Proton motive force in bacteria is NOT utilized for :
(A) ATP synthesis (B) Flagellar locomotion
(C) Transport of certain nutrients (D) Glucose metabolism
51. A bacterial cell starts growing exponentially with g = 30 min and reaches 106 cfu/ml in 10 h. If 16 cellsstart growing similarly, how much time will take to reach the same cell density ?(A) 16 h (B) 8 h
(C) 160 h (D) 30 h
52. How many oxygen molecules are required in the fermentation of one molecule of glucose to ethanoland CO2 ?(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 36
53. In Gram Negative bacteria, which ring is not part of the basal body of flagellum ?(A) L (B) P
(C) MS (D) O
54. Which group ciprofloxcin antibiotic belongs to :(A) Aminoglycoside (B) Beta-lactam
(C) Macrolides (D) Fluoro-4-quinolones
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 8
55. Which is the smallest eubacterial genome ?(A) Mycoplasma genitalium (B) Mycoplasma pneumoniae(C) Deinococcus radiodurans (D) Aquifex aeolicus
56. For which bacterial disease toxoid is NOT used as vaccine ?(A) Anthrax (B) Diphtheria(C) Tetanus (D) Cholera
57. Which reaction is undesirable for wine making ?(A) Sucrose ethanol (B) Ethanol acetic acid(C) Malic acid lactic acid (D) Glucose pyruvic acid
58. The term 12D treatment refers to which statement ?(A) Heat treatment sufficient to kill 12000 bacteria (B) Use of 12 different heat treatments to preserve food(C) 1012 cells reduction in bacterial population (D) A process that destroys 12 different bacterial species
59. An organism that has superoxide dismutase and peroxidase but not catalase is :(A) Obligate aerobe (B) Obligate anaerobe(C) Microaerophile (D) Aerotolerant anaerobe
60. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic bacteriology differs from Bergey’s Manual of DeterminativeBacteriology in that the former :(A) Groups bacteria into species (B) Groups bacteria according to phylogenetic relatedness(C) Groups bacteria according to pathogenesis (D) Groups bacteria according to biochemical properties
61. An example of lysogeny in animals is :(A) Slow viral infection (B) Latent viral infection(C) T-even bacteriophage (D) Infection resulting in cell death
62. Place the following in the order in which they are found in a phage infected host cell :(1) Capsid proteins(2) Infective phage particles(3) Phage nucleic acid(A) 1, 2, 3 (B) 3, 2, 1(C) 1, 3, 2 (D) 3, 1, 2
63. The emergence of new infectious disease is probably due to all of the following except :(A) The need of bacteria to cause disease(B) The ability of humans to travel by air(C) Changing environments (floods, draughts, pollution)(D) A pathogen crossing the species barrier
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 9 [Turn over
64. Which of the following is NOT a Koch’s postulate ?(A) The same pathogen must be present in every case of a disease
(B) The pathogen must be isolated and grown in pure culture from the diseased host
(C) The pathogen from pure culture must cause the disease in a healthy, susceptible animal
(D) The disease must be transmitted from a disease to healthy, susceptible animal by contact
65. Which of the following is NOT a portal of entry for pathogens ?
(A) Mucous membrane of respiratory tract (B) Parenteral route
(C) Skin (D) Blood
66. A drug that binds to mannose on human cells would prevent :
(A) The entrance of Vibrio enterotoxin (B) The attachment of pathogenic E. coli
(C) The action of botulinum toxin (D) The action of diphtheria toxin
67. Which statement is true ?
(A) The primary goal of a pathogen is to kill the host
(B) Evolution selects for the most virulent pathogens
(C) A successful pathogen does not kill its host before it is transmitted
(D) A successful pathogen never kills its host
68. Which of the following matches with statement 1 ?
(A) Naturally acquired active immunity (B) Naturally acquired passive immunity
(C) Artificially acquired active immunity (D) Artificially acquired passive immunity
1. The type of protection provided by diphtheria toxoid injection
69. Which of the following matches with statement 1 ?
(A) IgA (B) IgE
(C) IgM (D) IgG
1. Antibodies that protect the fetus and newborn
70. Which of the following matches with statement 1 ?
(A) Type I hypersensitivity (B) Type II hypersensitivity
(C) Type III hypersensitivity (D) Type IV hypersensitivity
1. Localised anaphylaxis
71. The most selective antimicrobial activity would be exhibited by a drug that :
(A) Inhibits cell wall synthesis (B) Inhibits protein synthesis
(C) Inhibits nucleic acid synthesis (D) Inhibits 70S ribosomal translation
72. Which of the following is usually transmitted by contaminated water ?(A) Chlamydia (B) Leptospirosis(C) Syphilis (D) Trichomoniasis
73. Which process takes place under aerobic conditions ?(A) Activated sludge (B) Denitrification(C) Nitrogen fixation (D) Methane production
74. Widal test is a serological test to detect :(A) Specific agglutinins against O-Ag of Salmonella typhi(B) Specific precipitins against H-Ag of Salmonella typhi(C) Specific agglutinins against both O-Ag and H-Ag of Salmonella typhi(D) Specific precipitins against both O-Ag and H-Ag of Salmonella typhi
75. Agar is a polymer of :(A) D-galactose and 3, 6-anhydro-L-galactopyranose(B) D-galactose and N-acetylglucosamine(C) D-galactose and galacturonic acid(D) Alginic acid
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 10
ROUGH WORK
M.Sc. (Hons. School)–Microbiology/BDU-22278-A 11 172
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer ScienceTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 2
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/A
1. Which computer memory is used for storing programs and data currently beingprocessed by the CPU ?
(A) Mass memory (B) Internal memory
(C) Non-volatile memory (D) PROM
2. The output quality of a printer is measured by :
(A) Dots per inch (B) Dots per sq. inch
(C) Dots printed per unit time (D) All of above
3. Instructions and memory address are represented by :
(A) Character code (B) Binary codes
(C) Binary word (D) Parity bit
4. How many times is a do while loop guaranteed to loop ?
(A) 0 (B) Infinitely
(C) 1 (D) Variable
5. A word used to describe a storage location is called :
(A) A byte (B) A record
(C) An address (D) All of above
6. Offline device is :
(A) A device which is not connected to CPU
(B) A device which is connected to CPU
(C) A direct access storage device
(D) An I/O device
7. Which of the following registers is used to keep track of address of the memorylocation where the next instruction is located ?
(A) Memory address register (B) Memory data register
(C) Instruction register (D) Program counter
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 4
8. The first steps in problem solving process is to :
(A) plan the algorithm (B) Analyze the problem
(C) Desk-check the algorithm (D) Code the algorithm
9. The difference between x (x without quotes) and ‘x’ (x with quotes) is :
(A) The first one refers to a variable whose name is x and the second one refers to thecharacter constant x
(B) The first one is a character constant x and second one is the string literal x
(C) Both are same
(D) The first one is a character constant x and second one is the pointer x
10. Regarding a VDU, which statement is more correct ?
(A) It is an output device (B) It is an input device
(C) It is a peripheral device (D) It is storage device
11. The directives for the preprocessors begin with :
(A) Ampersand symbol (&) (B) Two Slashes (//)
(C) Number Sign (#) (D) Less than symbol (<)
12. In case of pass by reference :
(A) The value of the variable is passed to the function
(B) The location of variable in memory is passed to the function so that it can usethe same memory area for its processing
(C) The value of the variable cannot be changed within the calling function
(D) The calling function cannot return the manipulated value
13. Array passed as an argument to a function is interpreted as :
(A) Address of the number of elements of the array
(B) Values of the first elements of the array
(C) Address of the first element of the array
(D) Number of element of the array
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 5 [Turn over
14. What is the output of the following code ?
#include<stdio.h>void main ( ){char letter = ‘Z’;printf("\n%c",letter);}
(A) Z (B) ‘z’(C) Error (D) Garbage Value
15. Find out the error in following block of code.
If (x = 100)
cout << “x is 100”;
(A) 100 should be enclosed in quotations
(B) There is no semicolon at the end of first line
(C) ”Equals to” operator mistake
(D) Variable x should not be inside quotation
16. The “return 0;” statement in main function indicates :
(A) The program did nothing
(B) The program worked as expected without any errors during its execution
(C) Not to end the program yet
(D) None of above.
17. The difference between memory and storage is that memory is …… andstorage is ……
(A) Temporary, permanent (B) Permanent, temporary
(C) Slow, fast (D) All of above
18. The octal equivalence of 111010 is :
(A) 81 (B) 72
(C) 71 (D) 92
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 6
19. An output device that uses words or messages recorded on a magnetic medium toproduce audio response is :
(A) Magnetic tape (B) Voice response unit
(C) Voice recognition unit (D) Voice band
20. Shell is the exclusive feature of :
(A) UNIX (B) DOS
(C) System software (D) Application software
21. A 32-bit microprocessor has the word length equal to :(A) 4 bytes (B) 12 bytes
(C) 32 bytes (D) 2 bytes
22. Interval between the time of submission and completion of the job is called :(A) Waiting time (B) Turnaround time
(C) Throughput (D) Response time
23. The scheduling in which CPU is allocated to the process with least CPU-burst timeis called :(A) Priority Scheduling (B) Shortest job first Scheduling
(C) Round Robin Scheduling (D) Multilevel Queue Scheduling
24. Program ‘preemption’ is :(A) forced deallocation of the CPU from a program which is executing on the CPU.(B) release of CPU by the program after completing its task.(C) forced allotment of CPU by a program to itself.(D) a program terminating itself due to detection of an error.
25. An assembler is :(A) programming language dependent. (B) syntax dependent.(C) machine dependent. (D) data dependent.
26. Which of the following loader is executed when a system is first turned on orrestarted :(A) Boot loader (B) Compile and Go loader(C) Bootstrap loader (D) Relating loader
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 7 [Turn over
27. The main reason to encrypt a file is to :(A) Reduce its size (B) Secure it for transmission
(C) Prepare it for backup (D) Include it in the start-up sequence
28. Each computer connected to the internet must :
(A) be an IBM PC (B) have a unique IP address
(C) be internet compatible (D) have a modem connection
29. Internet uses :
(A) Packet switching (B) Circuit switching
(C) Telephone switching (D) Telex switching
30. By an extranet we mean :
(A) an extra fast computer network
(B) the intranets of two co-operating organizations interconnected via a secure leased line
(C) an extra network used by an organization for higher reliability
(D) an extra connection to internet provided to co-operating organization
31. A web page is located using a :
(A) Universal Record Linking (B) Uniform Resource Locator
(C) Universal Record Locator (D) Uniformly Reachable Links
32. A hashing scheme is used with :
(A) Sequential file organization (B) Direct file organization
(C) Partitioned file organization (D) Indexed sequential file organization
33. In the relational modes, cardinality is termed as :
(A) Number of tuples (B) Number of attributes
(C) Number of tables (D) Number of constraints
34. A table joined with itself is called :
(A) Join (B) Self Join
(C) Outer Join (D) Equi Join
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 8
35. The OS of a computer may periodically collect all the free memory space to formcontiguous block of free space. This is called :
(A) Concatenation (B) Garbage collection
(C) Collision (D) Dynamic Memory Allocation
36. A linear list of elements in which deletion can be done from one end (front) andinsertion can take place only at the other end (rear) is known as a :
(A) queue (B) stack
(C) tree (D) linked list
37. The data structure required to evaluate a postfix expression is :
(A) queue (B) stack
(C) array (D) linked-list
38. The process of building new classes from existing one is called :
(A) Polymorphism (B) Structure
(C) Inheritance (D) Cascading
39. A function call mechanism that passes arguments to a function by passing a copyof the values of the arguments is :
(A) call by variables (B) call by value
(C) call by reference (D) call by value result
40. Use of virtual functions implies :
(A) overloading (B) overriding
(C) static binding (D) dynamic binding
41. for (; ;) :
(A) means the test which is done using some expression is always true
(B) is not valid
(C) will loop forever
(D) should be written as for ( )
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 9 [Turn over
42. Consider the following statements :
char *ptr;
ptr = “hello”;
cout << *ptr;
What will be printed ?
(A) first letter (B) entire string
(C) it is a syntax error (D) last letter
43. Exception handling is targeted at :
(A) Run-time error (B) Compiler time error
(C) Logical error (D) All of the above.
44. The new operator :
(A) returns a pointer to the variable (B) creates a variable named new only
(C) obtains memory for a new variable (D) tells how much memory is available
45. A library function exit ( ) causes an exit from :
(A) the loop in which it occurs (B) the block in which it occurs
(C) the function in which it occurs (D) the program in which it occurs
46. Name the header file to be included for the use of built in function isalnum ( )
(A) string.h (B) process.h
(C) ctype.h (D) dos.h
47. Which of the following will produce a value 10 if x = 9.7 ?
(A) floor(x) (B) abs(x)
(C) log(x) (D) ceil(x)
48. Member functions, when defined within the class specification :
(A) are always inline.
(B) are not inline.
(C) are inline by default, unless they are too big or too complicated.
(D) are not inline by default.
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 10
49. To provide electronic circuits, first generation computers used :
(A) Vacuum Tubes (B) Transistors
(C) Integrated circuits (D) Large scale Integrated circuits
50. Who proposed the stored program concept ?
(A) T.J. Watson (B) Charles Babbage
(C) Von Neumann (D) Bill Gate
51. A combinational logic circuit that is used when it is desired to sent data from twoand more sources but through a single transmission line is known as :
(A) Decoder (B) Encoder
(C) Multiplexer (D) De-multiplexer
52. Break statement can be simulated by using :
(A) goto (B) return
(C) exit (D) Any of the above features
53. The errors that can be pointed out by the compiler are :
(A) Logical errors (B) Internal errors
(C) Syntax errors (D) Semantic errors
54. Which of the following are loaded into main memory when the computer is booted ?
(A) internal command instructions (B) external command instructions
(C) word processing instruction (D) Priority-based
55. Kernel is(A) An operating system (B) A part of operating system(C) A hardware (D) A register
56. Data encryption techniques are particularly useful for :(A) Reducing storage space requirements
(B) Improving data integrity
(C) Protecting data in data communication system
(D) All of the above
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 11 [Turn over
57. The transfer of data from a CPU to peripheral devices of a computer is achievedthrough :(A) Modems (B) Computer ports
(C) Interfaces (D) Buffer memory
58. Demodulation is the process of :
(A) Converting digital signals to analog signals
(B) Converting analog signals to digital signals
(C) Combining many low–speed channels into one high speed channels
(D) Dividing the high-speed signals into frequency bands
59. Formatting disk involves :
(A) Copying the contents of one disk to another disk
(B) Preventing a user from copying the disk
(C) Erasing the disk and giving it an empty root directory
(D) None of the above
60. Which of the following colour graphics display adapter has the highest resolution ?(A) CGA (B) EGA
(C) HGA (D) VGA
61. What is the output after the execution of for loop ?
for (i=0; i<10; ++i)
printf(“%d”, i & 1);
(A) 01 01 01 01 01 (B) 01 01 11 11 11
(C) 11 01 01 01 01 (D) 11 11 11 11 11
62. Packets are related to which layer ?
(A) Data link layer (B) Network layer
(C) Physical layer (D) Presentation layer
63. Memory of 64*8 bits means :(A) Memory space of 64 Kilobyte (B) Memory space of 64 Bit
(C) Memory space of 64 Byte (D) Memory space of 512 Kilobytes
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 12
64. HTTP means :
(A) Hypertext transfer protocol (B) Hypertext transmission protocol
(C) Hypertension transfer protocol (D) Hypertension transmission protocol
65. Which of the following allows devices on one network to communicate with deviceson another network ?
(A) Multiplexer (B) Gateway
(C) T-switch (D) Modem
66. Which of the following is not a phase in the Software Development Life Cycle ?
(A) Analyzing current system
(B) Defining the latest technology
(C) Designing new system
(D) Developing and implementing new system
67. The Fibonacci sequence is :
(A) 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13… (B) 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21…
(C) 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 13, 21… (D) 0, 1, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34…
68. Which is not a linear structure ?
(A) Stack (B) Queue
(C) Tree (D) Linked List
69. Address line of 8086 microprocessor is :
(A) 4 byte (B) 8 byte
(C) 5 nibble (D) 20 byte
70. In C++, a function contained within a class is called :
(A) A class (B) Member function
(C) An operator (D) A method
71. Which is the most powerful type of computers ?
(A) Micro computer (B) Mini computer(C) Mainframe computer (D) Super computer
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 13 [Turn over
72. The physical arrangement of equipment in a network is called :
(A) topology (B) pairing
(C) queuing (D) scheduling
73. The first mechanical computer designed by Charles Babbage was :
(A) analytical engine (B) calculator
(C) abacus (D) processor
74. Which memory stores the values of variables ?
(A) PROM (B) RAM
(C) ROM (D) EPROM
75. Low level computer language uses :
(A) Mathematical symbols (B) Mnemonic codes
(C) English words (D) Pseudo codes
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 14
ROUGH WORK
M.Sc. (Hons. School)-Computer Science/BDU-22276-A 15 [Turn over
ROUGH WORK
65
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) BotanyTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/ noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {2}
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {3} [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/A
1. Which of the following is the theme of International Day for Biological Diversity-2014 ?(A) Marine Biodiversity (B) Island Biodiversity
(C) Biodiversity and Water (D) Biodiversity and Climate Change
2. Which of the following is an example of secondary air pollutant ?
(A) NOx (B) Particulate matter
(C) SOx (D) Peroxyacetyl nitrate
3. Which of the following terms apply to the plants whose perennating buds lie nearthe ground and remain covered with soil or dead plant parts ?(A) Cryptophytes (B) Hemicryptophytes
(C) Chamaephytes (D) Therophytes
4. A type of wetland dominated by non-woody herbaceous plants is known as _____.
(A) Marsh (B) Swamp
(C) Estuary (D) Lagoon
5. Which of the following terms refer to the transition zone between two ecosystems ?(A) Ecocline (B) Ecotype
(C) Ecotone (D) Ecotope
6. Which of the following terms refer to the organisms that actively swim in a waterbody ?
(A) Plankton (B) Neuston
(C) Nekton (D) Benthos
7. Who developed the concept of Ecological Pyramid ?(A) Frederic Clements (B) Arthur Tansley
(C) Charles Elton (D) Rachel Carson
8. CBD stands for _______.
(A) Convention on Biological Diversity (B) Conference on Biological Diversity
(C) Convention on Biome Diversity (D) Convention on Biosphere Diversity
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {4}
9. Grassland with scattered trees is known as ______.(A) Meadow (B) Savanna
(C) Pampa (D) Chaparral
10. Which of the following is an example of aquatic fern ?
(A) Salvinia molesta (B) Pteridium aquilinum(C) Psilotum nudum (D) Osmunda regalis
11. Which of the following Pteridophytes is known as resurrection plant ?(A) Ophioglossum (B) Lycopodium(C) Selaginella (D) Equisetum
12. Form genus Rhynia is a type of ______ fossil.
(A) Cast (B) Pseudo
(C) Petrified (D) Living
13. Botanical name of nutmeg tree is :(A) Anacardium occidentale (B) Prunus amygdalus(C) Juglans regia (D) Myristica fragrans
14. Which of the following is the botanical name of the medicinal plant Sarpgandh ?
(A) Datura alba (B) Rauwolfia serpentina(C) Atropa belladona (D) Digitalis purpurea
15. International Rice Research Institute is located at :(A) Thailand (B) South Korea
(C) Philippines (D) Japan
16. Which of the following parts of clove is used as flavouring material ?
(A) Dried leaves (B) Dried seeds
(C) Floral buds (D) Bark
17. Which of the following is the source of Gum arabic ?(A) Acacia senegal (B) Aegle marmelos
(C) Astragalus gummifer (D) Sterculia urens
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {5} [Turn over
18. Vetiver oil is obtained from _______.
(A) Vanda alpina (B) Vetiveria zizanioides
(C) Vitex negundo (D) Vitis vinifera
19. Which of the following terms refers to the type of fruit of cucurbits ?
(A) Hesperidium (B) Pepo
(C) Samara (D) Drupe
20. Which of the following is the characteristic feature of Chara ?
(A) Absence of sexual reproduction
(B) Multicellular and jacketed sex organs
(C) Phycoerythrin pigments
(D) Hook-shaped antheridium
21. Commercially useful colloidal product—Carrageenin is obtained from :
(A) Chondrus crispus (B) Fucus vesiculosus
(C) Macrocystis pyrifera (D) Dictyota dichotoma
22. Reindeer moss is a type of :
(A) Moss (B) Lichen
(C) Spike moss (D) Club moss
23. Which of the following is the causal organism of loose smut of wheat ?
(A) Puccinia graminis (B) Ustilago tritici
(C) Puccinia recondita (D) Tilletia indica
24. Which of the following lichens have a branched thallus and bushy appearance ?
(A) Fruticose (B) Foliose
(C) Squamulose (D) Leprose
25. The practice of removing diseased plants from the agricultural fields is knownas :
(A) Pruning (B) Sanitation
(C) Clearing (D) Roguing
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {6}
26. Which of the following reproductive structure is associated with the fern Marsilea ?(A) Sporocarp (B) Fertile Spike(C) Synangium (D) Sporophyll
27. Pseudoelaters are found in _______.(A) Dryopteris (B) Equisetum(C) Lycopodium (D) Pteridium
28. Which of the following ferns is commonly known as Bird’s nest fern ?(A) Osmunda regalis (B) Asplenium nidus(C) Ophioglossum vulgatum (D) Angiopteris erecta
29. Which of the following is the causal organism of white rust of crucifers ?(A) Colletotrichum falcatum (B) Albugo candida(C) Ustilago tritici (D) Phytophthora infestans
30. Bordeaux mixture used as a fungicide is composed of :(A) Copper sulphate and Lime(B) Copper sulphate and Baking powder(C) Lime and Gypsum(D) Mercuric chloride and Lime
31. In red algae, the reserve food material is _______.(A) Glycogen (B) Protein(C) Floridean Starch (D) Fat droplets
32. Which of the following algal genera has hook-shaped antheridium ?(A) Chara (B) Voucheria(C) Cladophora (D) Volvox
33. In which of the following bryophytes, pyrenoid is present in the chloroplast ?(A) Marchantia (B) Funaria(C) Anthoceros (D) Riccia
34. Bartramia pomiformis is commonly known as :(A) Club moss (B) Peat moss(C) Apple moss (D) Spike moss
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {7} [Turn over
35. Which of the following is a leafy liverwort ?(A) Funaria (B) Riccia
(C) Porella (D) Pogonatum
36. Which of the following part attaches sporophyte to gametophyte ?(A) Foot (B) Seta
(C) Apophysis (D) Root
37. Which of the following gymnosperms is known as Living Fossil ?(A) Picea smithiana (B) Cedrus deodara
(C) Ginkgo biloba (D) Abies pindrow
38. Which of the following species of Pinus is the source of Chilgoza ?(A) Pinus wallichiana (B) Pinus gerardiana(C) Pinus roxburghii (D) Pinus radiata
39. Endosperm in Gymnosperms is _______.(A) Haploid (B) Diploid
(C) Triploid (D) Tetraploid
40. Sulphur showers are related to the _______.(A) Sal forests (B) Pine forests
(C) Teak forests (D) Eucalyptus plantations
41. Which of the following is known as Age of Cycads ?(A) Cenozoic era (B) Paleozoic era
(C) Mesozoic era (D) Proterozoic eon
42. Angiosperms first appeared in _______ period.(A) Cretaceous (B) Cambrian
(C) Devonian (D) Permian
43. Monoadelphus condition is found in the flower of _______.(A) Murraya exotica (B) Hibiscus rosa-sinensis
(C) Delphinium ajacis (D) Brassica campestris
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {8}
44. Gynostegium is present in the flower of _______.(A) Aster (B) Malvastrum(C) Nerium (D) Calotropis
45. Bicarpellary, syncarpus, unilocular, inferior ovary with basal placentation are thefeatures of family _______.(A) Rutaceae (B) Brassicaceae
(C) Lamiaceae (D) Asteraceae
46. Gynobasic style is present in the flowers of _______.(A) Sunflower (B) Basil
(C) Candytuft (D) Lily
47. Syconium, a type of inflorescence is characteristic of _______.(A) Fig (B) Mango
(C) Guava (D) Orange
48. Cortical vascular bundles are found in the stem of _______.(A) Nyctanthes (B) Boerhavia(C) Bougainvillea (D) Mirabilis
49. In which of the following secondary growth is absent ?
(A) Wheat (B) Carrot taproot
(C) Potato tuber (D) Tuberous roots of sweet potato
50. In which system of classification of plants, Gymnosperms are placed betweendicots and monocots ?(A) Engler and Prandtl (B) Bentham and Hooker
(C) Takhtajan (D) Hutchinson
51. Which of the following is false about nyctinasty ?(A) Is circadian rhythmic in nature(B) Is not controlled by Phytochrome(C) Is in response to onset of darkness(D) Anatomically movements are mediated by Pulvini
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {9} [Turn over
52. In which of the following, the main photosynthetic organ is the stem ?(A) Sugarcane (B) Cactus(C) Wheat (D) Potato
53. Which of the following is not true about RuBisCO ?(A) Is the most abundant protein on the earth(B) Consists of two protein subunits(C) Mn2+ ions are required for its activity(D) Is involved in the first major step of carbon fixation
54. Which of the following is not a catabolic biochemical process ?(A) Glycolysis (B) Beta oxidation(C) TCA cycle (D) Gluconeogenesis
55. Which of the following is not true about metabolic pathways ?(A) Are Irreversible(B) Are not regulated(C) Each pathway has a committed step(D) Occur in specific cellular locations in eukaryotic cell
56. Which of the following is the first protein of the electron transport chain ?(A) NADH-coenzyme Q oxidoreductase(B) Succinate-Q oxidoreductase(C) ETF-Q oxidoreductase(D) Q-cytochrome c oxidoreductase
57. Brassinolide, the first brassinosteroid, was discovered from the extracts of pollenof ______.(A) Brassica campestris (B) Brassica napus(C) Brassica rapa (D) Brassica chinensis
58. Isoprenes are the volatile organic compounds containing ______ C and ______ H.(A) 5, 8 (B) 4, 4(C) 5, 12 (D) 5, 10
59. Which of the following is an initiation codon for translation ?(A) UAG (B) UGA
(C) UAA (D) AUG
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {10}
60. Sickle cell anemia is caused by :(A) Insertions (B) Missense mutations(C) Nonsense mutations (D) Frameshift mutations
61. Which of the following is untrue about Arabidopsis thaliana ?(A) First plant whose genome was sequenced(B) Flowering plant with smallest genome(C) Belongs to family Brassicaceae(D) Is the model organism in plant biology
62. Which of the following condition represents nullisomic ?(A) 2n + 2 (B) 2n – 2(C) 2n (D) 2n – 4
63. The disease Citrus canker is caused by ______.(A) Rod-shaped gram positive bacterium (B) Rod-shaped gram negative bacterium(C) Virus (D) Mycoplasma
64. Yellow rust of wheat is caused by ______.(A) Puccinia striiformis (B) Puccinia recondita(C) Puccinia dispersa (D) Puccinia triticina
65. The deficiency of which of the following affects the activity of the enzyme Ureasein plants ?(A) Ni (B) B(C) Fe (D) Cu
66. The Glycolysis involves ______ enzyme-catalyzed steps.(A) 9 (B) 10(C) 11 (D) 12
67. In the eukaryotic cell, TCA cycle occurs in the ______.(A) matrix of mitochondrion(B) along outer membrane of mitochondrion(C) inter-membrane space of mitochondrion(D) along plasma membrane
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {11} [Turn over
68. Which is the most abundant organic polymer on the earth ?(A) Cellulose (B) Chitin
(C) Starch (D) Glycogen
69. Which of the following is not a reducing sugar ?(A) Glucose (B) Galactose
(C) Sucrose (D) Maltose
70. Endoplasmic reticulum is absent in :(A) RBC (B) Muscle cells
(C) Nerve cells (D) Mouse egg
71. The parietal placentation is present in the ovary of :(A) Hibiscus (B) Dianthus(C) Brassica (D) Petunia
72. The integument is absent in the ovule of :(A) Santalum (B) Cycas
(C) Cedrus (D) Zea mays
73. National Botanical Research Institute is located at :(A) New Delhi (B) Lucknow
(C) Tamilnadu (D) Hyderabad
74. Which of the following bacterium converts ammonium into nitrite ?(A) Nitrosomonas (B) Pseudomonas
(C) Clostridium (D) Nitrobacter
75. Vessels are not present in which of the following Gymnosperm ?(A) Gnetum (B) Cycas(C) Welwitschia (D) Ephedra
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course) Botany/BDU-22287-A {12}
ROUGH WORK
164
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & ElectronicsTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 2
*
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 3 [Turn over
*
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/A
1. For inelastic collisions, which of the statement is correct ?(A) Momentum and energy are conserved(B) Momentum is conserved but energy is not conserved(C) Momentum is not conserved but energy is conserved(D) Momentum and energy are not conserved
2. The moment of inertia of a rotating plane rigid sheet along x and y axes is given
by 2iixm and 2
iiym , respectively. Moment of inertial along z axis will be ?
(A) 2i
2i
2i yxm (B) 2
i2ii yxm
(C) 2i
2ii yxm (D) 2
i2ii yxm
3. If the force between two particles is directed along the line joining them, it ensuresthat the system conserves :
(A) |r|m ii (B) 2ii |r|m
(C) ii vr (D) iii vrm
4. Foucault’s pendulum is oscillating at a place having latitude , then with respectto the earth :(A) plane of oscillation of the pendulum rotates once in a year(B) plane of oscillation of the pendulum rotates once in a day(C) plane of oscillation of the pendulum rotates once in 1/sin days(D) plane of oscillation of the pendulum rotates once in 1/cos days
5. The rotational inertia of a collapsing star changes to half of its initial value. Theratio of the new kinetic energy to the initial rotational kinetic energy is :(A) 2 : 1 (B) 1 : 2(C) 4 : 1 (D) 1 : 4
6. The position vector of a particle is r = 10i + 4j – 3k; for an observer moving alongx-axis with speed 0.8 c, the magnitude of position vector is :
(A) 125 (B) 61
(C) 105 (D) 43
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 4
*
7. The physical quantity invariant under Lorentz transformation is :(A) charge (B) current(C) charge density (D) current density
8. An electron’s rest mass is mo and )/cv(1γ 22 , the electron is moving along xdirection, then expressions for the energy and momentum are :
(A) E = mov2, px = mov (B) E = mc2, px = mov
(C) E = moc2, px = mv (D) E = moc
2, px = mv
9. Suppose that a particle moves under the simultaneous influence of two simpleharmonic vibrations of equal frequency, one along the x axis, the other along theperpendicular y axis. The paths traced out by the particle will be a straight line,if harmonic vibrations are :(A) x = a sin (t) and y = b sin (t)(B) x = a sin (t) and y = b sin (t + /4)(C) x = a sin (t) and y = b sin (t + /2)(D) x = a sin (t) and y = b sin (t + 3/4)
10. Which one of the following system will have shortest oscillation period ?(A) Large bridges and buildings (B) A clock pendulum(C) String instruments (D) Molecular vibrations
11. In oscillating electrical circuit, inductance L is the electrical analogue ofmechanical :(A) displacement (B) force/spring constant(C) mass (D) frequency
12. The heavy damped (over damped) oscillator will return to its equilibrium position :(A) immediately within no time (B) within one time period(C) in infinite time (D) within half of the time period
13. HCl has characteristic vibrational frequency, vH, is 2990 cm–1. If hydrogen atomis replaced by deuterium, the corresponding frequency is vD, then which statementis correct ?(A) vH > vD (B) vH = vD
(C) vH < vD (D) relation can not be established
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 5 [Turn over
*
14. A stationary siren has a frequency of 1000 Hz. What frequency does an observerhear if he/she is moving away from that siren at the 170 m/s speed ? [Velocity ofsound in air is 340 ms1]
(A) 1500 Hz (B) 500 Hz
(C) 666.67 Hz (D) 333.33 Hz
15. Poynting vector in optics, irrespective of the medium, gives :
(A) the direction of propagation of the wave
(B) the direction of the ray
(C) the direction of E vector of the wave
(D) the direction of H vector of the wave
16. According to Maxwell’s equations, Ex/Hy ?
(A) is a dimensionless quantity (B) has the dimensions of velocity
(C) has the dimensions of current (D) has the dimensions of impedance
17. The maximum mutual inductance of two coils is 12 H and the difference betweentheir self-inductance is 10 H. The sum of the two self-inductance is :
(A) 26 H (B) 32 H
(C) 120 H (D) 20 H
18. Two identical thin bar magnets each of length d and pole strength m are placedat right angles to each other with the north pole of one touching south pole of theother. What is the resultant magnetic moment of the system ?
(A) 2 md (B) md2
(C) 4 md (D) 2 md
19. If charges +q are placed at each vertex of an equilateral triangle. The electricfield intensity at the centre is :
(A) 2o r
q3 4
1 (B) Zero
(C) rq3
41
o(D) 2
o rq
41
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 6
*
20. In the figure, if R1 = 26 , R2 = 12 , R3 = 30 and R4 = 6 , then equivalentresistance between A and B is :
(A) 30 (B) 15 (C) 1.5 (D) 6
21. T he elect r ical potent ial in a region is given by = oe– ax, where o and a are
constants. The charge density in this region is :(A) – 2aox (B) Zero(C) – a2o (D) 2a2o
22. The following three conclusions about magnetic field have been drawn from B · :(i) magnetic monopole does not exist;(ii) B lines are continuous and smooth; and(iii) normal component of B is continuous at the boundary of two magnetic media.The correct conclusions are :(A) all three (B) only (ii) and (iii)(C) only (i) and (ii) (D) only (i) and (iii)
23. The electric field lines and equipotential lines are always :(A) perpendicular to each other (B) rotational(C) have an acute angle between them (D) parallel to each other
24. If V is the potential difference between the ends of a solid circular wire of length cm and radius, r cm, and current, I ampere flows through it, the energy perunit time passing in through the surface of the wire is :
(A) I V3r2 2
(B) I Vr
(C) I Vr2
(D) I V
ABR4
R2 R1
R3
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 7 [Turn over
*
25. If an ideal capacitor is charged using a voltage supply of fixed voltage, then :(A) energy stored on the capacitor is equal to the energy supplied
(B) energy stored on the capacitor is equal to half of the energy supplied
(C) energy stored on the capacitor is zero
(D) energy stored on the capacitor is equal to e1
× energy supplied
26. The change in entropy when one mole of an ideal gas is allowed to expandisothermally to 2-fold volume is :(A) 2R (B) Zero
(C) R ln(2) (D) R l n
21
27. A 100 register carrying a current of 3 ampere is maintained at constant temperatureof 27° C. The rate of entropy change is :
(A) 27 JK–1 s–1 (B) 3 JK–1 s–1
(C) 30 JK–1 s–1 (D) 11.11 JK–1 s–1
28. The temperature of a body is increased from –173 C to 357 C. What is theapproximate ratio of energies emitted by the body per second in these two cases ?
(A) 1 : 1575 (B) 10 : 63
(C) 63 : 10 (D) 446 : 630
29. The entropy of an isolated system during a reversible transformation :
(A) decreases
(B) increases
(C) remains constant
(D) initially decreases then increases
30. The change in the internal energy of an ideal gas during a reversible isothermalexpansion is :
(A) positive (B) zero
(C) negative (D) kBT
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 8
*
31. If the number of degrees of freedom of a gas molecule is n, then the ratio ofCP and Cv of the gas is
(A) n211 (B) n
11
(C) 1n2n2
(D) n21
32. T he ef ficiency, , of Carnot engine, in terms of temperature of cold reservoir(TC), and temperature of hot reservoir (TH), is :
(A)C
H
TT1 (B)
H
C
TT1
(C)H
C
TT1 (D) 1
TT
H
C
33. When hydrogen is expanded at constant enthalpy at typical room temperature, itstemperature :(A) decreases below 77 K (B) remains constant(C) increases (D) decreases but not below 77 K
34. According to Maxwell distribution of molecular speed, the ratio between rootmean square speed, vrms, and most probable speed, vp i.e. vrms/vp is :
(A)23
(B)32
(C)23
(D) 2
35. Two coherent sources of intensity ratio 25 : 4 used in an interference experiment.The ratio of intensities of maxima and minima in the interference pattern is :(A) 29 : 21 (B) 4 : 9(C) 49 : 9 (D) 7 : 3
36. Temporal coherence of a laser can be determined by the following experiment :(A) Michelson interferometer (B) Young’s double slit interferometer(C) Single slit diffraction (D) Doppler shift experiment
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 9 [Turn over
*
37. The role of He has in sealed CO2 laser is :(A) to create population inversion by collision in CO2
(B) to depopulate populate CO2 by collision(C) to cool the gas mixture of CO2 laser(D) to act as active material
38. Suppose a He-Ne laser is used in Michelson interferometer as a light source.Specifications of the laser are as follows : wavelength 632.8 nm, power 10 mW,line-width 1 MHz. How much maximum path difference one can have betweenthe two mirrors of the interferometer so that fringes can be observed ?(A) 63 m (B) 300 m(C) 10 m (D) 30 m
39. Inhomogeneous broadening of spectral lines takes place :(A) in magnetic field (B) in natural broadening(C) in collision broadening (D) in Doppler broadening
40. When laser falls on one face of a transmission diffraction grating, maxima andminima are observed on other side of the grating, without using lens, due to :(A) interference as produced in Lummer-Gehrcke interferometer(B) interference as produced in Fabry-Perot interferometer(C) Fresnel diffraction(D) Fraunhofer diffraction
41. A uniaxial crystal having refractive indices for ordinary and extraordinary raysas no = 1.4864 and ne = 1.6584, respectively, is placed on a dot. If it is rotatedslowly on the dot, then :(A) image of dot formed by the ordinary ray will rotate(B) image of dot formed by the extraordinary ray will rotate(C) image of dot formed by both ray will rotate(D) image of dot formed by both ray will remain stationary
42. A longitudinal mode of light, having wavelength , will oscillate in a cavity oflength, , and width, d, if :(A) is half integer multiple of (B) is 1/4 multiple of (C) d is half integer multiple of (D) d is 1/4 multiple of
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 10
*
43. The Rayleigh criterion for diffraction-limited vision for an iris diameter of 5 mmand a wavelength of 500 nm is :(A) 1.44 × 10–4 rad (B) 2 × 10–4 rad(C) 1.22 × 10–4 rad (D) 1.42 × 10–4 rad
44. Minimum number of lines required in a grating to just resolve sodium D lines insecond order are (wavelengths of D lines are 598.0 and 589.6 nm) :(A) 982 (B) 1000(C) 15000 (D) 491
45. For a diatomic molecule, for which B and J are rotational constant in cm–1 andquantum number, respectively, rotational energy in cm–1 is given by :(A) BJ (B) BJ(J + 1)
(C) BJ2 (D)
21J B
46. For a diatomic molecule, Raman line is observed at 401.6 nm when excitationwavelength is 400 nm. For the same molecule, Raman line for excitation wavelengthof 600 nm will appear nearest to :(A) 603.6 nm (B) 602.8 nm(C) 601.8 nm (D) 601.2 nm
47. Degeneracy between the energy levels of an atom can be experimentally removedby placing the atom in :(A) optical cavity (B) cylindrical glass tube(C) vacuum (D) magnetic field
48. Which type of interaction is responsible for the spin-orbit coupling ?(A) Gravitational (B) Strong nuclear force(C) Magnetic (D) Electrostatic
49. Selection rules for a transition depend on :(A) the energies of upper and lower energy levels involved in the transition(B) the wavefunctions of upper and lower energy levels involved in the transition(C) the energy of upper energy level involved in the transition(D) the wavefunction of lower energy level involved in the transition.
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 11 [Turn over
*
50. For a system of two equivalent electrons, the total space wavefunction is symmetric.The spin wavefunction of the system is (here and denote the up and downspin, respectively) :(A) [(1)(2)] (B) [(1)(2)]
(C) 21
[(1)(2) + (2)(1)] (D) 21
[(1)(2) – (2)(1)]
51. If ionization energy hydrogen is 13.6 eV, then energy of further ionization ofsingly ionized He+ is :
(A) 13.6 eV (B) 54.4 eV
(C) 27.2 eV (D) 6.8 eV
52. If electronic configuration of excited He is 1s 12p 1, then lowest energy state willbe :(A) 1P1 (B) 3P0
(C) 3P1 (D) 3P2
53. If electronic configuration of excited He is 2p12p 1, then which of the energy stateis forbidden :(A) 1P1 (B) 3P0
(C) 3P1 (D) 3P2
54. Upon ejection, the kinetic energy of the Auger electron corresponds to the :(A) ionization energy for the electron shell from which the Auger electron is ejected(B) energy of the initial electronic transition into the vacancy which is created by
energetic particle like X-ray(C) difference between the energy of the initial electronic transition into the vacancy
and the ionization energy for the electron shell from which the Auger electron isejected
(D) sum of the energy of the initial electronic transition into the vacancy and theionization energy for the electron shell from which the Auger electron is ejected.
55. The Lendé g factor for 2S1/2 state of Li is :(A) 2/3 (B) 2(C) 3/2 (D) 4/3
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 12
*
56. The Hall effect in semiconductors helps in the determination of :(A) resistivity (B) electric dipole moment
(C) minority carriers (D) majority carriers
57. Acoustic phonons are the phonon branches that start in Brillouin zone from :(A) = 1014 Hz at k = 0 (B) = 0 at k 0
(C) = 1014 Hz at k 0 (D) = 0 at k = 0
58. For a diatomic linear chain, the phonon dispersion relation (k) has :(A) four branches (B) two branches
(C) one branch (D) three branches
59. If a beam of wavelength is incident at an angle to a symmetry axis of a crystalhaving d atomic spacing in unit cell, the Bragg scattering condition states :(A) n = d sin (B) n = 2d sin
(C) n = d cos (D) n = 2d cos
60. In p type semiconductor, the Fermi level :
(A) remains in the middle of energy gap
(B) shifts near conduction band
(C) shifts near the valance band
(D) does not exist as it is an extrinsic semiconductor
61. The energy of the pairing interaction in Cooper pair is of the order of :(A) 10–3 eV (B) 10 eV
(C) 103 eV (D) 1 eV
62. Mobility of a charge carrier can be expressed in terms of :(A) m2/Vs (B) V/m2s
(C) m2s/V (D) Vs/m2
63. According to shell model, a nucleus with an even number of protons and an evennumber of neutrons has :
(A) zero spin and positive parity (B) non zero spin and positive parity
(C) zero spin and negative parity (D) non zero spin and negative parity
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 13 [Turn over
*
64. The mass per nucleon in deuterium atom is :
(A) the same as the mass per nucleon in a nitrogen atom
(B) (1/14)th of the mass per nucleon in a nitrogen atom
(C) slightly smaller than the mass per nucleon in a nitrogen atom
(D) slightly greater than the mass per nucleon in a nitrogen atom
65. A rock when solidified in past contained no Pb206 but did contain some U235
initially. At present the ratio of Pb atoms to U atoms is 15. By assuming half lifeof U235 as 4.5 × 109 years and half life of other decays in the series much lower,the age of the rock roughly is :
(A) 67.5 × 109 years (B) 9.0 × 109 years
(C) 18.0 × 109 years (D) 72.0 × 109 years
66. How much minimum energy should a -ray have to produce an electron-positronpair ?
(A) 0.511 MeV (B) 1.022 MeV
(C) 0.511 keV (D) 1.022 keV
67. Annihilation of a low-energy positron by a low energy electron in free spaceproduces :
(A) one -ray photon (B) two or more -ray photons
(C) heavy particles (D) meson
68. Nuclear reaction cross section is measured in terms of :
(A) barn (B) m–2
(C) Bohr radius (D) Fermi
69. In power supplies, which diode is used for voltage regulation ?
(A) GUNN diode (B) ZENER diode
(C) IMPATT diode (D) TUNNEL diode
70. In an N-channel JFET, pinchoff occurs when the gate bias is :
(A) slightly positive (B) zero
(C) slightly negative (D) very negative
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 14
*
71. The light emitted diodes consist of :(A) Si (B) GaAs
(C) Ge (D) Diamond
72. In a full wave rectifier with input frequency of 50 Hz, the frequency of the outputis :
(A) 25 Hz (B) 50 Hz
(C) 100 Hz (D) 150 Hz
73. A carbon resistor has a colour band sequence : yellow, violet, orange and gold.Its value is :(A) 27 k with tolerance of 10% (B) 37 k with tolerance of 5%
(C) 45 k with tolerance of 1% (D) 47 k with tolerance of 5%
74. For a bridge rectifier, the output peak load voltage is 40 V. The approximate RMSvalue of the secondary voltage of transformer is :(A) 0 V (B) 40 V
(C) 28.3 V (D) 56.6 V
75. The resistivity of the intrinsic Si semiconductor :(A) decreases with increase in temperature
(B) increases with increase in temperature
(C) is independent of temperature
(D) may increase or decrease with increase in temperature
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 15 [Turn over
*
ROUGH WORK
M.Sc. (Hons. School/2 Year Course)—Physics/Medical Physics/Physics & Electronics/BDU-22289-A 16
*
ROUGH WORK
581
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human GenomicsTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted for eachwrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is not allowed.11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/ noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 2
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc.(Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/A
1. Peptide bond is a __________.
(A) Covalent bond (B) Hydrogen bond
(C) Weak bond (D) Non planar bond
2. A detritus food chain begins with :
(A) Carnivores (B) Herbivores
(C) Omnivores (D) Decomposers
3. Threonine is an example for :
(A) Nonpolar amino acid which tends to be internal
(B) Polar charged amino acid which tends to be on protein surface
(C) Polar uncharged amino acid which tends to be internal
(D) Polar uncharged amino acid which tends to be on protein surface
4. Flow of energy in an ecosystem is always :
(A) Multidirectional (B) Bidirectional
(C) Unidirectional (D) Random
5. Transition from an ordered to a disordered structure is represented by :
(A) Helix-coil transition (B) Coil-helix transition
(C) Coil-beta transition (D) Coil-coil transition
6. In a double stranded polynucleotide, a nick represents :
(A) Broken peptide bond (B) Broken hydrogen bond
(C) Broken phosphodiester bond (D) Broken ionic bond
7. Which of the optical phenomenon is used in cinematography movie projectors ?
(A) Accommodation (B) Interference
(C) Persistence of vision (D) Short sightedness
8. Ramsden, Huygens and Kellner are types of :
(A) Macromolecules (B) 3D structures
(C) Graphs (D) Eyepiece
9. Fluorescein and quinacrine represents :
(A) Internal fluors (B) Malarial drugs
(C) External fluors (D) Tracking dye
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 4
10. Brightness of an image decreases as :
(A) Magnification increases (B) Magnification decreases
(C) Refraction increases (D) Reflection increases
11. Arabidopsis thaliana, Caenorhabditis elegans, Mus musculus are :
(A) First sequenced organisms (B) Best to study proteins
(C) Auxotrophs (D) Genetic models
12. The human eye forms the image of an object at its :
(A) Iris (B) Retina
(C) Pupil (D) Cornea
13. Pangenesis led to :
(A) Inheritance of acquired characters (B) Formation of continents
(C) Movements of continents (D) Origin of Physical chemistry
14. Chromosome theory was given by :
(A) Mendel (B) Walter Sutton
(C) Morgan (D) Reginald Punnett
15. Genes located close together on the same chromosome do not assort independently dueto :
(A) Recombination (B) Mutation
(C) Linkage (D) Crossing over
16. The ratio of 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 represents :
(A) Phenotypic ratio of F2 progeny (B) Genotypic ratio of F2 progeny
(C) Phenotypic ratio of F3 progeny (D) Genotypic ratio of F1 progeny
17. When a trait exhibits complete dominance, a cross between heterozygotes produces :
(A) 1 : 2 : 1 phenotypic ratio (B) 3 : 1 phenotypic ratio
(C) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 phenotypic ratio (D) 1 : 1 phenotypic ratio
18. If the probability of being blood type A is 1/8 and the probability of blood type O is ½,what is the probability of being either blood type A or O ?
(A) 5/8 (B) 1/8
(C) 1/2 (D) 1/16
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 5 [Turn over
19. The multiplication rule states :
(A) The probability of any one of two or more mutually exclusive events
(B) The probability of two or more independent events occurring together
(C) The probability of any one of two events
(D) The probability of two events occurring independently
20. How did Mendel know that each of his pea plants carried two alleles encodingcharacteristics ?
(A) Because the traits for both alleles appeared in the F2 progeny
(B) Because the traits for both alleles appeared in the F1 progeny
(C) Because the traits for both alleles appeared in the F3 progeny
(D) Because the traits for both alleles appeared in the F2 parents
21. Lyon hypothesis is on :
(A) Recombination (B) Dosage incompensation
(C) Heredity (D) Barr body
22. A male with XXXYY chromosomes will have how many barr bodies in each cell ?
(A) 3 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 4
23. Turner syndrome is represented by :
(A) XXYY (B) XXX
(C) XO (D) YO
24. ZZ-ZW system is used for :
(A) Identification of blood group (B) Identification of sex
(C) Identification of disease (D) Identification of chromosomal aberration
25. Codominance is :
(A) Phenotype of heterozygote includes phenotypes of both homozygotes
(B) Phenotype of heterozygote is same as phenotypes of one of the homozygotes
(C) Phenotype of heterozygote is intermediate between the phenotypes of two homozygotes
(D) Phenotype of heterozygote is completely different from phenotypes of both homozygotes
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 6
26. Autosomal recessive traits often appear in pedigrees in which there have beenconsanguineous mating, because these traits :
(A) Tend to skip generations
(B) Appear only when both parents carry a copy of the gene for trait, which is more likely whenthe parents are related
(C) Usually arise in children born to parents who are unaffected
(D) Appear equally in males and females
27. Why are monozygotic twins genetically identical, whereas dizygotic twins have only ½ oftheir genes in common on average ?
(A) Monozygotic twins tend to look more similar
(B) Monozygotic twins are always the same sex
(C) Dizygotic twins occur more frequently with older mothers
(D) Monozygotic twins develop from a single embryo, whereas dizygotics develop from twoembryos
28. Which is true of plasmids ?
(A) They are composed of RNA
(B) They normally exist outside of bacterial cells
(C) They possess only single strand of DNA
(D) They replicate independently of bacterial chromosome
29. Conjugation between an F+ and F– cell usually results in :
(A) Two F+ cells
(B) Two F– cells
(C) An F+ and an F– cell
(D) An Hfr cell and an F+ cell
30. Chromosome duplications often result in abnormal phenotypes because :
(A) Development processes depend on the relative amounts of proteins encoded by differentgenes
(B) Extra copies of the genes within the duplicated region do not pair in meiosis
(C) Chromosome is more likely to break when it loops in meiosis
(D) Extra DNA must be replicated, which slows down cell division
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 7 [Turn over
31. Avagadro’s number (N) represents :
(A) 9.02 × 1023 molecules/mol (B) 5.02 × 1023 molecules/mol
(C) 6.02 × 1023 molecules/mol (D) 6.02 × 1022 molecules/mol
32. A triplet codon which indicates stop condon is :
(A) UGA (B) AUG
(C) UGG (D) UAU
33. Movement of solvent from high concentration to low concentration is :
(A) Diffusion (B) Osmosis
(C) Reverse osmosis (D) Dialysis
34. An acid is known to :
(A) Accept proton (B) Donate proton
(C) Neutralise water (D) Donate electron
35. Which among following is purine ?
(A) Uracil (B) Cytosine
(C) Adenine (D) Alanine
36. Plasmids can take inserts of :
(A) 10 kb (B) 100 kb
(C) 10 bp (D) 10 Mb
37. Which of the following was not produced by genetic engineering ?
(A) Human Insulin (B) Human growth hormone
(C) Human dopamine (D) Hepatitis B surface antigen
38. Edman’s reagent is :
(A) Phenylthiocarbamyl (B) Phenylisothiocyanate
(C) Phenylthiohydantoin (D) Phenylalanine
39. Parkinson’s disease is due to :
(A) Malnutrition (B) Neurological disorder
(C) Psychiatric disorder (D) Developmental disorder
40. Plasmodium falciparum causes :
(A) Pneumonia (B) Cholera
(C) Dysentry (D) Malaria
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 8
41. What is milk sugar ?
(A) Sucrose (B) Fructose
(C) Maltose (D) Lactose
42. Beriberi is caused by deficiency of :
(A) Vitamin A (B) Vitamin B1
(C) Vitamin B12 (D) Vitamin D
43. How many ATP are invested and how many recovered from each molecule of glucose inglycolysis reaction ?
(A) 2 invested; 2 generated (B) 2 invested; 4 generated
(C) 2 invested; 6 generated (D) 1 invested; 3 generated
44. Galactosemia is a genetic disease where individual’s metabolism fails to :
(A) Convert glucose to galactose (B) Convert galactose to glucose
(C) Convert glucose to fructose (D) Convert fructose to glucose
45. Kwashiorkor is caused by :
(A) Dietary deficiency of protein (B) Dietary deficiency of carbohydrates
(C) Dietary deficiency of fats (D) Dietary deficiency of vitamins
46. Why herbicides, which inhibit synthesis of aromatic amino acids, do not affect animals ?
(A) Because animals have enzymes to digest them
(B) Because animals do not come in contact with them
(C) Because animals do not have aromatic amino acids
(D) Because animals do not have amino acids
47. Leptin is produced by :
(A) Erythrocytes (B) Adipocytes
(C) Myocytes (D) Neurons
48. Non insulin dependent diabetes is caused by :
(A) Absence of insulin (B) Absence of pancreatic beta cells
(C) Absence of insulin receptors (D) Accidental injury
49. Appetite is controlled by :
(A) Hypothalamus (B) Cerebellum
(C) Stomach (D) Liver
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 9 [Turn over
50. The precursor in gluconeogenesis which releases glucose is :
(A) Lipids (B) Amino acids
(C) Vitamins (D) Glycogen
51. Maurice Wilkins is known for his role in :
(A) Structure of DNA (B) Structure of haemoglobin
(C) Structure of vitamin D (D) Structure of tRNA
52. Doxorubicin is used as anticancer drug because :
(A) It inhibits eukaryotic type II topoisomerase (B) It inhibits DNA ligase
(C) It inhibits DNA gyrase (D) It inhibits eukaryotic polymerase
53. The Meselson and Stahl experiment explains :
(A) Conservative model of DNA replication
(B) Random model of DNA replication
(C) Semi-conservative model of DNA replication
(D) Bidirectional replication
54. Which one has the highest risk involvement ?
(A) Chronic villi sampling (B) Amniocentesis
(C) Fetoscopy (D) In vitro fertilization
55. Arthur Kornberg discovered :
(A) DNA pol II (B) DNA pol I
(C) DNA pol III (D) DNA ligase
56. DNA polymerase’s 5’–3’ exonuclease activity is for :
(A) Proofreading (B) Repair single strand nicks
(C) Polymerization (D) Introduce breaks
57. Eukaryotic DNA is replicated from :
(A) Single origin (B) Double origin
(C) Multiple origin (D) Branch point
58. Pyrimidine dimers are corrected by :
(A) Base excision repair (B) Nucleotide excision repair
(C) Mismatch repair (D) SOS response
59. Transposons are found in :
(A) Eukaryotes (B) Prokaryotes
(C) Eukaryotes and prokaryotes (D) Genes
60. Base analog 5-bromouracil resembles :
(A) Adenine (B) Thymine
(C) Cytosine (D) Guanine
61. Which is the most commonly transplanted organ ?
(A) Cornea (B) Liver
(C) Kidney (D) Skin
62. Complete replacement of an endogenous gene with a DNA sequence of your choice isreferred as :
(A) Transgenesis (B) Knock out
(C) Knock in (D) Site directed mutagenesis
63. Insert size in cosmids can range between :
(A) 5–10 kb (B) 130–150 kb
(C) 30-44 kb (D) 0.2–2.0 Mb
64. Synaptonemal complex forms during :
(A) Metaphase (B) Prophase II
(C) Prophase I (D) Anaphase I
65. In a repressible regulation, the gene is regulated by :
(A) Repressor binding to an operator (B) Transcription factor binding at promoter
(C) Presence of substrate (D) Product of its enzyme pathway
66. The operon model in bacteria was proposed by :
(A) Jacob and Monad (B) Sutton and Boveri
(C) Meselson and Stahl (D) Rosalind and Wilkins
67. Which of the following has non terminating decimal expansion ?
(A) 77/210 (B) 23/8
(C) 17/8 (D) 35/50
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 10
68. By which optical phenomenon, the splitting of white light into seven constituent colouroccurs ?
(A) Refraction (B) Reflection
(C) Dispersion (D) Interference
69. To study pigmentation the best model is :
(A) Horse (B) Zebrafish
(C) Starfish (D) Neurospora crassa
70. Which phenomenon is responsible for twinkling of stars ?
(A) Atmosphere reflection (B) Atmosphere refraction
(C) Reflection (D) Total internal reflection
71. When light passes through a prism, the colour which deviates the least is :
(A) Red (B) Blue
(C) Violet (D) Green
72. X-ray diffraction is used to study :
(A) Amino acid sequence (B) Three dimensional structure
(C) Two dimensional structure (D) Linear DNA structure
73. The sum of first five multiples of 3 is :
(A) 45 (B) 65
(C) 75 (D) 90
74. Which group consists of all denaturants ?
(A) Ethylene glycol, Formaldehyde, Trifluroacetate
(B) Formamide, Ethanol, Aspartic acid
(C) Glutamine, Phenylalanine, Glumatic acid
(D) Formaldehyde, Polyethylene glycol, Methanol
75. By convention, amino acid sequence of a polypeptide is written with :
(A) Amino terminus at right (B) Carboxy terminus at right
(C) Amino terminus at left (D) Carboxy terminus at left
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 11
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Human Genomics/BDU-22282-A 12 172
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. With increase in temperature, viscosity of a liquid :(A) Increases (B) Decreases(C) Remains constant (D) May increase or decrease; depends on the liquid
2. Reynolds number is the ratio of :(A) Viscous forces to gravity forces (B) Inertial forces to viscous forces(C) Viscous forces to inertial forces (D) Inertial forces to gravity forces
3. The unit of specific heat at constant pressure, Cp, in SI unit is :(A) W/m2 ºC (B) J/kg ºK(C) W/m ºK (D) J/m3 ºK
4. Solvent used for extraction of oil is :(A) Hexane (B) Methyl ethyl ketone(C) Furfural (D) Dichloromethane
5. Fat splitting catalyst is :(A) CaCO3 (B) ZnO(C) Al2O3 (D) Fe
6. Molasses is the starting material for the production of :(A) Alcohol (B) Essential oil(C) Fatty acid (D) Massecuite
7. Bleaching of paper pulp is done with :(A) Activated clay (B) Bromine(C) Chlorine or chlorine dioxide (D) Magnesium sulphite
8. Which of the following coal has the highest calorific value ?(A) Lignite (B) Sub-bituminous(C) Anthracite (D) Peat
9. Digestion of wood-base materials (for manufacture of pulp) is done to :(A) Remove lignin (B) Produce long fibers(C) Prevent deterioration on storage (D) To reduce yield
10. Nylon-6 is a :(A) Polyamide (B) Thermosetting resin(C) Polyester (D) Silk
M.Sc.(Industrial Chemistry)/A
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 4
11. Oils and fats are converted to soap in a process called :(A) Hydrogenation (B) Esterification(C) Saponification (D) Nitration
12. Baking soda is chemically represented by :(A) Na2CO3 (B) NaHCO3
(C) Na2CO3-H2O (D) Na2CO3-10H2O13. The biochemical treatment applied to sewage effluents is a process of :
(A) Dehydration (B) Reduction(C) Oxidation (D) Polymerization
14. CaO is called :(A) Quick lime (B) Slaked lime(C) Limestone (D) Calcite
15. Solvay process is used for the manufacture of :(A) Caustic soda (B) Soda ash(C) Caustic potash (D) Soda lime
16. LPG stands for :(A) Liquid petroleum gas (B) Liquefied petrol gas(C) Liquid petrol gas (D) Liquefied petroleum gas
17. Kg of liquid evaporated per hour in an evaporator is defined as its :(A) Capacity (B) Economy(C) Steam load (D) Basis weight
18. Isobaric process means a :(A) Constant temperature process (B) Constant pressure process(C) Constant volume process (D) Constant entropy process
19. Rate of a chemical reaction is independent of the concentration of the reactant for a :(A) Zero order reaction (B) First order reaction(C) Second order reaction (D) Third order reaction
20. Which is the most practical and economical method for removal of suspended solid matter from pollutedwater ?(A) Sedimentation (B) Skimming off(C) Chlorination (D) Biological oxidation
21. Which of the following expressions represent the criterion of spontaneity ?(A) (dS)U,V < 0 (B) (dG)T,P < 0(C) (dU)S,T < 0 (D) d(dH)T,P < 0
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 5 [Turn over
22. The Joule Thomson experiment is an example of which of the following processes ?(A) Isothermal process (B) Isochoric process(C) Isentropic process (D) Isenthalpic process
23. If we operate a Carnot's engine between the freezing point and boiling point of water, what will be theefficiency of that engine ?(A) 0 % (B) 100 %(C) 27 % (D) 73 %
24. At 0 K, the cell potential is :(A) Eº (B) 1(C) 0 (D) ln 2
25. At 25ºC the molar conductances at infinite dilution of CH3COONa, HCl and NaCl are 91.0 × 10–4,426.16 × 10–4 and 126.45 × 10–4 S m2 mol–1, respectively. The ºm for CH3COOH is :(A) 390.71 × 10–4 S m2 mol–1 (B) 191.74 × 10–4 S m2 mol–1
(C) 286.45 × 10–4 S m2 mol–1 (D) 109.11 × 10–4 S m2 mol–1
26. In a chemical reaction, a catalyst changes the :(A) Potential energy of the products (B) Potential energy of the reactants(C) Heat of reaction (D) Activation energy
27. The protecting power of lyophilic colloidal sol is expressed in terms of :(A) Critical miscelle concentration (B) Gold number(C) Oxidation number (D) Coagulation value
28. A gas will approach ideal behaviour at :(A) Low temp and low pressure (B) Low temp and high pressure(C) High temp and low pressure (D) High temp and high pressure
29. The bond order for N2, O2, N2–, O2
– :(A) N2 > N2
– > O2 > O2– (B) O2
– > O2 > N2– > N2
(C) N2 > O2 > N2– > O2
– (D) O2 > N2– > N2 > O2
–
30. The structure of XeF4 is :(A) Tetrahedral (B) Square pyramidal(C) Square planar (D) Octahedral
31. The hybridization of atomic orbitals of nitrogen in NO2+ , NO3
– , NH4+ are :
(A) sp2, sp and sp3 respectively (B) sp3, sp2 and sp respectively(C) sp2, sp3 and sp respectively (D) sp, sp2 and sp3 respectively
32. BH3.CO is more stable than BF3.CO because :(A) CO is a soft base and BH3 and BH4 are soft and hard acids, respectively(B) CO is a hard base and BH3 and BH4 are soft and hard acids, respectively(C) CO is a soft base and BH3 and BH4 are hard and soft acids, respectively(D) CO is a soft base and BH3 and BH4 are hard and soft acids, respectively
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 6
33. The maximum number of hydrogen bonds in HF and H2O are respectively :(A) 2 and 3 (B) 3 and 2(C) 2 and 4 (D) 4 and 2
34. PAN stands for :(A) Pesticide Annual Note (B) Pesticide Action Network(C) Pesticide Applied Network (D) Pesticide Action Neutral
35. The H-H distance in H2 molecule can be determined by :(A) Infrared Vibrational spectroscopy (B) Microwave Raman spectroscopy(C) Rotational Raman spectroscopy (D) NMR spectroscopy
36. The stereoisomers having the same configuration at one chiral centre but different configuration at theother are known as :(A) Enantiomers (B) Diastereomers(C) Meso compounds (D) Racemic Mixture
37. The function of AlCl3 in the Friedel-Crafts reactions is to :(A) Produce electrophile (B) Produce nucleophile(C) Absorb water (D) Absorb HCl
38. Reimer-Tiemann reaction involves a :(A) Carbocation intermediate (B) Carboanion intermediate(C) Carbene intermediate (D) Mono free radical intermediate
39. DDT molecule has :(A) No tetrahedral carbon, two flat benzene rings (B) Two tetrahedral carbons, two benzene rings(C) Two tetrahedral carbons, two flat benzene rings (D) One tetrahedral carbon, two flat benzene rings
40. An SN2 reaction involves :
(A) A two-step process (B) A radical intermediate(C) A carbonium ion intermediate (D) A one-step, synchronous process
41. A resistor has a color band sequence Green, Violet, Orange and Gold. Its value is :(A) 47 K with tolerance of ± 10% (B) 37 K with tolerance of ± 5%(C) 45 K with tolerance of ± 1% (D) 57 K with tolerance of ± 5%
42. The RMS, Peak and Average voltage values of the household power supply in India are :
(A) 220 V, 2220 , and )/22( 220 V, respectively
(B) 220 V, )/22( 220 V, and 2220 V, respectively
(C) 220 V, 2220 V, and )/2( 220 V, respectively
(D) 2/220 V, 220 V and )/2( 220 V, respectively
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 7 [Turn over
43. The correct order of electromagnetic spectrum with decreasing wavelength is :(A) X-rays, Ultraviolet rays, Infrared rays, Microwaves, Radiowaves(B) Radiowaves, Microwaves, Infrared rays, Ultraviolet rays, X-rays(C) Radiowaves, Infrared rays, Ultraviolet rays, Microwaves, X-rays(D) Radiowaves, Infrared rays, Microwaves, Ultraviolet rays, X-rays
44. A diffraction grating consisting of a large number of parallel slits all of same width a and spaced equaldistance d between centers. For the electromagnetic wave of wavelength made incident normal to thesurface of grating, the position of nth maxima making angle with the grating surface is given by :(A) d cos = n (B) 2a sin = n(C) 2d sin = n (D) 2d sin = n (/2)
45. One curie unit of radioactivity is equal to :(A) 1 decay/s (B) 3.7 × 1010 Bq(C) 3 × 108 decays/s (D) 6.023 × 1023 Bq
46. In the helium-neon laser, which of the following is not true ?(A) The laser transition occurs in helium atom(B) The purpose of the helium atom is to help achieve a population inversion in the neon atoms(C) There is stimulated emission as well as spontaneous emission in the Neon atoms(D) The metastable state occur in both the Helium and Neon atoms
47. The thermally generated electrons and holes acquire sufficient energy from the applied potential toproduce new carriers by removing valence electrons from their bonds. These new carriers in turnproduce additional carriers again through the process of disrupting bonds. The cumulative process isreferred to as :(A) Avalanche breakdown (B) Zener breakdown(C) Avalanche multiplication (D) Zener multiplication
48. A superconducting material when placed in a magnetic field will :(A) Repel all the magnetic lines of force passing through it(B) Attract the magnetic field towards its center(C) Not influence the magnetic field(D) Attract the magnetic field but transfer it into a concentrated zone
49. Ultraviolet light of wavelength 350 nm and intensity 1.00 W/m2 is directed at potassium surface withwork function of 2.2 eV. The maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectron is :(A) 3.5 eV (B) 1.3 eV(C) 2.2 eV (D) 1.2 eV
50. Electron microscope is based on :(A) Negative charge of electron (B) Negative beta decay of radioisotopes(C) Photoelectric effect (D) Wave nature of electrons
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 8
51. A wire of resistance 100 ohm is bent to form a perfect square. The resistance between two diagonallyopposite points is :(A) 20 ohm (B) 50 ohm(C) 25 ohm (D) 12.5 ohm
52. The Boolean relation B)(AB)A( is equal to :(A) B (B) AB(C) A (D) BA
53. The light emitted diodes consist of :(A) Si (B) GaAs(C) Ge (D) Diamond
54. The basic Hartley oscillator uses :(A) One inductor and two capacitors (B) Acenter tapped inductor and a capacitor(C) Two capacitors (D) Tickler coil
55. In a full wave rectifier with input frequency of 50 Hz, the frequency of the output is :(A) 50 Hz (B) 100 Hz(C) 150 Hz (D) 200 Hz
56. According to Ohm’s law, the current density J at each point of a conductor (conductivity ) is related tolocal electric field E as :(A) E = J (B) J = E/2
(C) E.J = (D) J = E
57. The resistivity of the intrinsic Ge semiconductor at room temperature :(A) Increases with decreases in temperature (B) Increases with increase in temperature(C) Is dependent on temperature (D) May increase or decrease with increase in temperature
58. The function sin t + cos 2t + sin 4t is :(A) Periodic with time period 2/ (B) Periodic with time period /(C) Not periodic (D) Periodic with time period 1/
59. The sodium line at 5890Aº is observed by us at 5895Aº. This implies that the source is moving at aspeed of :(A) 255 km/s towards us (B) 127 km/s away from us(C) 26 km/s away from us (D) 255 km/s away from us
60. A geostationary (geosynchronous communication) satellite moves in a circular orbit :(A) In the equatorial plane at an approximate distance of 42200 km from earth’s surface(B) In the equatorial plane at an approximate distance of 42200 km from earth’s center(C) In the equatorial plane at an approximate distance of 22400 km from earth’s center(D) In the equatorial plane at an approximate distance of 22200 km from earth’s center
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 9 [Turn over
61. If x is a positive integer in the equation 122x = q, then q must be :(A) A positive even integer (B) A negative even integer(C) A positive odd integer (D) A negative odd integer
62. If x + y = 3 and 3x + y = 7, then 9x + 4y =(A) 21 (B) 22(C) 17 (D) 10
63. If un + 1 = 0.4un + 10 and u0 = 50, then u2 =(A) 34 (B) 32(C) 22 (D) 20
64. If f(x) = 2x + 3 and g(x) = x2 – 1, then f(g(2)) =(A) 21 (B) 48(C) 7 (D) 9
65. A is the point (0, –4) and B is (8, 0). A line perpendicular to AB would have gradient :(A) 2 (B) –1/2(C) –2 (D) 1
66. If x2 – 6x + 15 is expressed in the form (x + a)2 + b, then ab =(A) –18 (B) 0(C) 18 (D) 54
67. If f(t) = t3 + 5t2 + 3, then the rate of change of f(t) at 2 is :(A) 31 (B) 22(C) 11 (D) 3
68. If f(x) = 3 cos x + 4 sin x, then the maximum value of f(x) is :(A) 3 (B) 4(C) 5 (D) 1
69. 25log16log21
1010 =
(A) 1 (B) –1(C) 2 (D) Not an integer
70. The equation of a parabola which cuts the X-axis at –2 and 4, and the Y-axis at –16 is :(A) 2(x + 2) (x – 4) (B) 2(x – 2) (x + 4)(C) (x + 2) (x – 4) (D) –2(x + 2) (x – 4)
71. If x2 – 3 2x, then :(A) x 3 (B) –1 x 3(C) x 0 (D) x 2
72. 4 sin(/8) cos(/8) cos (–/4) =(A) 1 (B) –1(C) 2 (D) 0
73. The x-coordinate of the point where the curve y = log2 (x – 2) – 3 cuts the x-axis is :(A) 10 (B) 9(C) 5 (D) 2
74. The mean of 7 numbers is 10. When another number is added the mean is reduced to 9.5. The newnumber is :(A) 10 (B) 10/7(C) 9.5 (D) 6
75. Two dice are thrown and the scores added. What is the most likely total ?(A) 6 (B) 7(C) 9 (D) 12
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 10
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry)/BDU-22359-A 11 128
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test
Booklet and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial BiotechnologyTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted foreach wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/ noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 2 ]
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 3 ] [Turn over
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/A
1. Laboratory benches are cleaned with :(A) Absolute alcohol (B) 90% alcohol(C) 70% alcohol (D) 50% alcohol
2. The principal effect of tetanus toxin of Clostridium tetani is on :(A) Kidneys (B) Heart(C) Lungs (D) Nervous system
3. The biological indicator to check the efficiency of Moist Heat sterilization is :(A) Bacillus pumilis (B) Bacillus sterlilous(C) Bacillus stearothermophilus (D) Bacillus subtilis
4. The preferred method of sterilization of Laminar Flow Cabinet is :(A) X-rays (B) UV-rays(C) Gamma rays (D) IR rays
5. The preferred method of sterilization of oil is :(A) UV Rays (B) Moist heat(C) Dry heat (D) IR Rays
6. The enzyme, Lysozyme acts on :(A) beta 1, 4-glycosidic bonds (B) alpha 1, 4-glycosidic bonds(C) beta 2, 3-glycosidic bonds (D) alpha 2, 3-glycosidic bonds
7. In Sucrose the glycosidic linkage is between :(A) C-1 of Glucose and C-4 of Fructose (B) C-1 of Glucose and C-2 of Fructose(C) C-2 of Glucose and C-1 of Fructose (D) C-4 of Glucose and C-1of Fructose
8. Which group of organisms are mainly responsible for decomposition of organicmatter in nature ?(A) Algae (B) Fungi(C) Bacteria (D) Viruses
9. Who gave the statement that ‘Dust carries germs’ ?(A) R Koch (B) L Pasteur(C) F Kohn (D) J Tyndall
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 4 ]
10. Who was the first person on whom rabies vaccine was successfully tested ?(A) James Phillips (B) James Meister(C) Joseph Meister (D) Joseph Phillips
11. Disease ‘whooping cough’ is caused by :(A) Bacillus pertusis (B) Bordetella coughy(C) Bacillus coughy (D) Bordetella pertusis
12. A glass tube contains 5 ml of nutrient broth. A facultative anaerobe bacteria willshow what type of growth pattern ?(A) Maximal growth at the bottom, minimal at top(B) Maximal growth at the top, minimal at bottom(C) Uniform growth throughout the medium(D) Growth only in the middle portion of the medium
13. Which toxin exists in crystalline form inside the bacteria ?(A) Cholera toxin (B) Crystal toxin(C) Bt toxin (D) Tetanus toxin
14. The Western Blotting technique normally involves :(A) Primary antibodies (IgG), Secondary antibodies (IgE)(B) Conjugated Primary antibodies (IgG), Secondary antibodies (IgE)(C) Primary antibodies (IgG) Conjugated Secondary antibodies (IgG)(D) Primary antibodies (IgG), Conjugated Secondary antibodies (IgE)
15. Fully extended E.coli chromosome is approximately :(A) 1.0u in length (B) 5.0u in length(C) 500u in length (D) 900u in length
16. Which type of RNA has shortest half life in Bacteria ?(A) mRNA (B) rRNA(C) tRNA (D) Satellite RNA
17. An F-prime strain of E.coli contains :(A) A plasmid with a fragment of bacterial RNA.(B) A plasmid with a phage genome inserted.(C) A plasmid with a transposable element inserted.(D) A plasmid with a fragment of bacterial chromosome.
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 5 ] [Turn over
18. The term ‘Father of Microbiology’ is associated with :(A) Antony van Leeuwenhoek (B) Louis Pasteur(C) Joseph Lister (D) Robert Koch
19. The term Biotechnology was coined by :(A) Karl Ereky (B) James D Watson(C) H Khorana (D) Karl Jereky
20. The fermented food ‘Bhatura’ is made from :(A) Milk (B) Rice(C) Whole wheat (D) Maida
21. Who was the first scientist to give technique for getting pure cultures of microbesby serial dilution method ?(A) Louis Pasteur (B) Robert Koch(C) J Lister (D) Edward Jenner
22. Majority of bacteriophages are :(A) DS DNA (B) DS RNA(C) SS DNA (D) SS RNA
23. The AT : GC ratio in E.coli is around :(A) 1.90 (B) 1.80(C) 1.50 (D) 1.00
24. One Gene – One Enzyme hypothesis of Beadle and Tatum was based on the exptscarried out on :(A) E.coli (B) Saccharomyces(C) Neurospora crassa (D) M 13 phage
25. Cech and Altman were awarded Nobel Prize for the discovery of :(A) Restriction Enzyme (B) Ribozyme(C) Prions (D) RNAi
26. Phage M13 will infect those bacteria which have :(A) Flagella (B) Common Pili(C) Sex Pili (D) Capsule
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 6 ]
27. How much of the biological carbon present on the Earth is accounted for bymicrobes ?(A) 30% (B) 40%(C) 50% (D) 60%
28. The no. of predicted genes in Saccharomyces cerevisae is around :(A) 6000 (B) 7000(C) 8000 (D) 9000
29. In E.coli, the percentage of genome encoding proteins is around :(A) 50 (B) 70(C) 90 (D) 80
30. The symbol assigned to the amino acid Tryptophan is :(A) T (B) R(C) W (D) Tr
31. Which one is a primary metabolite ?(A) Citric acid (B) Penicillin(C) Gibberellin (D) Tetracycline
32. The alcoholic beverage Rum is made from the substrate :(A) Cereals (B) Grapes(C) Molasses (D) Hops
33. Which of the following is not a part of protein secondary structure ?(A) -Helix (B) -Helix(C) -Turns (D) -sheets
34. Which of the following is not a type of BLAST ?(A) BLASTp (B) BLASTz(C) BLASTn (D) BLASTx
35. ClustalW is used for :(A) Secondary structure prediction (B) Tertiary structure prediction(C) Primary protein structure analysis (D) Multiple sequence alignment
36. When [S] = KM, the velocity of an enzyme catalyzed reaction is about :(A) 0.1Vmax. (B) 0.2Vmax.
(C) 0.3Vmax. (D) 0.5Vmax.
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 7 ] [Turn over
37. Enzyme B requires Zn2+ in order to catalyze the conversion of substrate X. Zinc isbest identified as a :(A) Coenzyme (B) Cofactor(C) Zinozyme (D) Zifactor
38. An E.coli strain lacking DNA Polymerase I would be deficient in :(A) Repair (B) Splicing(C) Methylation (D) Degradation
39. The ribosome is involved in all the following EXCEPT :(A) Peptide bond formation(B) Aminoacylation of tRNA(C) Binding of protein factors during elongation(D) Binding of aminoacyl tRNA to mRNA
40. Three types of RNA involved in comprising the structural and functional core forprotein synthesis, serving as a template for translation, and transporting aminoacid, respectively, are :(A) mRNA, tRNA, rRNA (B) rRNA, tRNA, mRNA(C) tRNA, mRNA, rRNA (D) rRNA, mRNA, tRNA
41. Common lesions found in DNA on exposure to UV light are :(A) Pyrimidine dimers (B) Single stranded breaks(C) Base deletions (D) Purine dimers
42. The term Isoschizomer is used for :(A) DNA ligases (B) DNA polymerases(C) DNA helicases (D) Restriction endunucleases
43. Yeast two hybrid system is used to study :(A) DNA-DNA interaction (B) RNA-RNA interaction(C) Protein-protein interaction (D) DNA-RNA interaction
44. Golden rice is created by transforming genes related to :(A) Hormone synthesis (B) Beta-carotene synthesis(C) Protein synthesis (D) Carbohydrate synthesis
45. Which factor is associated with the binding of gp120 of HIV ?(A) CD3 (B) CD4(C) CD19 (D) CD21
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 8 ]
46. The MHC class I molecule is a cell surface glycoprotein consisting of :(A) Variable alpha chain and nonvariable beta microglobulin chain
(B) Variable alpha chain and variable beta microglobulin chain
(C) Nonvariable alpha chain and nonvariable beta microglobulin chain
(D) Nonvariable alpha chain and variable beta microglobulin chain
47. The sequence of antigen processing in MHC class I pathway is :(A) Antigenic protein, peptide fragment released into cytosol, proteosome, ER
(B) Antigenic protein, proteosome, peptide fragment released into cytosol, ER
(C) Antigenic protein, peptide fragment released into cytosol, ER proteosome
(D) Antigenic protein, ER, peptide fragment released into cytosol, proteosome, ER
48. The antibiotic streptomycin kills bacteria by inhibiting :(A) Cell wall biosynthesis
(B) Disrupting cell membrane permeability
(C) Inhibiting DNA replication
(D) Inhibiting protein synthesis
49. Which of the following component is not a part of nutrient medium prepared for thegrowth of Cyanobacteria ?(A) Sodium nitrite (B) Citric acid
(C) Glucose (D) EDTA
50. The antimicrobial activity of chlorine gas is due to the generation of
(A) Oxidizing agent (B) Reducing agent
(C) HCI (D) KCI
51. Pick the odd one out ?(A) Salmonella (B) Streptococcus
(C) Rhizopus (D) Micobacterium
52. Which is not a spore forming organism ?
(A) Rhizopus (B) Bacillus(C) Clostridium (D) Streptococcus
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 9 ] [Turn over
53. Sterilization of 1000 ml nutrient medium in 5 litre flask by autoclaving requiresfollowing conditions :(A) 15 lbs. per square inch, 121ºC, 15 min
(B) 10 lbs. per square inch, 121ºC, 15 min
(C) 15 lbs. per square inch, 100ºC, 15 min
(D) 15 lbs. per square inch, 121ºC, 30 min
54. The bacterium Salmonella typhi is :(A) Gram positive, sporulating, short rods and motile, lactose fermenter
(B) Gram negative, short rods and non-motile, non lactose fermenter
(C) Gram positive, non-sporulating, long rods and motile, lactose fermenter
(D) Gram negative, non-sporulating, short rods and motile, non-lactose fermenter
55. Which of the following interactions are involved in antigen-antibody binding ?
(A) Hydrogen Bond (B) Van der Waal’s forces
(C) Covalent bond (D) Electrostatic interactions
56. Which of the following is correct ?(A) Protease is an exotoxin
(B) LPS is not a pyrogen
(C) Peptidoglycan is a monomer of glucosamine
(D) Thiamine is a nucleotide
57. According to Watson and Crick Model of DNA, the adjacent nitrogenous bases areseparated by :(A) 3.0Aº (B) 3.4Aº(C) 3.8Aº (D) 4.0Aº
58. Which type of RNA is not involved in protein synthesis ?(A) mRNA (B) rRNA(C) tRNA (D) Satellite RNA
59. The consensus sequence of Pribnow box is :(A) TATAAT (B) TAATAT
(C) TATTAA (D) TAATTA
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 10 ]
60. An Hfr strain of E.coli contains :(A) A plasmid vector used to clone genes.(B) A bacterial chromosome with a phage genome inserted.(C) A bacterial chromosome with F factor inserted.(D) A human chromosome with a transposable element inserted.
61. The sequence of taxonomic rank is :(A) Species, Genus, Family, Class, Order, Division, Kingdom(B) Species, Genus, Family, Order, Class, Division, Kingdom(C) Species, Genus, Family, Order, Division, Class, Kingdom(D) Species, Genus, Family, Division, Order, Class, Kingdom
62. The vector pUC18 contains :(A) Amp and Tet resistance markers (B) Amp resistance markers(C) Km and Tet resistance markers (D) Amp, Km and Tet resistance markers
63. The strongest bond present in biochemicals is :(A) Hydrogen bond (B) Covalent bond(C) Ionic bond (D) Van der Waals’ bonds
64. The staining of proteins in SDS gels is routinely done by :(A) Acridine Orange (B) Crystal violet(C) Commassie Blue (D) Neutral Red
65. Which statement is most appropriate for nucleus of a human cell ?(A) Contains DNA only (B) Contains DNA + Proteins only(C) Contains DNA + Proteins + RNA only (D) Contains DNA + Proteins + Sugars
66. Which statement is most appropriate ?(A) Majority of bacteria are sporulating(B) Majority of bacteria are pathogenic(C) Majority of bacteria contain Diaminopimelic acid(D) Human stomach is devoid of bacteria
67. A DNA library is :(A) A general collection of all genes sequenced thus far.(B) A collection of DNA fragments that make up the entire genome of a particular
organism.(C) A DNA fragment inserted into a vector.(D) All DNA fragments identified with a probe.
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 11 ] [Turn over
68. Spectrophotometer works on the principle of Beer-Lambert’s law. According to Beer-Lambert’s law intensity of transmitted light is :(A) Directly proportional to length of the tube(B) Inversely proportional to the length of tube(C) Inversely proportional to the square of length of tube(D) Independent to the length of tube
69. The milk sugar Lactose is made up of :(A) Alpha 1,4 linkage between two Glucose molecules(B) Beta 1,4 linkage between two Glucose molecules(C) Alpha 1,4 linkage between Glucose and Galactose(D) Beta 1,4 linkage between two Glucose and Galactose
70. Which phase pf the human cell cycle consumes maximum time :(A) G1 (B) G2(C) S (D) M
71. Which one is not a fermented product ?(A) Blue cheese (B) Cottage cheese(C) Swiss cheese (D) Camembert cheese
72. The antibiotic bacitracin kills bacteria by inhibiting ?(A) Cell wall biosynthesis(B) Disrupting cell membrane permeability(C) Inhibiting DNA replication(D) Inhibiting protein synthesis
73. In the relationship between two organisms, if only one organism benefits, suchassociation is called :(A) Mutualism (B) Neutralism(C) Commensalism (D) Opportunism
74. The cell membranes of many bacteria contain :(A) Sterols (B) Cholesterols(C) Hopanoids (D) Haponoids
75. Escherichia can be distinguished from Salmonella on the basis of :(A) Motility test (B) Voges-Proskeur test(C) H2S production test (D) Urease test
M.Sc. (Two Year Course) Microbial Biotechnology/BDU-22285-A [ 12 ]
ROUGH WORK
61
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - ZoologyTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. The disease which is not due to inborn errors of metabolism :(A) Phenylketonuria (B) Leukemia(C) Albinism (D) Alkaptonuria
2. In humans the secretion of hydrochloric acid and pepsinogen is stimulated by hormone :(A) Secretin (B) Gastrin(C) Cholecystokinin (D) Glucagon
3. During the early origin of earth oxygen was absent in environment. Later on the oxygen increased andreached to present level. The main source of oxygen was :(A) Photosynthesis (B) Released from CaCO3
(C) Escape of CO2 to environment (D) Escape of oxygen from internal sources
4. In signal transduction trimeric G protein with and is involved. Which subunit will activateadenylate cyclase ?(A) subunit (B) subunit(C) subunit (D) subunit
5. Kala-Azar is transmitted by :(A) Tse-Tse fly (B) Sand-fly(C) Rat-flea (D) House-fly
6. Which of the following parts of the kidney prevents loss of water through urine ?(A) Bowman's capsule (B) Glomerulus(C) Collecting tubule (D) Henle's loop
7. Crab may transmit(A) Diphyllobothrium latum (B) Clonorchis sinensis(C) Paragonimus westermani (D) Enterobius vermicularis
8. The correct sequence in which water flows into the body of Sycon and comes out of it is :(A) Ostia, apopyles, osculum, prosopyles (B) Ostia, apopyles, prosopyles, osculum(C) Ostia, prosopyles, apopyles, osculum (D) apopyles, Ostia, prosopyles, osculum
9. Assume that an animal generates heat at a rate proportional to its volume and radiates heat at a rateproportional to its body surface. Which of these animals would be best at maintaining its bodytemperature in a cold climate ?(A) Mouse (B) Rabbit(C) Fox (D) Bear
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology /A
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 4 [Turn over
10. Which one of the following statements about morula in humans is correct ?(A) It has more or less equal quantity of cytoplasm and DNA as in uncleaved zygote(B) It has more cytoplasm and more DNA than an uncleaved zygote(C) It has almost equal quantity of cytoplasms as an uncleaved zygote but much more DNA(D) It has far less cytoplasm as well as less DNA than in an uncleaved zygote
11. When two or more non allelic gene pairs affect the same character in the same way, this is called :(A) Polygenic interitence (B) Pleiotropy(C) Multiple alleles (D) Additive expressivity
12. Australian lungfish is called :(A) Lepidosiren (B) Lepidosteus(C) Protopterus (D) Neoceratodus
13. A bacterium adds methyl group to its DNA in order to :(A) Clone its DNA (B) Turn its gene on(C) Transcribe many genes simultaneously (D) Protect its DNA from its own restriction enzyme
14. Pribnow box contains the nucleotide sequence :(A) 5' TATAAT 3' (B) 5' TAA TAT 3'(C) 5' GCC CCG 3' (D) 5' AAT TTA 3'
15. Besides giving out secretory vesicles, the golgi apparatus is also concerned with the formation of :(A) Nucleus (B) Plastids(C) Acrosome (D) Vacuoles
16. Thermogenin, the natural uncoupler in brown fat mitochondria, generates heat based on its ability to :(A) Allow proton to re-enter into the mitochondrial matrix(B) Inhibit electron transport by binding to b-type cytochromes(C) Inhibit ATP production by binding to the ATP synthesis(D) Block electron transport to flavoproteins
17. A bivalent consists of :(A) Two chromatids and one centromere (B) Four chromatids and two centromeres(C) Two chromatids and two centromeres (D) Four chromatids and four centromeres
18. Which of the following characteristics best applies to an allosteric effector ?(A) Competes with substrate for the catalytic site(B) Changes the nature of the product formed(C) Binds to a site on the enzyme molecule distinct from the catalytic site(D) Changes the substrate specificity of the enzyme
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 5 [Turn over
19. Which of the following interactions will not promote coevolution ?(A) Interspecific competition (B) Commensalism(C) Mutualism (D) Parasitism
20. Testosterone the male sex hormone is synthesized in the :(A) Seminiferous tubules (B) Interstitial cells(C) Vas deferens (D) Prostate gland
21. Which type of DNA modification results in silencing of a region of the genome in such a way that thesilencing can be passed on to offspring ?(A) Acetylation (B) Methylation(C) Phosphorylation (D) Ubiquitynation
22. What is an open reading frame (ORF) ?(A) The amino acid sequence of polypeptide.(B) The nucleotides of an mRNA molecule before the introns have been removed.(C) The nucleotides of the gene that make up the codons specifying the amino acids.(D) All of the nucleotides of a gene that are transcribed into mRNA.
23. What is not true about hemoglobin ?(A) Fetal erythrocytes contain a structural variant of hemoglobin.(B) Fetal hemoglobin has less affinity for oxygen as compared to adult hemoglobin.(C) Fetal hemoglobin has less affinity for 2,3-BPG as compared to adult hemoglobin(D) Fetal hemoglobin has two and two subunits instead of two and two subunits
24. A potential danger to a population that has been greatly reduced in number is the :(A) Loss of genetic variability (B) Tendency toward assortative mating(C) Hardy - Weinberg disequilibrium (D) Reduced gene flow
25. Which of the following birds will you find in columbiformes ?(A) Psittacula krameri-the rose ringed parrot (B) Corvus splendens-the House crow(C) Streptopelia decaocto-the ring dove (D) Pavo-cristatus-the peafowl
26. Epitaenia in mollusks is :(A) Another name for gill (B) A ridge like structure dividing the mantle cavity(C) Olfactory organ (D) Siphon for passage of water current
27. Which treatment would provide the greatest therapeutic benefit in patients with acromegaly ?(A) Glucocorticoid (B) Somatostatin(C) Growth hormone (D) Thyroid hormone
28. Which of the following in star fish can turn inside out ?(A) Madreporite (B) Stone canal(C) Tube feet (D) Cardiac stomach
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 6 [Turn over
29. Which group of vertebrates comprises the highest number of endangered species ?(A) Mammals (B) Birds(C) Reptiles (D) Fishes
30. Estrogen and testosterone are most likely to bind to :(A) Enzyme linked membrane receptor (B) G-protein linked membrane receptor(C) Cytoplasmic receptors (D) Thyroid hormone receptor
31. Larvae of which of the following parasites can be demonstrated in muscle biopsy ?(A) Brugia malayi (B) Wuchereria bancroftia(C) Trichinella spiralis (D) Dracunculus medinensis
32. Remiges and rectrices are types of :(A) Tendons in birds (B) Feathers in birds(C) Bones in all vertebrates (D) Vertebrae
33. Which of the following hormones does not act by a second messenger system ?(A) Glucagon (B) Epinephrine(C) Follicle stimulating hormone (D) Testosterone
34. Inhibin is an ovarian hormone that :(A) Inhibits the secretion of LH and PRL(B) Is produced by granulosa cells and inhibits the secretion of FSH(C) Only has local ovarian effects and no effect on the secretion of FSH(D) Has two forms, A and B, with the same subunits but distinct subunits
35. Organ of Bojanus are :(A) Respiratory organs of starfish (B) Chemoreceptors of Peripatus(C) Excretory organs of Unio (D) Endocrine organs of Insects
36. Weberian ossicles are found in :(A) Frogs (B) Birds(C) Fishes (D) Snakes
37. In general, independent assortment of chromosomes in a cell with n pairs of chromosomes yields howmany different kinds of gametes ?(A) n (B) n2
(C) 2n (D) n+2
38. Concology is the study of :(A) Mollusca (B) Shell of Mollusca(C) Foot of Mollusca (D) Behaviour of Mollusca
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 7 [Turn over
39. Which one of the following is an example of ex-situ conservation ?(A) Sacred groves(B) National park(C) Wildlife sanctuary(D) Seed bank
40. Which of the following hormones is a modified amino acid ?(A) Prostaglandin (B) Estrogen(C) Epinephrine (D) Progesterone
41. In ruminants, the part of stomach which is the true glandular part is called :(A) reticulum (B) abomasum(C) omasum (D) rumen
42. Which of the following is the largest protozoal parasite inhabiting the large intestine of man ?(A) Entamoeba histolytica (B) Entamoeba coli(C) Balantidium coli (D) Giardia lamblia
43. Negative potential across plasma membrane is maintained by :(A) Active transport (B) Passive transport(C) Ion channels (D) Transporters
44. In eukaryotes shortening of chromosomes from ends is prevented by :(A) DNA Polymerase (B) RNA Polymerase(C) Telomerase (D) Transposase
45. Cerebellum in brain is concerned with :(A) static balance (B) initiation of muscular contraction(C) regulation of body posture and equilibrium (D) co-ordination of muscular movements
46. For an action potential to occur :(A) the stimulus must reach or exceed threshold(B) Na+ influx must exceed K+ efflux(C) the membrane must be out of the relative refractory period(D) both (A) and (B)
47. Aristotle's Lantern of sea urchin is basically a :(A) Sense organ (B) Chewing organ(C) Reproductive organ (D) Bioluminescence organ
48. When mutation converts an amino acid codon into a termination codon, it is called :(A) Nonsense codon (B) Missense codon(C) Silent codon (D) Frameshift mutation
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 8 [Turn over
49. Identify taxonomically similar protozoan group :(A) Giardia, leishmania, Entamoeba (B) Entamoeba, Trypanosoma, Plasmodium(C) Balantidium, Paramecium, Plasmodium (D) Trypanosoma, leishmania, Leptomonas
50. Paratenic host for Angiostrongylus cantonensis is :(A) man (B) rat(C) frog (D) sheep
51. Posterior to segment 15 in earthworm, the number of septal nephridia in each segment rangesbetween :(A) 30-50 (B) 55-75(C) 80-100 (D) 120-140
52. The lysosomes of eukaryotic cells contain :(A) enzymes that function in intracellular digestion(B) chlorophyll molecules for photosynthesis(C) storehouse of ATP molecules(D) the chromosome of the organism
53. Phospho diester bonds present in DNA helix determines the 3;-5' polarity of strands while Hydrogenbonds :(A) stabilize DNA structure (B) destabilize DNA structure(C) makes the strands antiparallel (D) makes the turns of helix
54. Anadromous fishes move from :(A) estuary to sea (B) sea to estuary(C) sea to river (D) river to sea
55. Which one of the following molluscan groups is primarily used in the pearl formation ?(A) Monoplacophorans (B) Cephalopods(C) Gastropods (D) Pelecypods
56. The sporozoites of Plasmodium first attack :(A) RBC (B) Liver cells(C) Muscles (D) Intestine
57. The unit of gap junction is named as :(A) Connexon (B) Axon(C) Glycocalyx (D) Terminal bar
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 9 [Turn over
58. Cancer cells are more easily damaged by radiation than normal cells because they :(A) are different in structure (B) are non dividing(C) are starved by nutrition (D) undergo rapid division
59. Foetal membrane which keeps the embryo shock proof is :(A) amnion (B) chorion(C) allantois (D) yolk sac
60. The Wildlife Protection Act was passed in :(A) 1972 (B) 1982(C) 1992 (D) 1962
61. When in a population, the birth and death rate exactly balance each other, it is called :(A) Plateau phase (B) Exponential growth phase(C) Initail growth phase (D) Accleration phase
62. In order to communicate the location of food, the worker bee performs :(A) Tap Dance(B) Round Dance(C) Waggle Dance(D) Break Dance
63. The placenta produces both :(A) estrogen and progesterone (B) progesterone and prolactin(C) prolactin and FSH (D) androgens and estrogens
64. Unpaired airsac in bird is :(A) Thoracic (B) Abdominal(C) Cervical (D) Interclavicular
65. Fatty acids with even number of carbon atoms on oxidation form :(A) Acetic acid (B) Amino acid(C) Lactic acid (D) Pyruic acid
66. The immunity acquired after the introduction of a vaccine is called :(A) Passive immunity (B) Active immunity(C) Acquired immunity (D) Natural immunity
67. Which of the following regions has maximum diversity ?(A) Mangroves (B) Temperate rainforest(C) Taiga (D) Coral reefs
68. Biodiversity :(A) increases towards the equator (B) decreases towards the equator(C) remains same throughout the planet (D) has no effect on change in latitude
69. The effect of intraspecific competition on niches is to make them :(A) larger (B) smaller(C) more triangular (D) change location
70. The parasite which resides in reticuloendothelial cells :(A) Entamoeba histolytica (B) Plasmodium(C) Isospora (D) Leishmania
71. Echidna and Ornithorhynchus are the connecting links between :(A) amphibians and aves (B) mammals and amphibians(C) reptiles and mammals (D) reptiles and amphibians
72. One of the following is a very unique feature of the mammalian body :(A) Homeothermy (B) Presence of diaphragm(C) Four chambered heart (D) Rib cage
73. Survival due to geographic isolation is best exemplified by mammalian fauna of the :(A) Oriental region (B) Ethiopian region(C) Palearctic region (D) Australian region
74. A population of organism arising from a single organism through asexual reproduction is termed as :(A) Race (B) deme(C) clone (D) cline
75. Besides reduction in the number of toes in the modern horse, which other evolutionary change wasmost significant among the following ?(A) Increase in size of eyes (B) Change in dentition from browsing to grazing(C) Straightening of back (D) Increase in size of brain
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 10 [Turn over
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Hons. School / 2 Year Course) - Zoology/BDU-22288-A 11 141
CET(PG)2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.S.c. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 2
1. By default, the length of the query words in BLAST algorithm of the query sequence is :(A) 10 for nucleic acids and 5 for protein sequences(B) 3 for both nucleic acids and protein sequences(C) 11 for both nucleic acids and protein sequences(D) 11 for nucleic acids and 3 for protein sequences
2. In Perl language a statement ends in :(A) Colon (B) Semicolon(C) Numeric characters (D) Symbols
3. Which of the following is not a fibrous protein ?(A) Collagen (B) Keratin(C) Elastin (D) Myoglobin
4. Human genome is constituted by :(A) 3 million base pairs (B) 3 billion base pairs(C) 4 million base pairs (D) 4 billion base pairs
5. Chromosome walking is technique used for :(A) Movement of chromosomes out from the cell(B) Move a fragment of chromosome to another(C) Recombination between chromosomal DNA of two different species(D) A method used to locate a gene using a set of clones from a DNA library
6. Existence of pseudo genes in any genome is possible due to :(A) Gene crossing over (B) Gene Mutations only(C) Gene duplication and mutations (D) Evolutionary pressure
7. The computational methodology that tries to find the best matching between a receptor and a ligand incalled :(A) Molecular matching (B) Molecular docking(C) Molecular affinity (D) Molecular fitting
8. Two sequences showing significant similarity are referred to as :(A) Definitely paralogous (B) Definitely orthologous(C) Evolved from a common ancestor (D) Definitely performing same function
9. The order in which Clustal W adds sequences to a multiple alignment is determined by :(A) The organisms they come from (B) The order of entering the sequences(C) The dissimilarity distinguishing one from another (D) The similarity based phylogenetic tree
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 4
10. Determine which of the following statements about non-covalent interactions is not true.(A) Ionic bonds are the result of electrostatic attraction between two inonized functional groups of opposite
charges(B) Hydrophobic interactions are important in the formation micelles(C) Hydrogen bonding results between hydrogen covalently bonded to an electronegative atom and lone pair of
electrons on a second electronegative atom(D) H+ and OH– interact together by ionic bond to form water
11. What does a probe in molecular biology refer to ?(A) An instrument used to manipulate cells in culture.(B) A vector system.(C) A DNA or RNA molecule used in hybridization reactions.(D) A restriction enzyme for cleavage of a sequence.
12. Which of the following statements is true for isoenzymes ?(A) They catalyze the same chemical reactions.(B) They have the same quaternary structure.(C) They have the same distribution in organs and tissues.(D) They have the different enzyme classification name and numbers.
13. Hemiacetal is an addition product formed due to :(A) Carbonyl group of an aldehyde reacting with hydroxyl group of an alcohol(B) Acetic acid half reacting with hydroxyl group of an alcohol(C) Carbonyl group of a ketone reacting with hydroxyl group of an alcohol(D) Hydroxyl group of an aldehyde reacting with hydroxyl group of an alcohol
14. Which of the following statements is not true for protein synthesis ?(A) Protein synthesis occurs by adding amino acids to the 5’ end of the tRNA.(B) The first amino acid to be incorporated into a protein in prokaryotes is usually N-formylmethionie.(C) Amino acids are activated by aminocayl tRNA synthetase.(D) Peptidyl transferase is a ribozyme.
15. In FASTA format for DNA and protein sequences the header line is distinguished from the Data linesby :(A) Smaller than (<) symbol as its first character (B) Greater than (>) symbol as its first character(C) Equal to (=) symbol as its first character (D) Dollar ($) symbol as its first character
16. Which of the following databases is used to submit the sequence of a newly identified gene ?(A) A Primary database (B) A Secondary database(C) BLAST (D) A genome browser
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 5 [Turn over
17. Which of the following is not true for Flat files ?(A) Fast data retrieval (B) Simple structure(C) Easy to program (D) Easy editing
18. Medline database have Data’s stored in ________ format :(A) ASN.1 (B) Word(C) FASTA (D) RDBMS
19. Edman method of proetin sequencing uses which of the following chemicals ?(A) Phenylthiohydantoin (B) Phenylisothiocyanate(C) Phenylhydrochloride (D) Phenylisohydantoin
20. All of the following are primary databases except :(A) Genbank (B) EMBL(C) DDBJ (D) Pubmed
21. The alphabet p in a CpG islands of DNA represents :(A) Phosphodiester bonds connecting 3’ of C to 5’ of G(B) Phosphodiester bonds connecting 5’ of C to 3’ of G(C) C and G sequences are flanked phosphodiester bonds(D) This phosphdiester bond is nicked from C end.
22. During replicaton process the term klenow fragment refers to :(A) DNA polymerase 2 (B) DNA polymerase 1(C) DNA toposimerase 2 (D) DNA topoisomerase 1
23. Which of the following statement is false for mRNAs ?(A) Many Prokaryotic mRNAs are polycistronic (B) All eukaryotic mRNAs are polycistronic(C) All eukaryotic mRNAs are monocistronic (D) Some viral mRNAs are polycistronic
24. In prokaryotic cells a specific sequence located upstream of initiation codon where 16S rRNA can pairup is called :(A) Shine-Dalgarno sequence (B) Marilyn Kozak sequence(C) Hogness sequence (D) Pribnow sequence
25. Which of the following is used by a hybrid computer to convert digital signals to analog signals ?(A) Modulator (B) Demodulator(C) Modem (D) Decoder
26. Sucrose is a disaccharide of glucose and fructose linked by :(A) (1–>2) glycosidic bond (B) (1–>3) glycosidic bond(C) (1–>4) glycosidic bond (D) (1–>6) glycosidic bond
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 6
27. Which of the following statements is not true for tRNAs ?(A) Removal of an extra segment at 5’ end(B) Replacement of two U residues at 3’ end by CCA(C) Modifications of some residues to dihydrouridine and pseudouridine(D) All tRNAs are synthesized in cytosol
28. In Escherichia coli the DNA is organized as :(A) Double stranded, closed relaxed circle(B) Signal stranded, covalently closed supercoiled circle(C) Double stranded, covalently closed supercoiled circle(D) Single stranded, closed relaxed circle
29. Restriction enzymes are named so because they :(A) Degrade and restrict DNA molecules foreign to the cell(B) Have enzymatic activities restricted by environment of the cell(C) Restrict the activities of other enzymes(D) Restrict the nuclear export within the cell
30. Which of the following data were crucial to Wastson and Crick’s proposed structure of DNA ?(A) Base composition and hydrogen bonding(B) X-ray diffraction and the nucleoside structure(C) X-ray diffraction and base equivalence data(D) The discovery of nucleotide and nucleoside structures
31. RNA differs from DNA in all of the following ways except :(A) Presence of thymine(B) A sugar molecule(C) Functions performed by each of these molecules(D) The 5’ and 3’ orientation of the polynucleotide strand
32. A path by which communication is achieved between a central processor and peripheral devices isreferred to as :(A) Bus (B) Channel(C) Router (D) Modem
33. Which of the following statements about cellulose is false ?(A) It is homopolymer of D-glucose units(B) Glucose units are linked by (1–>4) glycosidic bonds(C) Cellulose is stabilized by intramolecular hydrogen bonds(D) The cellulose in animal cell is triple helix
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 7 [Turn over
34. The major buffer system of mammalian blood and other extracellular fluids is :(A) Carbonic acid-bicarbonate conjugate pair (B) Phosphoric acid-phosphate conjugate pair(C) Gluconic acid-gluconate conjugate pair (D) Lactic acid-lactate conjugate pair
35. The genetic code is considered ‘degenerate’ because :(A) The code originated from genomes which are degraded(B) DNA is unstable(C) Because of the name of the person who deciphered the code(D) More than one nucleotide triplet codes for the same amino acid
36. RAM is used as a short memory and it is ________.(A) Volatile (B) Expensive(C) Programmable (D) Inefficient
37. In the disease sickle cell anemia, the - chain of hemoglobin undergoes which of the following changes ?(A) A charged residue aspartic acid changes to a neutral one, valine(B) A neutral residue valine changes to a charged one, aspartic acid(C) A charged residue glutamic acid changes to a neutral one, valine(D) A neutral residue valine changes to a charged one, glutamic acid
38. A single piece of information in a database is called ________ .(A) File (B) Field(C) Record (D) Data set
39. The program TBLASTN compares protein sequence with _______ database sequences .(A) Three-frame transcription of a nucleotide sequence database(B) Six-frame transcription of nucleotide sequence database(C) Six-frame translations of a nucleotide sequence database(D) Three-frame translations of a nucleotide sequence database
40. Which of the following features is not characteristic of ribozymes ?(A) Involved in polymerization reactions. (B) Are RNA molecules.(C) Cleavage of RNA. (D) Involved in Post-translational processing
41. Which of the following statements in not true for Vitamin D ?(A) It is fat soluble vitamin(B) Plays important role in vision(C) It is important for regulation of calcium metabolism(D) Active form is synthesized by kidney
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 8
42. Databases CATH and SCOP can provide information regarding :(A) The structural classification family of the protein (B) The gene family of the protein
(C) Homologous proteins (D) Analogous proteins
43. The full form for the oldest programming language Acronym FORTRAN is :(A) Formula translation (B) For translation
(C) Formula transition (D) For transition
44. All of the following biochemical processes are part of post-translational modification events, except :(A) Amino acid residues modifications (B) Formation of disulfide bonds
(C) Proteolytic cleavage (D) Formation of peptide bonds
45. The enzyme phosphoglucomutase catalyzes the isomerization of glucose-6-phosphate to :(A) Glucos-1-phosphate (B) Galctose-1-phosphate
(C) Fructose-1-phosphate (D) Fructose-6-phosphate
46. The BLOSUM matrices are used for scoring substitutions in :(A) Amino acid sequences. (B) Deoxyribonucleotide sequences.
(C) Both amino acid and nucleotide sequences. (D) Ribonucleotide sequence.
47. Which one of the statements is not true for plasmids ?(A) They are circular DNA molecule.
(B) They have antibiotic resistance gene.
(C) They have the ability of self-replication.
(D) The size of plasmid is as big as that of chromosomal DNA.
48. What is the total yield of ATP in TCA cycle in eukaryotic cells ?(A) 38 ATP (B) 34 ATP
(C) 32 ATP (D) 30 ATP
49. Hydropathy plots are helpful in predicting :(A) Beta secondary structures (B) Alpha secondary structures
(C) Tertiary structures (D) Transmembrane structures
50. Identify which of the following statements is not true for local alignments .(A) It is a pattern matching technique
(B) Identifies pattern for a short probe sequence
(C) Gaps outside the local alignments are not penalized
(D) The query and the subject sequence has to be of the same length
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 9 [Turn over
51. Which of the following program is used only for local alignment of sequences ?(A) SSEARCH (B) CLUSTAL W
(C) T-Coffee (D) EMBOSS
52. In Immunoglobulin there are five types of heavy chains designated as :(A) (alpha), (delta), (epsilon), (gamma), (mu)
(B) (alpha), (beta), (epsilon), (gamma), (mu)
(C) (alpha), (delta), (epsilon), (gamma), (lambda)
(D) (alpha), (delta), (kappa), (gamma), (lamdba)
53. Which of the following type of posttranslational modifications is found in all types of Antibodies ?(A) Glycosylation (B) Acetylation
(C) Phosphorylation (D) Methylation
54. Which is the major antibody found in secretions viz. tears, saliva ?(A) Immunoglobulin A (B) Immunoglobulin D
(C) Immunoglobulin E (D) Immunoglobulin M
55. PDB identifier is assigned by :(A) Three character alphanumeric identifier (B) Four character alphanumeric identifier
(C) Five character alphanumeric identifier (D) Six character alphanumeric identifier
56. The principle application of the BLAST family of algorithms is _______.(A) Identifying sequences that are similar to a protein or nucleotide sequence in a biological sequence database
(B) Determine physical association of DNA and protein interaction in 5’ end of a gene
(C) Determine crystal structure of a protein
(D) Perform docking structure studies
57. The first protein to be sequenced is :
(A) Insulin (B) Myosin
(C) Haemoglobin (D) Tannin
58. The whole set of mRNA molecules in a population of cells in a specific environment is known as :
(A) Genome (B) Proteome
(C) Transcriptome (D) RNAome
59. Motif in a protein structure describes which of the following ?
(A) Secondary structure (B) Super secondary structure
(C) Tertiary structure (D) Quaternary structure
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 10
60. The biological macromolecules used as potential fuel in humans are proteins, Triacylglycerols andglycogen. What is their preferred order of use ?(A) Proteins > Triacylglycerols > Glycogen (B) Triacylglycerols > Proteins > Glycogen
(C) Glycogen > Proteins > Triacylglycerols (D) Glycogen > Triacyglycerols > Proteins
61. Saul Needleman and Christian Wunsch postulated an algorithm which is useful for :(A) Multiple alignment of sequences (B) Global alignment of sequences
(C) Local alignment of sequences (D) All of these mentioned in A, B and C
62. Which of the following events is not part of post-transcriptional modification of eukaryotic mRNA ?(A) Capping of the 5' end (B) Glyosylation of the 3' end
(C) Addition of poly A to 3' end (D) Methylation of ribose 2' hydroxy
63. The database which is a catalogue of human gene and genetic disorder is :(A) OMIM (B) dbEST
(C) dbSNP (D) PubMed
64. The free energy released on the breakdown of glucose to lactate is stored in which form of energy richmolecules ?
(A) NADPH (B) FADH2
(C) ATP (D) GTP
65. The first genome sequence completed and published was from which of the following organisms ?
(A) H. inflenzae (B) D. melanogaster(C) S. cerevisiae (D) E. coli
66. Which among the following is not a method of protein modeling ?
(A) Protein threading (B) Homology modeling
(C) De novo Protein modeling (D) Protein docking
67. For orientating the protein in right conformation, following proteins are required :
(A) Chaperonin (B) Gankyrin
(C) Actin (D) Amylin
68. Operators in perl programming can appear at which of the following ?
(A) Before operands only (B) Between operands only
(C) After operands only (D) All the choices mentioned in A, B and C
69. Which memory system is not a mass memory medium ?
(A) Magnetic tape (B) Magnetic disc
(C) Magnetic keys (D) Magnetic drum
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 11 [Turn over
70. A key difference between DNA alignment and protein alignment is :(A) Amino acids can be scored on similarity as well as identity
(B) There are no internal gaps in a protein alignment
(C) The DNA alignment is not always reliable that is why protein alignment is done
(D) The protein alignment will show locations of introns and exons of DNA
71. Which of the following two are literature databases ?(A) MEDLINE and PubMed (B) MEDLINE and PDB
(C) PDB and PubMed (D) SCOPUS and PDB
72. DNA solution injected directly into the cell using micromanipulator devices is called :(A) Microinjection (B) Macroinjection
(C) Microconstruction (D) Microinfarction
73. Identify the feature exclusive for monoclonal antibodies :(A) It is non-specific
(B) It is selectively specific to few antigenic determinants of a single antigen
(C) It is specific to a single antigenic determinant of a single antigen
(D) It can be specific or non specific depending on the antigenic determinant
74. ‘Thermal cycler’ finds its application in which of the following techniques ?
(A) Polymerase Chain Reaction (B) Radio immunoassay
(C) Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay (D) Blotting technique
75. A bioreactor used for mass culturing of cells/microbes must have :
(A) Agitator for mixing of cells and medium (B) Sterile conditions
(C) Regulation of temperature (D) All of these
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Bioinformatics)/(System Biology)/BDU-22280 12
Rough Work
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Tech. (Instrumentation)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. The following type of bonding is strongly directional in solids :(A) Metallic (B) Covalent(C) Ionic (D) Vander Waal’s
2. Auto collimator is used to check :(A) Flatness (B) Rotor balancing(C) Angle (D) Roughness
3. Maxwell’s thermodynamic relations applies to the :(A) Chemical systems in equilibrium (B) Mechanical systems in equilibrium(C) Irreversible thermodynamic processes (D) Reversible thermodynamic processes
4. A solar cell converts the sunlight directly into ______ energy.(A) Thermal (B) Electrical(C) Chemical (D) Mechanical
5. If a nuclear reactor produces more fissile nuclear fuel than it consumes, then it is called a ______reactor.(A) Critical (B) Heterogeneous(C) Fertile (D) Breeder
6. Which of the following languages is more suited to a structured program ?(A) PL/1 (B) FORTRAN(C) BASIC (D) PASCAL
7. The brain of any computer system is :(A) ALU (B) Memory(C) CPU (D) Clock
8. The track on a disk which can be accessed without repositioning the R/W heads is :(A) Surface (B) Cylinder(C) Cluster (D) Track
9. Which of the following is the 1’s complement of 10 ?(A) 01 (B) 110(C) 11 (D) 10
10. The binary system uses powers of :(A) 2 (B) 8(C) 10 (D) 16
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 3 [Turn over
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 4
11. Which capacitor stores higher amount of energy ?(A) Air capacitor Paper capacitor (B) Mica capacitor(C) Plastic film capacitor (D) Metal capacitor
12. In paramagnetic materials :(A) Permanent magnetic dipoles exist but the interaction between neighbouring dipoles is negligible(B) Permanent magnetic dipoles do not exist(C) Permanent magnetic dipoles exist and the interaction between neighbouring dipoles is very strong(D) Permanent magnetic dipole moment may or may not exist
13. The minority carrier life time and diffusion constant in a semiconducting material are 100 s and 100cm2/s respectively. The diffusion length of carriers is :(A) 0.1 cm (B) 0.01 cm(C) 0.0141 cm (D) 1 cm
14. If the diameter of a wire is doubled, its current carrying capacity becomes :(A) One-fourth (B) Half(C) Twice (D) Four times
15. At room temperature the current in an intrinsic semiconductor is due to :(A) Holes (B) Holes and electrons(C) Ions (D) Electrons
16. The most commonly used semiconductor material is :(A) Silicon (B) Germanium(C) Mixture of silicon and germanium (D) Gallium
17. In which of these is reverse recovery time nearly zero ?(A) Zener diode (B) Tunnel diode(C) Schottky diode (D) PIN diode
18. A transistor has a current gain of 0.99 in the CB mode. Its current gain in the CC mode is :(A) 100 (B) 99(C) 1.01 (D) 0.99
19. In an n channel JFET, the gate is :(A) n-type (B) p-type(C) Either n or p (D) Metal only
20. The amount of photoelectric emission current depends on :(A) Frequency of incident radiation (B) Intensity of incident radiation(C) Both frequency and intensity incident radiation (D) None of the above
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 5 [Turn over
21. In the circuit of figure the function of resistor R and diode D are :
(A) To limit the current and to protect LED against over voltage(B) To limit the voltage and to protect LED against over current(C) To limit the current and protect LED against reverse breakdown voltage(D) To convert battery voltage to DC voltage
22. At very high temperatures the extrinsic semiconductors become intrinsic because :(A) Drive in diffusion of dopants and carriers(B) Band to band transition dominants over impurity ionization(C) Impurity ionization dominants over band to band transition(D) Band to band transition is balanced by impurity ionization
23. In an n-p-n transistor, the majority carriers in the base are :(A) Electrons (B) Holes(C) Both holes and electrons (D) Either holes or electrons
24. The resolution of an n bit DAC with a maximum input of 5 V is 5 mV. The value of n is :(A) 8 (B) 9(C) 10 (D) 11
25. Decimal number 10 is equal to binary number :(A) 1000 (B) 1001(C) 1010 (D) 1110
26. BCD input 1000 is fed to a 7 segment display through a BCD to 7 segment decoder/driver. The segmentswhich will lit up are :(A) a, b, d (B) a, b, c(C) a. b, g, c, d (D) a, b, c, d, e, f, g
27. The circuit in the given figure is :
(A) Positive logic OR gate (B) Negative logic OR gate(C) Negative logic AND gate (D) Positive logic AND gate
LED
+
–v
R
D
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 6
28. Decimal 43 in hexadecimal and BCD number system is respectively :(A) B2, 01000100 (B) 2B, 00110100(C) 2B, 01000011 (D) B2, 01000011
29. Which of the following can be accessed only sequentially ?(A) Floppy disk (B) Hard disk(C) Magnetic tape (D) ROM
30. MICR stands for :(A) Magnetic Ink Chart Receipt (B) Magnetic Ink Character Recognition(C) Magnetic Ink Chart Recognition (D) Magnetic Ink Character Receipt
31. Which of the following is not a valid variable name in C ?(A) 1 a (B) a 1 2(C) a b 123 (D) a b c 123
32. The size of the cache memory in most microcomputers is about :(A) Few bytes (B) Few kilobytes(C) Few megabytes (D) Few gigabytes
33. Which of the following computer memories is fastest ?(A) Cache (B) Primary(C) Mass storage (D) Off line back up
34. During processing the instructions, data, intermediate results and final results in a computer are heldin :(A) CPU (B) ALU(C) Primary memory (D) Secondary memory
35. Typical power requirements of a DRAM in active and stand by modes is about :(A) 350 mW and 5 mW respectively (B) 350 mW each(C) 5 mW each (D) 500 mW and 350 mW respectively
36. The friction experienced by a body, when in motion, is known as :(A) Rolling friction (B) Dynamic friction(C) Limiting friction (D) Static friction
37. On an inclined plane inclined at angle to the horizontal and weight being pulled up the inclined planeby vertical effort, the velocity ratio in this case is :(A) sin (B) cos (C) tan (D) cosec
38. Unit of angular acceleration is :(A) N-m (B) m/s(C) m/s2 (D) rad/s2
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 7 [Turn over
39. To increase Q factor of a coil, the wire should be :(A) Long (B) Thin(C) Thick (D) Long and thin
40. An ammeter of 0-25 A range has a guaranteed accuracy of 1% of full scale reading. The currentmeasured is 5 A. The limiting error is :(A) 2% (B) 2.5%(C) 5% (D) 10%
41. In a CRO which of the following is not a part of electron gun ?(A) Cathode (B) Grid(C) X-Y plates (D) Accelerating anode
42. A piezoelectric force transducer has a charge sensitivity of 20 pC/N. It is connected to a charge amplifierand overall gain of transducer and amplifier is 50 mV/N. The gain of amplifier is :(A) 1 mV/pC (B) 1.5 mV/pC(C) 2.5 mV/pC (D) 4 mV/pC
43. Two resistors R1 = 36 ± 5% and R2 = 75 ± 5% are connected in series. The total resistance is :(A) 111 ± 0 (B) 111 ± 2.778 (C) 111 ± 5.55 (D) 111 ± 7.23
44. In a strain measuring device using a strain gauge, the output quantity is :(A) Voltage (B) Resistance(C) Impedance (D) Light radiation
45. A full wave rectifier type meter is used to measure the voltage of wave shape shown in figure. Thevoltmeter is calibrated to read rms value of sine wave. The reading of voltmeter in this case will be :
(A) 100 V (B) 111 V(C) 141.4 V (D) 200
46. Which of the following are needed both for protection and metering ?(A) Wattmeters (B) Instrument transformers(C) Energy meters (D) Power factor meters
47. A digital frequency counter can be converted to DVM by addition of a suitable :(A) Voltage controlled oscillator (B) D/A converter(C) Power amplifier (D) Operational amplifier
100 VV
–100 V
t
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 8
48. A voltmeter using thermocouples measures :(A) rms value (B) peak value(C) average value (D) peak to peak value
49. Radiocarbon is produced in the atmosphere as a result of :(A) Collision between fast neutrons and nitrogen nuclei present in the atmosphere(B) Action of ultraviolet light from the sun on atmospheric oxygen(C) Action of solar radiations particularly cosmic rays on carbon dioxide present in the atmosphere(D) Lightning discharge in atmosphere
50. The absorption of ink by blotting paper involves :(A) Viscosity of ink (B) Capillary action phenomenon(C) Diffusion of ink through the blotting (D) Siphon action
51. Large transformers, when used for some time, become very hot and are cooled by circulating oil. Theheating of the transformer is due to :(A) The heating effect of current alone(B) Hysteresis loss alone(C) Both the heating effect of current and hysteresis loss(D) Intense sunlight at noon
52. Nuclear sizes are expressed in a unit named :(A) Fermi (B) Newton(C) Tesla (D) Angstrom
53. Light year is a unit of :(A) Time (B) Distance(C) Light (D) Intensity of light
54. Mirage is due to :(A) Magnetic disturbances in the atmosphere(B) Depletion of ozone layer in the atmosphere(C) Equal heating of different parts of the atmosphere(D) Unequal heating of different parts of the atmosphere
55. Light from the Sun reaches us in nearly :(A) 2 minutes (B) 4 minutes(C) 8 minutes (D) Instantly
56. Metals are good conductors of electricity because :(A) They contain free electrons (B) The atoms are lightly packed(C) They have high melting point (D) They have covalent bonds
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 9 [Turn over
57. If two bodies of different masses, initially at rest, are acted upon by the same force for the same time,then the both bodies acquire the same :(A) Velocity (B) Momentum(C) Kinetic energy (D) Acceleration
58. Pick out the scalar quantity :(A) Force (B) Pressure(C) Velocity (D) Acceleration
59. If the diameter of the hole is subject to considerable variation, then for locating in jigs and fixtures, thepressure type of locator used is :(A) Conical locator (B) Cylindrical locator(C) Diamond pin locator (D) Vee locator
60. Side rake angle of a single point cutting tool is the angle :(A) By which the face of the tool is inclined towards back(B) By which the face of the tool is inclined sideways(C) Between the surface of the flank immediately below the point and a plane at right angles to the centre line of
the point of the tool(D) Between the surface of the flank immediately below the point and a line drawn from the point perpendicular
to the base
61. Internal gears can be made by :(A) Hobbing (B) Shaping with pinion cutter(C) Shaping with rack cutter (D) Milling
62. Drilling is an example of :(A) Orthogonal cutting (B) Oblique cutting(C) Simple cutting (D) Uniform cutting
63. The ideal resistance value for a resistor having blue, gray, red and silver bands is :(A) 612 ohms (B) 6,120 ohms(C) 6,800 ohms (D) 6,460 ohms
64. A capacitor and a resistor are connected in series to a sine wave generator. The frequency is set sothat the capacitive reactance is equal to the resistance and, thus, an equal amount of voltage appearsacross each component. If the frequency is increased then :(A) VR > VC (B) VC > VR
(C) VR = VC (D) VR and VC = 0
65. Capacitor of 0.02 F is larger than :(A) 0.000020 F (B) 200,000 pF(C) 2,000 pF (D) All of the above
66. An electric heater draws 3.5 A from a 110 V source. The resistance of the heating element isapproximately :(A) 385 ohms (B) 38.5 ohms(C) 3.1 ohms (D) 31.4 ohms
67. The conductive loop on the rotor of a simple two-pole, single-phase generator rotates at a rate of 400 rps.The frequency of the induced output voltage is :(A) 40 Hz (B) 100 Hz(C) 400 Hz (D) 200 Hz
68. To reduce electrical resistance between the skin and electrode, use of ______ between the electrodesurface and skin is recommended.(A) Saline soaked felt pads (B) Non inverting electrode terminals(C) Inverting electrode terminals (D) Earth ring
69. EMG is an instrument used for measuring electrical activity of_______.(A) Muscles (B) Brain(C) Skin (D) Heart
70. In EEG pre amplifier ionic current from ______ is transformed into electrical currents.(A) Surface of cerebrum (B) Cerebral tissue(C) Brain stem (D) Medula oblongata
71. EEG machines have notch filters to eliminate :(A) Noise (B) Un-damped oscillations(C) Frequency interference (D) Muscle artifacts
72. In order to ground the patient more effectively during recording of ECG, an auxiliary amplifier isconnected in a _________ circuit so that the patient is actively driven to ground potential and drivesthe to zero common mode voltage.(A) Positive feedback (B) Clipping(C) Differentiator (D) Negative feedback
73. Every 10ºC rise in temperature the reverse saturation current of diode :(A) Doubles (B) Halves(C) Triples (D) No change
74. The forbidden energy gap for silicon is :(A) 0.67 eV (B) 0.97 eV(C) 1.1 eV (D) 1.7 eV
75. Operational amplifier characteristics are which of the following ?(A) Low input impedance (B) Infinite gain(C) Output impedance equal to output impedance (D) Infinite Output impedance
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 10
Rough Work
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 11
Rough Work
M.Tech. (Instrumentation)-A/BDU-22258 12 124
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the staple (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 60 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observer whosedecision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. Benzene is a ...................
(A) Saturated hydrocarbon (B) Unsaturated hydrocarbon
(C) Super saturated hydrocarbon (D) All
2. Isomers which can be interconvertible through rotation around a single bond are :
(A) Conformers (B) Diastereomers
(C) Enantiomers (D) Positional isomers
3. A functional group common to both amines and amides is :
(A) -COOH (B) -CHO
(C) -NH2 (D) -OH
4. Which one is not a colligative property of a solution ?
(A) Osmotic Pressure (B) Lowering of vapour pressure
(C) Molecular weight (D) Depression freezing point
5. Which is mismatched ?
(A) Cerebrum–memory (B) Medulla oblongata – temperature regulation
(C) Cerebellum – equilibrium (D) Olfactory lobes–smell
6. The fluorescence emission of the following compound is enhanced upon protonation due to :
(A) Cancelation of PET process (B) Modulation of ICT
(C) FRET (D) Eximer formation
7. The stoichiometry of inorganic metal complex is generally determined from :
(A) Stern–Volmer plot (B) Job plot
(C) Benesi–Hilderbrand plot (D) Arrhenius plot
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/A
N
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 3
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 4
8. Certain crystals produced electric signals on application of pressure; this phenomenon is called :
(A) Ferroelectricity (B) Pyroelectricity
(C) Piezoelectricity (D) Ferrielectricity
9. The movement of solvent molecules through semi-permeable membrane is called :
(A) Electrophoresis (B) Electrolysis
(C) Osmosis (D) Cataphorosis
10. Ions involved in the conduction of nerve impulse is :
(A) Na+, K+ (B) Na+, Ca2+
(C) Ca2+, Mg2+ (D) K+, Mg2+
11. The chemical properties of an atom are primarily determined by the number of :
(A) neutrons it has in its nucleus (B) isotopes it forms
(C) protons it has in its nucleus (D) electrons it has in its outermost energy level
12. Global warming is related to energy use because :
(A) fossil fuel burning releases CO2
(B) renewable energy sources causes harmful emission
(C) fossil fuel sources are costly
(D) renewable sources of energy are not available
13. A black body emits :
(A) radiation of all wave lengths (B) no radiations
(C) radiations of only one wavelength (D) radiations of selected wavelengths
14. For a process to be spontaneous
(A) G must be –ve (B) G should be + ve
(C) H must be –ve (D) S must be –ve
15. Ribose sugar is present in :
(A) RNA only (B) RNA polymerase and ATP
(C) RNA and ATP (D) RNA polymerase, RNA and ATP
16. Stomata of a plant open due to :
(A) Influx of potassium ions (B) Efflux of potassium ions
(C) Influx of hydrogen ions (D) Influx of calcium ions
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 5 [Turn over
17. Which group of vertebrates comprises the highest number of endangered species ?(A) Mammals (B) Fishes
(C) Reptiles (D) Birds
18. Vitamin C is also otherwise known as :(A) Citric Acid (B) Ascorbic Acid
(C) Formic Acid (D) Acetic Acid
19. Among the following shapes which is having minimum surface area ?(A) Square (B) Circle
(C) Triangle (D) Rectangle
20. IPCC means :(A) Indian Penal for Climate Change (B) Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(C) International Public and Climate Change (D) Indian People and Climate Change
21. Continuity equation for a steady flow states that :(A) Velocity field is continuous at all points in flow field(B) The velocity is tangential to the streamlines(C) The steam function exists for steady flows(D) The efflux rate of mass through the control surfaces is zero.
22. A bar magnet is equivalent to_________.(A) solenoid carrying current (B) circular coil carrying current
(C) toroid carrying current (D) straight conductor carrying current
23. A certain current on passing through a galvanometer produces a deflection of 100 divisions. Whena shunt of one ohm is connected, the deflection reduces to 1 division. The galvanometer resistanceis :(A) 100 (B) 99
(C) 10 (D) 9.9
24. The Euler equation of motion for the flow for an ideal fluid is derived considering the principle ofconversation of :(A) Mass and the fluid as incompressible and viscous
(B) Momentum and the fluid as incompressible and viscous
(C) Momentum and the fluid as incompressible and inviscid
(D) Energy and the fluid as incompressible and inviscid.
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 6
25. Which of the following solids is a better conductor of electricity ?(A) Pure NaCl crystals (B) Diamond
(C) Graphite (D) Marble pieces
26. Insulin is secreted by :(A) –cells of pancreas (B) –cells of pancreas
(C) –cells of pancreas (D) liver cells
27. Nucleic acids are digested in which part of human alimentary canal ?(A) Mouth (B) Stomach
(C) Small intestine (D) Large intestine
28. DNA was first discovered as “nuclein” by :
(A) Meischer (B) Koch
(C) Fleming (D) Watson
29. If the other parameters are same, the range of a projectile is maximum when its angle of projectionis :
(A) 90° (B) 60°
(C) 45° (D) 30°
30. The acceleration due to gravity becomes (g/2), where g = acceleration due to gravity on the surfaceof the earth at a height equal to :
(A) R/2 (B) 2R
(C) R/4 (D) 4R
31. A Carnot engine has efficiency 25%. It operates between reservoirs of constant temperatures withtemperature difference of 80°C. What is the temperature of the low-temperature reservoir ?
(A) –25°C (B) 25°C
(C) –33°C (D) 33°C
32. What is the total number of moles of hydrogen gas contained in 9.03 × 1023 molecules ?
(A) 1.5 moles (B) 2.00 moles
(C) 0.02 moles (D) 0.03 moles
33. The S.I. unit of Electric charge is :
(A) Coulomb (B) Ampere
(C) Weber (D) Volt
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 7 [Turn over
34. The image formed by concave lens is :(A) Real (B) Virtual
(C) Real as well as virtual (D) No image forms
35. The Lenz’s law is in direct consequence of :(A) Conservation of momentum (B) Conservation of charge
(C) Conservation of energy (D) Conservation of angular momentum
36. The torgue experienced by magnetic dipole having dipole moment “M” placed in uniform magneticfield (B) is :(A) B × M (B) M × B
(C) Zero (D) M.B.
37. Optical fibre works on the principle of :(A) Refraction of light (B) Diffraction of light
(C) Polarization of light (D) Total internal Reflection
38. Pinus belongs to the class_______.(A) Gentopsida (B) Cycadopsida
(C) Coniferopsida (D) Sphenopsida
39. The half-life of a radioactive element is 15.0 h. Time required to decay 80 percent of a sample of thisnuclide is :(A) 34.8 h (B) 40 h
(C) 15 days (D) 30 h
40. Which date is observed as World Disabled Day ?
(A) 30 January (B) 1 May
(C) 15 March (D) 14 April
41. Which of the following dates is World Health Day ?
(A) 26 January (B) 28 February
(C) 1 March (D) 7 April
42. Which date is celebrated internationally as World Red Cross Day ?
(A) May 8 (B) April 30
(C) May 15 (D) November 30
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 8
43. Satish Dhawan Space Centre is situated in :
(A) Mumbai (B) Ahmedabad
(C) Sri Hari Kota (D) Baleswar
44. Name of the eminent scientist who was awarded Bharat Ratna in 2014 :
(A) C.N.R. Rao (B) Kasturi Rangan
(C) A.P. J. Kalam (D) K. Radhakrishnan
45. In the figure below, AD is a diameter of the circle with center O and AO = 5. What is the lengthof arc BCD ?
(A) /2 (B)
(C) 3/2 (D) 3
46. If m and p are positive integers and (m + p) × m is even, which of the following must be true ?
(A) If m is odd, then p is odd. (B) If m is odd, then p is even.
(C) If m is even, then p is odd. (D) None of above
47. De-abbreviate 3G :
(A) Three Generations (B) Third Generation
(C) Third Gear (D) Three Greates
48. De-abbreviate BC :
(A) Before Christ (B) Birth Control
(C) Bombay Cinema (D) All of above
49. De-abbreviate ROM :
(A) Read only memory (B) Ruins of Memorials
(C) Road of Mountains (D) Road of Rome
50. De-abbreviate BPL :
(A) British Petroleum Limited (B) Bharat Petroleum Limited
(C) Blood Pressure Limit (D) Below Poverty Line
A D
B C
36°O
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 9 [Turn over
51. The first mechanical calculating machine was made by :(A) William Oughtred (B) Gottfried Leibnitz(C) Blaise Pascal (D) Charles Babbage
52. Which blood group is considered as the universal recipient ?(A) A+ (B) B+(C) AB+ (D) O+
53. Sodium is usually estimated by which of the following analytical techniques ?(A) Flame Photometry (B) UV-Vis absorbance spectroscopy(C) High pressure liquid chromotography (D) Fluorescence spectrophotometry
54. Maximum Density of water is at :(A) 4°C (B) 0°C(C) 100°C (D) 272°C
55. Which one of the following is the cleanest source of energy ?(A) Hydropower (B) Fossil fuel(C) Nuclear power (D) Wind energy
56. Arsenic problem in India is primarily due to :(A) Overexploitation of arsenopyrite in the hinterland(B) Overexploitation of coal in Bihar and Bengal(C) Overexploitation of ground water in the affected areas(D) Overexploitation of surface water in the affected areas.
57. Acid rain is caused by :
(A) CO and CO2, (B) SO2 and O2
(C) SO2 and NO2 (D) NO2 and O2
58. Bacterial decomposition of biological material under aerobic condition is :(A) Fermentation (B) Fertilization(C) Contamination (D) Composting
59. When you go for shopping, what are you expected to do to save environment ?(A) Shop for products that have as little packaging as possible(B) In any store, use a bag even if it is not needed(C) Do not reduce the frequency of shopping(D) Buy paper towels and napkins
60. Climatic stress is caused by insufficient and/or excessive regime of :
(A) Temperature (B) Humidity
(C) Solar radiation (D) All the above
61. Organisms that generate energy using light are :
(A) oligotrophs (B) chaemorganotrophs
(C) chaemolithotrophs (D) photoautotrophs
62. Which one of the following does not contribute to conservation of water ?
(A) Waste water treatment (B) Waste land development
(C) Water shed protection (D) Rain water harvesting
63. Which of the following languages is more suited to a structured program ?
(A) PL/1 (B) FORTRAN
(C) BASIC (D) PASCAL
64. The arranging of data in a logical sequence is called :
(A) sorting (B) classifying
(C) reproducing (D) summarizing
65. A large computer designed to handle complex scientific calculations :
(A) may use only a firmed word-length storage approach
(B) will likely require a character addressable storage unit
(C) must use fixed length words of four characters each
(D) will not use numbered address locations
66. The light pen was developed in :
(A) 1942 (B) 1976
(C) 1950 (D) 1992
67. Which of following forms the strongest hydrogen bonding with itself ?
(A) Water (B) Methane
(C) Chloroform (D) Ether
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 10
68. Which of following is termed as Blue Vitrol ?
(A) Copper (II) nitrate (B) Copper(II) sulfate(hydrate)
(C) Zinc(II)sulfate (D) Zinc(II)nitrate
69. Lake test is used for the qualitative test of :
(A) Ni(II) (B) Cu(II)
(C) Al(III) (D) Hg(II)
70. Nitrous oxide is an :
(A) Orange colored gas (B) Highly flammable gas
(C) Bitter taste gas (D) Laughing gas
71. EDTA stands for :
(A) Ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid (B) Ethanol diamine tetra amide
(C) Ethanol diamine tetra acetic acid (D) Ethylene diamide tetra acetic acid
72. “There is a plenty of room at the bottom”. This was stated by :
(A) Albert Einstein (B) Richard Feynman
(C) Issac Newton (D) Eric Drexler
73. Asymmetrical structure of synthetic membrane was developed by :
(A) S.Sourirajan (B) Newton
(C) Laplace (D) Fick
74. Distillation is generally carried out at :
(A) Atmospheric pressure (B) 1 bar pressure
(C) Vaccume (D) 10 bar pressure
75. Dew point is the temperature at which :
(A) Vaporisation commences (B) Condensation Starts
(C) Mixing takes place (D) Boiling starts
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 11
Rough Work
M.Tech. (Nano Science and Nano Tech.)/BDU-22259-A 12 144
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.Tech. (Polymer)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. Which of the following statements is false concerning vulcanization of rubber ?(A) Vulcanization imparts greater strength to rubber.(B) Vulcanization is a process which adds cross-links to the hydrocarbon chains of rubber.(C) Vulcanization involves adding phosphorous to hot rubber.(D) Vulcanization makes rubber more elastic, allowing it to stretch without breaking.
2. Hot water (0.01 m3 / min) enters the tube side of a counter current shell and tube heat exchanger at80o C and leaves at 50o C. Cold oil (0.05 m3/min) of density 800 kg/m3 and specific heat of 2 kJ/kg.Kenters at 20o C. The log mean temperature difference in oC is approximately :(A) 32 (B) 37(C) 45 (D) 50
3. Which of the following statements is false concerning step-growth polymers ?(A) Step-growth polymers are also known as condensation polymers.(B) Polystyrene is this type of polymer.(C) A small molecule such as water or HCI is given off during polymerization.(D) Each monomer used to make step-growth polymers contains two functional groups.
4. Which of the following reagents may be used to initiate radical polymerization of styrene ?(A) HCI (B) peroxides(C) hydroxide ion (D) BF3
5. The dimensionless group in mass transfer that is equivalent to Prandtl number in heat transfer is :(A) Nusselt number (B) Sherwood number(C) Schmidt number (D) Stanton number
6. The thermal radiative flux from a surface of emissivity = 0.4 is 22.68 kW/m2. The approximate surfacetemperature (K) is (Stefan-Boltzman constant = 5.67 × 10-8 W/m2.K4)(A) 1000 (B) 727(C) 800 (D) 1200
7. In the McCabe-Thiele diagram, if the x-coordinate of the point of intersection of the q-line and thevapor-liquid equilibrium curve is greater than the x-coordinate of the feed point, then the quality of thefeed is :(A) super-heated vapor (B) liquid below bubble point(C) saturated vapor (D) saturated liquid
8. In petroleum refining, catalytic reforming is used to convert :(A) Paraffins and naphthenes to aromatics (B) Paraffins to hydrogen and carbon monoxide(C) Gas oil to diesel and gasoline (D) Light olefins to gasoline
M.Tech. (Polymer) / A
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 3 [Turn over
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 4
9. If the vapour pressure at two temperatures of a solid phase in equilibrium with its liquid phase areknown, then the latent heat of fusion can be calculated by the :(A) Maxwell's equation (B) Clayperon-Claussius equation(C) Van Laar equation (D) Nernst Heat Theorem
10. The accentric factor of a materical, '' is defined as log10 (Prsat)Tr
-1 = 0.7, where, Prsat = reduced
vapor pressure, Tr = reduced temperature. The value of accentric factor is always :(A) > 2 (B) < 1(C) > 1 (D) < 3
11. Neoprene is chemically known as :(A) polybutandiene (B) styrene butadiene rubber (SBR)(C) polyurethane (D) poly chloroprene
12. Activity co-efficient is a measure of the :(A) departure from ideal solution behaviour (B) departure of gas phase from ideal gas law(C) vapour pressure of liquid (D) to find out behavior of pure liquids
13. For many substances, the variation with temperature of the molar heat capacity at constant pressure isgiven by the expression :
2m.p TcbTaC
For copper, a = 22.64 J K-1 mol-1, b = 6.28 × 10-3 J K-2 mol-1 with the value of c being negligible. Estimatethe change in the molar enthalpy of copper when it is heated from 293 to 323 K.(A) +29.7 kJ mol-1 (B) +1.23 kJ mol-1
(C) +737 J mol-1 (D) +1.13 kJ mol-1
14. Joule-Thomson effect i.e., a throttling process is a constant ____________ process.(A) entropy (B) temperature(C) internal energy (D) enthalpy
15. In a mixing tank operating at very high Reynolds number (> 1 O), if the diameter of the impeller isdoubled (other conditions remaining constant), the power required increases by a factor of :(A) 1/32 (B) 1/4(C) 4 (D) 32
16. The organic acid monomer in nylon 66 is :(A) sebasic acid (B) terephthalic acid(C) adipic acid (D) benzoic acid
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 5 [Turn over
17. Which of the following is the most important rubber compounding ingredient which is used to improvewearing qualities of both natural rubber & SBR by imparting toughness ?(A) Phosphorous (B) Carbon black(C) Pine oil (D) Rosin
18. The starting material used for the manufacture of caprolactum is :(A) ethyl benzene (B) cyclohexane(C) ethylene glycol (D) DMT
19. The catalyst used in the manufacture of sulphuric acid by contact process is :(A) iron (B) aluminium oxide(C) nickel (D) vanadium pentoxide
20. A glass with high refractive index and used in optical instruments is :(A) Pyrex glass (B) Jena glass(C) Flint glass (D) Crookes glass
21. Which one of the following is used to manufacture ammonia synthesis gas from natural gas ?(A) Steam reforming (B) Partial oxidation(C) Electrolysis (D) Thermal pyrolysis
22. Spherical shape of droplets of mercury is due to its :(A) high adhesion (B) low vapour pressure(C) high surface tension (D) high density
23. Water is flowing under laminar conditions in a pipe of length L. If the diameter of the pipe is doubled,for a constant volumetric flow rate, the pressure drop across the pipe :(A) Decreases 2 times (B) Decreases 16 times(C) Increases 2 times (D) Increases 16 times
24. The viscosity of a gas :(A) increases with increase in temperature (B) decreases with increase in temperature(C) remains unaffected with change in temperature (D) is greater than the viscosity of a liquid
25. In a mercury differential manometer used for measuring pressure differences across a venturi meterin a water pipeline if an error of 1 mm has been made in observing a differential head of 20 mm thepercentage error in pressure difference is :(A) 4.76 (B) 0.05(C) 5 (D) 1
26. "Break-even point" is the point of intersection of :(A) fixed cost and total cost (B) total cost and sales revenue(C) fixed cost and sales revenue (D) none of these
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 6
27. Flash distillation is suitable for the separation of components :(A) which form maximum boiling azeotrope (B) having very wide boiling points(C) which form minimum boiling azeotrope (D) having very close boiling points
28. A machine has an initial value of Rs. 5,000, service life of 5 years and final salvage value of Rs. 1,000.The annual depreciation cost by straight line method is Rs. :(A) 300 (B) 600(C) 800 (D) 1000
29. Separation of two or more components of a liquid solution can not be achieved by :(A) liquid extraction (B) absorption(C) fractional crystallisation (D) evaporation
30. Air initially at 101.3 kPa and 40o C and with a relative humidity of 50 %, is cooled at constant pressureto 30o C. The cooled air has a :(A) higher dew point (B) higher wet bulb temperature(C) higher relative humidity (D) higher absolute (specific) humidity
31. In a gas-liquid absorption column, for obtaining the maximum absorption efficiency :(A) gas stream should be distributed uniformly(B) liquid stream should be distributed uniformly(C) both gas as well as liquid streams should be distributed uniformly(D) by passing should be completely avoided
32. ________ is the separation technique used for desalination of sea water.(A) Absorption (B) Thermal diffusion(C) Reverse osmosis (D) Adsorption
33. Extended heat transfer surface like fins are used to increase the heat transfer rate. Fin efficiency isdefined as the ratio of heat transferred across the fin surface to the theoretical heat transfer across anequal area held at the :(A) surrounding temperature (B) average temperature of the fin(C) temperature of the fin end (D) constant temperature equal to that of the base
34. Which of the following provides maximum contact surface for a liquid-vapour system ?(A) Wetted wall column (B) Seive-plate column(C) Packed tower (D) Bubble-cap plate column
35. The buoyant force on a floating/ submerged body is :(A) a force due to gravity and acts downward(B) equal to the weight of liquid displaced by the body and acts vertically upward(C) the resultant force on a body due to the fluid surrounding it(D) the force necessary to maintain equilibrium of a submerged body
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 7 [Turn over
36. Which of the following temperature measuring instruments need not to touch the object whosetemperature is being measured ?(A) Radiation/ infrared pyrometer (B) Thermo electric pyrometer(C) Mercury in glass thermometer (D) Filled system thermometer
37. Which of the following controllers has the least maximum deviation ?(A) P-controller (B) P-I-D controller(C) P-I controller (D) P-D controller
38. Steam distillation is used to :(A) reduce the number of plates (B) avoid thermal decomposition of a component(C) increase the efficiency of separation (D) increase the total pressure of distillation
39. The heat transfer co-efficient in film type condensation is _______ that for dropwise condensation.(A) greater than(B) lower than(C) is same as(D) half
40. Which has the lowest Prandtl number ?(A) Water (B) Liquid metal(C) Aqueous solution (D) Lube oil
41. N plug flow reactors in series with a total volume V gives the same conversion as a single plug flowreactor of volume V. The above statement is true for :(A) zero-order reactions only (B) first-order reactions only(C) second-order reactions only (D) all reaction orders
42. In a heat exchanger with steam outside the tubes, a liquid gets heated to 45o C, when its flow velocityin the tubes is 2 m/s. If the flow velocity is reduced to 1 m/s, other things remaining the same, thetemperature of the exit liquid will be :(A) more than 45o C (B) initially decreases and remains constant thereafter(C) less than 45o C (D) equal to 45o C
43. For turbulent flow in a tube, the heat transfer co-efficient is obtained from the Dittus-Boelter correlation.If the tube diameter is halved and the flow rate is doubled, then the heat transfer co-efficient willchange by a factor of :(A) 6.1 (B) 1(C) 1.74 (D) 1.63
44. Acetic acid will be most economically separated from a dilute solution of acetic acid in water by :(A) solvent extraction (B) continuous distillation(C) evaporation (D) absorption
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 8
45. Liquid A decomposes by irreversible first-order kinetics and the half-life period of this reaction is12 min. The time required for 75 % conversion of A is :(A) 21 min (B) 16 min(C) 24 min (D) 18 min
46. Antioxidants are added to rubber to protect it from the attack of light, heat & atmospheric ozone.Which of the following is an antioxidant used in rubber ?(A) Thiokol (B) Alkylated diphenyl amine(C) Carbon (D) Magnesium
47. In a shell and tube heat exchanger, floating head is used for :(A) high heat transfer co-efficient (B) large temperature differentials(C) less corrosion of tubes (D) low pressure drop
48. Wavelength corresponding to the maximum energy is inversely proportional to the absolute temperature.This is_______law.(A) Wien's (B) Stefan's(C) Kirchoff's (D) Dalton's
49. The half-life period of a first-order reaction (t1/2) and the rate constant (k) are related by :(A) t1/2 = k (B) t1/2 = 2.303/k(C) t1/2 = 0.693/k (D) t1/2 = 7.67/k
50. The space-velocity of 2 hr-1 means :(A) that every two hours one reactor volume of feed at specified conditions is being treated by the reactor(B) that two reactor volumes of feed at specified conditions are bring fed into the reactor per hour(C) that the actual reactor volume is double that of the optimum reactor volume(D) that one-half reactor volume of feed at specified conditions are being fed into the reactor.
51. In case of a shell and tube heat exchanger, the minimum and maximum baffle spacing is respectively(where, D = inside diameter of the shell) :(A) D/5 and D (B) D/2 and 2 D(C) D/4 and 2 D (D) D and 2 D
52. Addition of stabiliser during PVC manufacture is done to :(A) improve its impact strength (B) improve its elasticity(C) prevent its thermal degradation (D) reduce the melt viscosity & glass transition temperature
53. Perspex can be used as a substitute of glass. Its monomer is :(A) methyl methacrylate (B) DMT(C) tetrafluroethylene (D) butadiene
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 9 [Turn over
54. The half life for the acid-catalysed hydrolysis of sucrose to form glucose and fructose, which is firstorder overall, is 3.20 h at 25o C. What is the rate constant for the reaction at this temperature ?(A) 6.02 × 10-5 s-1 (B) 8.68 × 10-5 s-1
(C) 0.217 s-1 (D) 2.61 ×10-5 s-1
55. The Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) of a centrifugal pump is defined as the sum of the velocity headand the pressure head at the :(A) suction(B) suction minus vapor pressure of the liquid at suction temperature(C) discharge minus vapor pressure of the liquid at the discharge temperature(D) discharge
56. Tube side pressure drop in a 1-2 heat exchanger (for turbulent flow of fluids through the tubes) isabout_____times, that in a 1-1 heat exchanger having the same size & number of tubes and operatedat the same liquid flow rate.(A) 2 (B) 1/2(C) 4 (D) 8
57. A gas can be liquefied by pressure alone only, when its temperature is ______its critical temperature.(A) equal to or higher than (B) more than(C) less than (D) less than or equal to
58. Spherical shaped pressure vessel is considered to be the most ideal, because it can :(A) withstand higher pressure for a given metallic shell thickness(B) be fabricated very easily(C) be designed without wind load considerations(D) be supported very easily
59. Very fine suspended and colloidal impurities are removed from water by a process called :(A) disinfection (B) sedimentation(C) coagulation (D) softening
60. Raw materials for 'Solvay Process' for manufacture of the soda ash are :(A) salt, limestone and coke or gas (B) ammonia, salt and limestone(C) ammonia, limestone and coke (D) ammonium sulphate and lime
61. Which of the following is a dynamic characteristic of instruments ?(A) Time lag (B) Drift(C) Reproducibility (D) Span
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 10
62. In condenser, the cooling water is passed in the tube side in a pass arrangement, because :(A) it reduces heat transfer area (B) more thinner tubes can be used(C) pressure drop is reduced (D) it makes condenser compact
63. The equilibrium constant for the reaction CO(g) + H20(g) CO2(g) +H2(g) is K = 1.03 × 105 at298.15 K. Calculate the standard reaction Gibbs energy at this temperature.(A) -28.6 kJ mol-1 (B) -12.4 kJ mol-1
(C) -2.40 kJ mol-1 (D) -255 kJ mol-1
64. If your eyes are to mutate and become sensitive to slightly shorter wavelengths than they are now,what portion of the spectrum would become visible ?(A) X-ray (B) Infrared wavelengths(C) Red wavelengths (D) Ultraviolet wavelengths
65. If 3
2x)x(f then f-1(x) = ?
(A) 3x-2 (B) 2x-3(C) 3 / (x + 2) (D) Does not exist
66. Amino acids are the building blocks of ______________(A) carbohydrates (B) proteins(C) nucleic acids (D) lipids
67. Which is the most undesirable component in kerosene ?(A) i-paraffins (B) n-paraffins
(C) Aromatics (D) Naphthenes
68. Which of the following is a particular solution of the differential equation ?
23t5ydtdy 2
(A) 0.6 t2 - 0.24t + 0.448 (B) 0.6 t2 + 0.24t - 0.448(C) 0.6 t2 - 0.448 (D) 0.6 t2 + 0.448
69. If log 2 = 0.3010 and log 3 =0.4771, the value of log5 512 is :(A) 3.912 (B) 2.870(C) 3.876 (D) 2.967
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 11 [Turn over
70. At t = 0, the inverse Laplace transform of the function )1s)(1s(1
2 equals to :
(A) 0 (B) 1(C) 1/2 (D) 2
71. The partial differential equation
xyyz6
xz5 2
2
2
2
is classified as :
(A) elliptic (B) parabolic(C) hyperbolic (D) linear
72. Find the value of dxdy
at the point (-2, 1) for the function which is defined implicitly by 6yxyx 2
(A) 2.5 (B) 0.4(C) 2 (D) 1.5
73. Process of estimating the value of dependent variable at an intermediate value is called_________(A) Interpolation (B) Extrapolation(C) Estimation (D) Dependency
74. The solution of the equations 2x + y + 4z = 12, 4x + 11y - z = 33 and 8x -3y + 2z = 20 is :(A) x = -1, y = 2, z = 1 (B) x = 1, y = 2, z = 1(C) x = 3, y = 2, z = 1 (D) x = -1, y = -2, z = -1
75. Octanes number of gasoline is a measure of its :(A) knocking tendency (B) ignition delay(C) ignition temperature (D) smoke point
Rough Work
M.Tech. (Polymer) / BDU-22261-A 12 52
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : Masters in Public HealthTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. The outermost layer of skin is :(A) Stratum Lucidum (B) Stratum Malpighi(C) Stratum Corneum (D) Stratum granulosum
2. Stoppage of bleeding is called :(A) Hemostasis (B) Vascular Spasm(C) Thrombosis (D) Coagulation
3. Uricotelism is found in :(A) Frogs and Toads (B) Birds, reptiles and insects(C) Mammals and birds (D) Fishes and fresh water protozoans
4. A life-table is composed of :(A) Records of reproductive events in a life time (B) Lists of the current ages of individual in a population(C) A collection of pedigrees from the society (D) Mortality records based on age
5. Exponential growth occur when there is :(A) Asexual reproduction only (B) Sexual reproduction only(C) A fixed carrying capacity (D) No inhibition from crowding
6. Cryogenic storage of germplasm is done at :(A) -10°C (B) -40°C(C) -196°C (D) 4°C
7. Linus Pauling (1940) proposed :(A) Instructive theory for antibody production (B) Constructive theory for antibody production(C) Induced fit theory (D) Selective theory
8. Which of the following are the most abundant types of antibodies ?(A) IgA (B) IgE(C) IgG (D) IgM
9. Who is considered as the father of eugenics ?(A) Aristotle (B) Francois Galton(C) William Harvey (D) Karl Landsteiner
10. Human eye is sensitive only to wavelength ranging from :(A) 20-100 nm (B) 100-280 nm(C) 380-760 nm (D) 780-960 nm
Masters in Public Health/A
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 3 [Turn over
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 4
11. The basic chemical unit of pectin in the middle lamella is :(A) Galacturonic Acid (B) Glucuronic Acid(C) Mannuronic Acid (D) Pectinic Acid
12. Bone dissolving cells are known as :(A) Osteoclasts (B) Osteoblasts(C) Chondroblasts (D) Chondroclasts
13. Loss of one single chromosome creates a condition called :(A) Trisomy (B) Nullisomy(C) Monosomy (D) Haploid
14. A phosphate bond contains energy :(A) 8.3 k cal (B) 10 k cal(C) 11.7 k cal (D) 7.3 k cal
15. Which one of the following cells secrets testosterone ?(A) Spermatogonian (B) Leydig Cell(C) Sertoli Cells (D) Spermatocyte
16. Venous blood is carried to the lungs for oxygenation by the :(A) Pulmonary Arteries (B) Pulmonary Veins(C) Pulmonary arterio-venous shunt (D) Right Ventricle
17. Quinine the commonly used drug for malaria is obtained from a plant. What part of the plant yields thedrug ?(A) Leaves (B) Fruits(C) Root (D) Stem Bark
18. Phenylketonuria is a human disease. A person affected by the disease suffers from :(A) Kidney Failure (B) Liver Failure(C) Mental Idiocy (D) Sexual Infertility
19. Following disease results due to increased pressure within eyeball :(A) Cataract (B) Glaucoma(C) Optism (D) Refractive Error
20. Mumps is caused by :(A) Influenza Virus (B) Rubella Virus(C) Variola Virus (D) Varicella-zoster Virus
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 5 [Turn over
21. A bird wing and an insect wing is an example of :(A) Co-evolution (B) Analogous Structures(C) Homologous structures (D) Radiation
22. In which phase of mitosis the chromosome move forward the poles ?(A) Prophase (B) Metaphase(C) Telophase (D) Anaphase
23. Glucose-6-Phosphate is also known as :(A) Newberg's Ester (B) Robinson's Ester(C) Harden and Young's Ester (D) RuDP
24. ‘Burning Sole Syndrome’ is seen in deficiency of :(A) Riboflavin (B) Pyridoxine(C) Pantothenic Acid (D) Vitamin B12
25. The pancreatic duct transports secretions from the pancreas to the :(A) Stomach (B) Duodenum(C) Liver (D) Colon
26. National Brain Research Centre is located at :(A) Noida (B) Patiala(C) Gurgaon (D) Shimla
27. Where is the headquarter of UNICEF ?(A) Geneva (B) New York(C) Washington DC (D) California
28. Gini Coefficient is related with :(A) Education Distribution (B) Income Distribution(C) Morbidity Distribution (D) Mortality Distribution
29. Community Health Centre caters a population of :(A) 30,000-35,000 (B) 40,000-50,000(C) 80,000-1,20,000 (D) > 2,00,000
30. What is Perl rate ?(A) Success rate per hundred women years of exposure(B) Success rate per thousand women years of exposure(C) Failure rate per hundred women years of exposure(D) Failure rate per thousand women years of exposure
31. Fecundity is :(A) Birth Rate(B) Death Rate(C) Physiological capacity of a woman or man to produce a child(D) Number of female children born per thousand population
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 6
32. Which one is not a target of NRHM ?(A) IMR reduced to 20/1000 live births by 2012(B) MMR reduced to 100/100000 live births by 2012(C) TFR reduced to 2.1 by 2012(D) TB DOTs services-maintain 85% cure through mission period
33. Who are not the beneficiaries of ICDS ?(A) Children below 6 years (B) Pregnant and lactating women(C) Elderly persons (D) Adolescent girls
34. Contamination of mustard oil with argemon oil causes :(A) Albinism (B) Glactosemia(C) Dropsy (D) Lathyrism
35. Black death is associated with :(A) Anthrax (B) Plague(C) HINI (D) TB
36. Mid day meal program provides food grains at the rate of :(A) One Kg minimum per child per month (B) Two Kg minimum per child per month(C) Three Kg minimum per child per month (D) Four Kg minimum per child per month
37. Golden triangle is a measure for :(A) Problem related to malnutrition (B) Problem related to drug abuse(C) Problem related to adolescents (D) Problem related to pregnant women
38. Rorschach test is a :(A) Test for Blood Sugar (B) Test for Hypertension(C) Test for Personality (D) Test for AIDS
39. ‘One Dietary Cycle’ comprises of :(A) 24 hrs (B) 48 hrs(C) 7 days (D) 1 month
40. Which state has maximum number of persons Below Poverty Line (BPL) ?(A) Bihar (B) Orissa(C) U.P. (D) Rajasthan
41. Dr. M.S. Swaminathan Report was submitted on :(A) National Health Policy (B) National Population Policy(C) National Blood Policy (D) National Youth Policy
42. According to census highest population density is in :(A) Bihar (B) Delhi(C) U.P. (D) Rajasthan
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 7 [Turn over
43. Health manpower is indicated by which of the following ?(A) Doctor 1 per 3500 population (B) ANM 1 per > 1000 population(C) Lab technician 1 per 10000 population (D) Pharmacist 1 per 100000 population
44. Percentage of Health Expenditure to GDP is highest in :(A) India (B) China(C) Sri Lanka (D) USA
45. Rural sanitation programme :(A) Launched in 1934 (B) Launched in 1944(C) Launched in 1954 (D) Launched in 1964
46. Ombrophobia is the fear of :(A) Forest (B) Darkness(C) Shadow (D) Rain
47. When is the World Diabetes Day observed ?(A) 1st May (B) 14th November(C) 15th June (D) 30th December
48. Confirmatory test for HIV is :(A) Northern Blot (B) Eastern Blot(C) Western Blot (D) Southern Blot
49. At birth immunization required is :(A) BCG and OPV-O (B) DPT-1(C) DPT-1 and OPV-1 (D) Measles
50. Secular trends are :(A) Short Term Fluctuation (B) Seasonal Fluctuation(C) Cyclic Fluctuation (D) Long Term Fluctuation
51. Besides 3 D's (Diarrhoea, Dermatitis & Dementia) of Niacin deficiency, 4th D indicates :(A) Disability (B) Destruction(C) Debilitation (D) Death
52. According to Biomedical Waste Management Act, 1998 there are :(A) 14 Categories of waste (B) 12 Categories of waste(C) 10 Categories of waste (D) 8 Categories of waste
53. A functionalist theory that outlines the privileges and expectations associated with being legitimatelysick in contemporary society is called :(A) Best Role (B) Weak Role(C) Normal Role (D) Sick Role
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 8
54. The theory that old age is a ‘golden age’ is also called :(A) First age theory (B) Second age theory(C) Third age theory (D) Fourth age theory
55. The gender means :(A) The biological differences between men and women(B) The physical differences between men and women(C) The genetic difference between men and women(D) The social, cultural and psychological differences between men and women
56. The product of those structures, ideology and discourses that privilege and maintain a dominant maleview of the world :(A) Realms (B) Phenomenology(C) Patriarchy (D) Social actors
57. The study of how, in principal, we gain knowledge about social world, in case of social research :(A) Empiricism (B) Epistemology(C) Ethnicity (D) Ethnography
58. Kuppuswamay's Scale is used for :(A) Urban Areas (B) Rural Areas(C) For both Urban and Rural areas (D) For both Slum and Rural areas
59. Getting married within the same caste or group is called :(A) Polyandry (B) Polygamy(C) Endogamy (D) Exogamy
60. A cultural contact between two or more cultures is called :(A) Customs (B) Rituals(C) Mores (D) Acculturation
61. The amount of money a consumer is willing to pay for additional units of a good or service is called :(A) Reflected Price (B) Shadow Price(C) Mirror Price (D) Double Price
62. Literacy rate is the percentage of persons above :(A) 5 years who can read and write with understanding any language(B) 7 years who can read and write with understanding any language(C) 9 years who can read and write with understanding any language(D) 11 years who can read and write with understanding any language
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 9 [Turn over
63. The major source of the pollutant gas, carbon monoxide (CO), in urban areas is :(A) Thermal power sector (B) Transport sector(C) Industrial sector (D) Domestic sector
64. In a fuel cell driven vehicle, the energy is obtained from the combustion of :(A) Methane (B) CNG(C) LPG (D) Hydrogen
65. Eutrophication is :(A) An improved water quality status of lakes(B) The result of accumulation of plant nutrients in water bodies(C) A process in the carbon cycle(D) A water purification technique
66. Richter Scale is used to measure the earthquake's :(A) Amplitude (B) Frequency(C) Intensity (D) Epicenter
67. Bandipur National Park is in :(A) M.P. (B) U.P.(C) Rajasthan (D) Karnataka
68. MPN Multiple Tube Method is done to :(A) Detect the presence of Coliform organisms in a sample of water(B) Detect the presence of Faecal streptococci in a sample of water(C) Detect the prsence of Clostridium Perfringens in a sample of water(D) Do the colony count of bacteria
69. Polythene is industrially prepared by the polymerisation of :(A) Methane (B) Styrene(C) Acetylene (D) Ethylene
70. Earth was formed :(A) 4600 million years ago (B) 3800 million years ago(C) 1200 million years ago (D) 600 million years ago
71. Barium is used for :(A) Checking blood group (B) X-ray of alimentary canal(C) X-ray of Brain (D) X-ray of Heart
72. Which is the oldest pollution related law in India ?(A) Forest Act (B) Indian Penal Code(C) Code of Criminal Procedure (D) Shore (Bombay) Nuisance Act
73. Punjab is the only state in India where burning of rice husk is banned. The ban was imposed in :(A) 1985 (B) 1988(C) 1993 (D) 1995
74. For how long CFCs stay in the atmosphere ?
(A) About one year (B) About 20 years(C) About 100 years (D) About 1000 years
75. Soiling index is a measure of :(A) Soil Pollution (B) Water Pollution(C) Noise Pollution (D) Air Pollution
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 10
Rough Work
Masters in Public Health/BDU-22256-A 11 56
CET(PG)2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculators is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. Total food grains production in India during 2012-13 was in millions tones :(A) 250 (B) 300(C) 275 (D) 245
2. The gross fiscal deficit measured as percentage of GDP during 2012-13 was :(A) 7 (B) 2.6(C) 5.1 (D) 9
3. The population of India during 2010-11 was in millions :(A) 1210 (B) 1310(C) 1100 (D) 1175
4. Per captia net national income in current prices in rupees during 2012-13 :(A) 68747 (B) 75747(C) 60747 (D) 55747
5. Non Development expenditure includes one of following :(A) Irrigation (B) Real estate(C) Subsidies (D) Power
6. Feudalistic economy is dominated by :(A) Entrepreneurs (B) Landlords(C) Workers (D) Managers
7. In short run which factor can not be varied ?(A) Labour (B) Capital(C) Raw materials (D) None of above
8. In case of inelastic demand curve the demand curve is :(A) Vertical (B) Horizontal(C) Downward (D) Upward
9. The kinked demand curve explains :(A) Price flexibility (B) Price rigidity(C) Demand rigidity (D) Demand flexibility
10. Price leadership is a form of :(A) Monopolistic competition (B) Collusive oligopoly(C) Non collusive oligopoly (D) Imperfect competition
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)English Version :
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/A/BDU-22267 3 [Turn over
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 4
11. Full capacity is utilized only when there is :(A) Perfect competion (B) Imperfect competion(C) Monopolistic competion (D) Oilgopoly
12. Isoquants are convex to origin because of :(A) Diminishing MRTS (B) Increasing MRTS(C) Diminishng return to scale (D) Increasing return to scale
13. In India FERA has been replaced by :(A) FEMA (B) FEPA(C) FETA (D) FENA
14. In India agricultural income is calculated through :(A) Output method (B) Income method(C) Expenditure method (D) Commodity flow method
15. Share of tertiary sector in Indian economy is near :(A) 70 percent (B) 35 percent(C) 48 percent (D) 55 percent
16. Greatest part of India income is used for :(A) Private consumption (B) Public consumption(C) Investment (D) Defence expenditure
17. According to Keynes, consumption is function of :(A) Rate of interest (B) Capital(C) Income (D) Saving
18. In India major portion of saving originates from :(A) Government (B) Household(C) Business (D) Public enterprises
19. IS–LM curves were given by :(A) Keynes (B) Hansen(C) Hicks (D) Samuelson
20. The law Supply creates its own demand was given by :(A) Hicks (B) Says(C) Ricardo (D) Marshall
21. Which is the most liquid asset ?(A) Shares (B) Bonds(C) Saving account deposit (D) Fixed account deposit
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 5 [Turn over
22. Which is risk free investments ?(A) Shares (B) Debentures(C) Treasury bills (D) Bonds
23. Corporate tax is tax on company’s :(A) Profits (B) Revenue(C) Investment (D) Sales
24. Keynes assumes rigidity in :(A) Savings (B) Investments(C) Interest rates (D) National Income
25. Poverty in India is measured in terms of :(A) Calories (B) Housing(C) Clothes (D) Education
26. Vicious circle of poverty was given by :(A) Robinson (B) Nurkse(C) Freidman (D) Meade
27. Who developed theory of unlimited supply of labour ?(A) Keynes (B) Kaldor(C) Lewis (D) Hirchman
28. Concept of disguised unemployment was given by :(A) Kuznets (B) Galbraith(C) Nurkse (D) Kaldor
29. Demonstration effect leads to increase in :(A) Savings (B) Consumption(C) Investment (D) Income
30. Perspective planning refers to :(A) Annual plan (B) Five year plan(C) Rolling plan (D) Long term plan
31. Asian Drama is written by :(A) Galbraith (B) Myrdal(C) Nurkse (D) Sen
32. For economic development Schumpeter gave key role to :(A) Politicians (B) Civil servants(C) Money lenders (D) Innovators
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 6
33. SLR rate in India as in April 2014 :(A) 36 percent (B) 30 percent(C) 25 percent (D) 15 percent
34. In long run the Phillips curve is :(A) Upward (B) Downward(C) Vertical (D) Horizontal
35. Autarky signifies :(A) Self sufficiency (B) Isolation(C) Maximum exports (D) Maximum imports
36. Which one is promoting free trade across world ?(A) UNDF (B) UNICEF(C) WTO (D) NATO
37. During 1991 who was Finance Minster of India ?(A) Yashwant Singh (B) P.V. Narsimha Rao(C) Manmohan Singh (D) Charan Singh
38. Mercantilism originated in :(A) France (B) Germany(C) Britain (D) USA
39. For bringing equality of income, taxation should be :(A) Regressive(B) Proportional(C) Progressive(D) None of the above
40. Invisible account of foreign trade includes :(A) Transfer payments (B) Defence payments(C) Interest payments (D) Gold payments
41. Which of the following has highest exports during 2010-11 ?(A) Tea (B) Ready made garments(C) Gems and Jewellery (D) Transport equipments
42. Nationalisation of 14 banks took place in :(A) 1965 (B) 1969(C) 1971 (D) 1985
43. Which budget is passed separately in India ?(A) Defence (B) Railways(C) Research (D) Airways
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 7 [Turn over
44. Minimum alternative tax is levied on :(A) Income tax (B) Sales Tax(C) Custom duty (D) Corporate tax
45. Green Revolution mainly increased production of :(A) Bajra (B) Maize(C) Wheat (D) Oilseeds
46. MRTP Act was passed in :(A) 1966 (B) 1969(C) 1972 (D) 1991
47. BIMARU states represents :(A) Poor states (B) Rich states(C) North East states (D) Eastern states
48. Investment in public works is known as :(A) Revenue expenditure (B) Current exprnditure(C) Capital expenditure (D) Working expenditure
49. When firm experiences economies of scale, its cost curve goes :(A) Downwards (B) Upwards(C) Remains same (D) Became vertical
50. The law of demand is :(A) An indicative statement (B) An illustrative statement(C) A selective statement (D) A qualitative statement
51. The national income is estimated by :(A) Planning Commission (B) Finance Commission(C) Reserve Bank of India (D) Central Statistical Organization
52. Which one is a direct tax ?(A) Income tax (B) Custom duty(C) Sales tax (D) Excise duty
53. Trade in invisibles refers to :(A) Unrecorded trade (B) Smuggling(C) Trade in military goods (D) Trade in services
54. The marginal revenue curve can be derived from the :(A) Supply curve (B) Demand curve(C) Cost curve (D) Market curve
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 8
55. Which unit of valuation in known as “paper gold” ?(A) Petro dollar (B) Euro dollar(C) GDR (D) SDR
56. Which of the following is not a source of public revenue ?(A) Taxes (B) Borrowings(C) Subsidies (D) Earning of Public enterprises
57. Which is not a part of new economic reforms in India ?(A) Globalisation (B) Privatisation(C) Centralisation (D) Liberalisation
58. Amartya Sen was awarded Nobel Prize in area of :(A) Econometrics (B) Welfare economics(C) Development economics (D) Monetary economics
59. Federal Reserve is the central bank of :(A) Britain (B) USA(C) Japan (D) Canada
60. The rate at which banks lend to RBI is known as :(A) Bank rate (B) Repo rate(C) Reverse repo rate (D) Compound interest rate
61. Fiscal deficit is :(A) Total income less government borrowing (B) Total expenditure less toal receipts(C) Total receipts less capital receipts (D) Total expenditure less total receipts excluding borrowing
62. Capital market regulator is :(A) SEBI(B) RBI(C) IRDA(D) BSE
63. In the term BRIC, R stands for :(A) Russia (B) Romania(C) Regulation (D) Region
64. Vimal is brand of which group ?(A) Vardhman (B) Aditya Birla(C) Reliance (D) Raymonds
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 9 [Turn over
65. Who is Indira Nooyi ?(A) CEO of Coke (B) CEO of Pepsi(C) CEO of HDFC Bank (D) CEO of ICICI Bank
66. Which one is primary source of energy in India ?(A) Coal (B) Hydel power(C) Natural gas (D) Naptha
67. Yuan currency belongs to :(A) China (B) Thailand(C) Indonesia (D) South Korea
68. Airtel is brand name of :(A) Bharti (B) Reliance(C) Tata (D) Birla
69. Poverty rate during 2012 in India is :(A) 40 percent (B) 31 percent(C) 23 percent (D) 15 percent
70. Which was first country to launch micro finance ?(A) India (B) China(C) Bangladesh (D) Russia
71. Bharat Nirman Yojana was started in :(A) 2000 (B) 2005(C) 2007 (D) 2008
72. Open market operation is part of :(A) Fiscal policy (B) Credit policy(C) Labour policy (D) Industrial policy
73. MCX is the index of which stock exchanges of India ?(A) NSE (B) BSE(C) Delhi Stock Exchange (D) Multi Commodity Stock Exchange
74. Main bearer of burden of indirect taxes is :(A) Manufacturers (B) Traders(C) Consumers (D) Tax payers
75. What does NPA stand for in banking environment ?(A) Net performing assets (B) New potential accounts(C) Non performing assets (D) Net profitable assets
Rough Work
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 10
Rough Work
M.B.E. (Master of Business Economics)/BDU-22267 11 ???
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet and
Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : MBACITTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. Which one of the following pairs is correctly matched ?(A) F.W. Taylor—Scientific Management (B) Henry Fayol—Human Relations Approach(C) Elton Mayo—Psychological Approach (D) Marry Parker Follet—Universality of Management
2. Need-Hierarchy Theory was propounded by :(A) P.F. Drucker (B) Abraham Maslow(C) Mc-Farland (D) Elton Mayo
3. The euro is the name for :(A) a currency deposited outside its country of origin(B) a bond sold internationally outside of the country in whose currency the bond is denominated(C) the common European currency(D) a type of sandwich
4. EOQ is the order quantity that :(A) minimizes total ordering costs (B) minimizes total carrying costs(C) minimizes total inventory costs (D) the required safety stock
5. Which of the following would be included in a cash budget ?(A) Depreciation charges (B) Dividends(C) Goodwill (D) Patent Amortization
6. The gross profit margin is unchanged, but the net profit margin declined over the same period. Thiscould have happened if :(A) Cost of goods sold increased relative to sales (B) Indirect expenses increased relative to sales(C) The Government increased the tax rate (D) Dividends were decreased
7. A major advantage of the corporate form of organization is :(A) Reduction of double taxation (B) Limited owner liability(C) Legal Restrictions (D) Ease of organization
8. A private company can commence business :(A) As per its wish(B) After obtaining Certificate of Incorporation(C) After obtaining the Certificate of commencement of business(D) None of these
MBACIT/A
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 3 [Turn over
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 4
9. Doctrine of Constructive Notice means :(A) Notice must be given to every member before entering into any agreement(B) The company must give notice to the ROC(C) The person dealing with the comapny is assumed to have notice of the documents registered with the ROC(D) None of these
10. An entry to record 2 or more transactions of a similar nature occuring on the same day is known as :(A) Journal Entry(B) Special Entry(C) Main Entry(D) Compound Journal Entry
11. The famous case of Salomon V. Salomon deals with :(A) The perpetual succession (B) Common seal(C) Separate Legal Entity (D) Rights of Shareholders
12. Auditor of public company is appointed by :(A) Company Secretary (B) Shareholders in general meeting(C) Board of Directors (D) Securities and Exchange Board of India
13. Max Weber is associated with :(A) Theory of Scientific Management (B) Theory of Bureaucracy(C) Theory of Motivation (D) Principles of Management
14. The decisions taken at the middle and lower levels of management within the framework of policiesand procedures for actual execution of the work are known as :(A) Strategic Decisions (B) Operative Decisions(C) Group Decisions (D) Organizational Decisions
15. The word communication has been derived from the word Communis of _______Origin.(A) Latin (B) Greek(C) Roman (D) French
16. An increase in the money supply causes :(A) Interest rates to fall, investment spending to rise, and aggregate demand to rise(B) Interest rates to rise, investment spending to rise, and aggregate demand to rise(C) Interest rates to rise, investment spending to fall, and aggregate demand to fall(D) Interest rates to fall, investment spending to fall, and aggregate demand to fall
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 5 [Turn over
17. Which of the following would cause the demand curve for automobiles to shift to the left ?(A) an increase in the price of the automobiles(B) an increase in the interest rate paid to borrow money to pay for the automobile(C) an increase in buyer's incomes(D) an increase in the cost of production of automobiles
18. A type of unemployment in which workers are in-between jobs or are searching for new and better jobsis called________unemployment.(A) Frictional (B) Cyclical(C) Structural (D) Turnover
19. The period of the business cycle in which real GDP is increasing is called the :(A) Expansion (B) Peak(C) Recession (D) Trough
20. The Phillips curve describes the relationship between :(A) The government budget deficit and the trade deficit(B) Savings and Investment(C) The unemployment rate and the inflation rate(D) Mariginal tax rates and tax revenues
21. High levels of both inflation and unemployment is known as :(A) Stagflation (B) Inflation(C) Saturation (D) Depression
22. The frequency at which one unit of currency is used to purchase domestically-produced goods andservices within a given time period is known as :(A) Velocity of money (B) Frequency of money(C) Speed of money (D) Buoyancy of money
23. The acronym SDR stands for :(A) Special Drawing Right (B) Social Drawing Right(C) Special Discount Rate (D) Social Disclosure Rate
24. The central banking functions in India are performed by the :(A) Central Bank of India (B) Reserve Bank of India(C) State Bank of India (D) Punjab National Bank
25. Gilt-edged market means :(A) Bullion Market (B) Market of government securities(C) Market of guns (D) Market of pure metals
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 6
26. Devaluation of a currency means :(A) Official reduction in the value of a currency vis-a-vis major internationally traded currencies(B) Permitting the currency to seek its worth in the international market(C) Fixing the value of the currency in conjunction with the movement in the value of a basket of pre-determined
currencies(D) Fixing the value of currency in multilateral consultation with the IMF, the World Bank and major trading
partners27. In the second nationalization of commercial banks,_______banks were nationalized.
(A) 4 (B) 6(C) 8 (D) 5
28. If the Cash Reserve Ratio is lowered by the RBI, its impact on credit creation will be to :(A) Increase it (B) Decrease it(C) No impact (D) None of the above
29. Excise duty is a tax levied on the :(A) Import of goods (B) Export of goods(C) Production of goods (D) Sale of goods
30. Revenue of the state government is raised from the following sources, except :(A) Entertainment Tax (B) Expenditure Tax(C) Agricultural Income Tax (D) Land Revenue
31. The brain of any computer system is :(A) ALU (B) Memory(C) CPU (D) Control Unit
32. Which of the following computer languages is used for artificial intelligence ?(A) FORTRAN (B) PROLOG(C) C (D) COBOL
33. An optical input device that interprets pencil marks on paper media is :(A) O.M.R. (B) Punch Card Reader(C) Optical Scanners (D) Magnetic Tape
34. Which printer uses a combination of laser-beam & electro photographic techniques ?(A) Laser Printers (B) Dot-Matrix(C) Line Printer (D) Daisy Wheel
35. The arranging of data in a logical sequence is called :(A) Sorting (B) Classifying(C) Reproducing (D) Summarising
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 7 [Turn over
36. A file containing relatively permanent data is :(A) Random File (B) Transaction File(C) Master File (D) Sequential File
37. Communication that involves computers, establishing a link through the telephone system is called :(A) Telecommunication (B) Teleprocessing(C) Tele reporting (D) Micro processing
38. Which kind of devices allow the user to add components and capabilities to a computer system ?(A) Expansion slots (B) System board(C) Input board (D) Storage device
39. Group of instructions that direct a computer is called :(A) Programme (B) Storage(C) Memory (D) Logic
40. When the time to establish link is large and the size of data is small, the preferred mode of datatransfer is :(A) Circuit Switching (B) Packet Switching(C) Electronic Switching (D) Random Switching
41. Which of the following is a part of the Central Processing Unit ?(A) Mouse (B) Printer(C) Arithmetic Logic Unit (D) Keyboard
42. A device or system not directly connected to the CPU is :(A) Mouse (B) Online(C) Offline (D) Memory
43. A step-by-step procedure used to solve a problem is called :(A) Operating System (B) Algorithm(C) Application Programme (D) Application Route
44. A technique for processing jobs on a first-come, first-served basis is known as :(A) FIFO (B) GIGO Cable(C) FAX (D) FOFI
45. A device mounted on a communication satellite which receives, amplifies and re-transmits signals fromearth station is :(A) Transistor (B) Transponder(C) Track (D) Terminal
46. Look at this series : 7, 10, 8, 11, 9, 12,...... What number should come next ?(A) 7 (B) 10(C) 12 (D) 13
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 8
47. Look at this series : 36, 34, 30, 28, 24,...... What number should come next ?(A) 20 (B) 22(C) 23 (D) 26
48. Odometer is to mileage as compass is to :(A) Speed (B) Direction(C) Hiking (D) Needle
49. Marathon is to race as hibernation is to :(A) Winter (B) Bear(C) Dream (D) Sleep
50. Eileen is planning a special birthday dinner for her husband's 25th birthday. She wants the evening to bememorable, but her husband is a simple man who would rather be in jeans at a baseball game than in asuit at a fancy restaurant. Which restaurant below should Eileen choose ?(A) Alfredo's offers fine Italian cuisine and an elegant Tuscan decor. Patrons will feel as though they've spent the
evening in a luxurious Italian villa.(B) Pancho's Mexican Buffet is an all-you-can-eat family style smorgasbord with the best tacos in town.(C) The Parisian Bistro is a four-star French restaurant where guests are treated like royalty. Chef Dilbert Olay
is famous for his beef bourguignon.(D) Marty's serves delicious, hearty meals in a charming setting reminiscent of a baseball clubhouse in honor of
the owner, Marty Lester, a former major league baseball all-star.51. The school principal has received complaints from parents about bullying in the school yard during
recess. He wants to investigate and end this situation as soon as possible, so he has asked the recessaides to watch closely. Which situation should the recess aides report to the principal ?(A) A girl is sitting glumly on a bench reading a book and not interacting with her peers.(B) Four girls are surrounding another girl and seem to have possession of her backpack.(C) Two boys are playing a one-on-one game of basketball and are arguing over the last basket scored.(D) Three boys are huddled over a handheld video game, which isn't supposed to be on school grounds.
52. Statements :(I) The prices of petrol and diesel in the domestic market have remained unchanged for the past few
months.(II) The crude oil prices in the international market have gone up substantially in the last few months.(A) Statement I is the cause and Statement II is its effect(B) Statement II is the cause and Statement I is its effect(C) Both the Statements I and II are independent causes(D) Both the Statements I and II are effects of independent causes.
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 9 [Turn over
53. Statemensts:(I) The government has recently fixed the fees for professional courses offered by the unaided
institutions which are much lower than the fees charged last year.(II) The parents of the aspiring students launched a severe agitation last year protesting against the
high fees charged by the unaided institutions.(A) Statement I is the cause and Statement II is its effect(B) Statement II is the cause and Statement I is its effect(C) Both the Statements I and II are independent causes(D) Both the Statements I and II are effects of independent causes.
54. Vincent has a paper route. Each morning, he delivers 37 newspapers to customers in his neighbourhood.It takes Vincent 50 minutes to deliver all the papers. If Vincent is sick or has other plans, his friendThomas, who lives on the same street, will sometimes deliver the papers for him.(A) Vincent and Thomas live in the same neighbourhood.(B) It takes Thomas more than 50 minutes to deliver the papers.(C) It is dark outside when Vincent begins his deliveries.(D) Thomas would like to have his own paper route.
55. The Pacific Yew is an evergreen tree that grows in the Pacific Northwest. The Pacific Yew has a fleshy,poisonous fruit. Recently, taxol, a substance found in the bark of the Pacific Yew, was discovered to bea promising new anticancer drug.(A) Taxol is poisonous when taken by healthy people.(B) Taxol has cured people from various diseases.(C) People should not eat the fruit of the Pacific Yew.(D) The Pacific Yew was considered worthless until taxol was discovered.
56. Tim's commute never bothered him because there were always seats available on the train and he wasable to spend his 40 minutes comfortably reading the newspaper or catching up on paperwork. Eversince the train schedule changed, the train has been extremely crowded, and by the time the doorsopen at his station, there isn't a seat to be found.(A) Tim would be better off taking the bus to work.(B) Tim's commute is less comfortable since the train schedule changed.(C) Many commuters will complain about the new train schedule.(D) Tim will likely look for a new job closer to home.
57. Choose the word which best expresses the meaning of BRIEF.(A) Limited (B) Small(C) Little (D) Short
58. Choose the word which best expresses the meaning of AUGUST.(A) Dignified (B) Ridiculous(C) Petty (D) Common
59. Choose the word which is the exact OPPOSITE of ARTIFICIAL.(A) Natural (B) Red(C) Truthful (D) Solid
60. Choose the word which is the exact OPPOSITE of EXODUS.(A) Influx (B) Home coming(C) Return (D) Restoration
61. The height of the “Mount Everest” is :(A) 8848 meters (B) 8811 meters(C) 8884 meters (D) 8586 meters
62. The most populated State of India is :(A) Uttar Pradesh (B) Madhya Pradesh(C) Orissa (D) Maharashtra
63. The capital of Argentina is :(A) Kingstown (B) Buenos Aires(C) Basseterre (D) Castries
64. The national currency of Iran is :(A) Iranian Rial (B) Iranian Rupia(C) Iranian Dinar (D) Iranian Franc
65. Financial Emergency can be declared by the President of India under Article :(A) 352 of the Constitution (B) 360 of the Constitution(C) 356 of the Constitution (D) 362 of the Constitution
66. Who was the first man in space ?(A) Cosmonaut Yuri Gagarin (B) Cosmonaut Alan N. Bean(C) Cosmonaut Alan Shepherd (D) Cosmonaut Edwin Aldrin
67. The next Kumbh Mela will be held at :(A) Nasik on the bank of river Godavari in 2015(B) Ujjain on the bank of river Shipra in 2015(C) Hardwar on the bank of river Ganga in 2015(D) Allahabad on the confluence of rivers Ganga and Yamuna
68. Maharana Pratap's two brothers were :(A) Shakti Singh and Vijay Singh (B) Raj Singh and Sagar Singh(C) Shakti Singh and Mehar Singh (D) Shakti Singh and Sagar Singh
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 10
69. Jag Mandir is a palace built on an island :(A) in the Lake Pichola in Udaipur (B) in the Lake Pichola in Ujjain(C) in the Lake Bichhoula in Udaipur (D) in the Lake Bichhoula in Ujjain
70. The captain of Pakistan cricket team in Asia Cup 2014 was :(A) Sahid Afridi (B) Mohammad Hafiz(C) Sinawari Khan (D) Misbah-ul-Haq Khan
71. The confluence of the Chandra River and Bhaga River in Himachal Pradesh is at :(A) Tandi Village (B) Mandi Village(C) Sandi Village (D) Kandi Village
72. The source of Bhaga River rising in Himalayas is :(A) Suraj Tal (B) Chandra Tal(C) Mangal Tal (D) Budha Tal
73. The term of office of a member of Lok Sabha is :(A) 5 years (B) 6 years(C) 4 years (D) 3 years
74. Black Pagoda is another name of :(A) Konark Sun Temple (B) Ujjain Moon Temple(C) Konark Venus Temple (D) Ujjain Sun Temple
75. Godavari Express, one of the most prestigious trains of South Central Railway and runs between(A) Visakhapatnam and Hyderabad (B) Visakhapatnam and Bangalore(C) Hyderabad and Bangalore (D) Hyderabad and Aurangabad
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 11
Rough Work
MBACIT/BDU-22271-A 12 100
CET(PG)2014Question Booklet Series Code : AImportant : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Bookletand Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.Signature of the Candidate :
Subject : M.E. (Chemical)Time : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the
corresponding bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deductedfor each wrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is notallowed.
11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so, would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent/Observerwhose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculators is not allowed.
Sr. No. :
1. The weather bureau reports a dry bulb temperature of ambient air as 29°C and relative humidity of80%. The barometr read 750 mm hg. The perecentage humidity of ambient air is (Vapor pressure ofwater at 29°C = 30 mm Hg).(A) 80% (B) 79.34%(C) 64.46% (D) None of these
2. Assming thta CO2 obeys perfect gas law, the density of CO2 (in kg/m3), at 0°C and 2 atm is :(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
3. A furnace shell has to be cooled from 90 °C to 55 °C. The mass of the furnace shell is 2 tonnes, thespecific heat of furnace shell is 0.2 kCall/kg °C. Water is available at 29 °C. The maximum allowedincrease in water temerature is 5 °C. Calculate the quantity of water required to cool the furnace.Neglect heat loss.(A) 1400 kg (B) 4200 kg(C) 2800 kg (D) None of these
4. Plunger pumps are used for :(A) Higher pressure (B) Slurries(C) Viscous mass (D) None of these
5. Propellers are :(A) Axial flow mixers (B) Low speed impeller(C) Used for mixing liquids of high viscosity (D) Radial flow mixers
6. Check valve are used :(A) At high pressure (B) In bends(C) For controlling water flow (D) For unidirectional flow
7. The pH value of a solution is 5.9. If the hydrogen ion concentration is decreased hundred times, thesolution will be :(A) Basic (B) More acidic(C) Neutral (D) Of the same acidity
8. By increasing the air/fuel ratio, the adiabatic flame temperature :(A) Increases (B) Decreases(C) Remains unchanged (D) Change is unpredictable
M.E. (Chemical)English Version :
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 3 [Turn over
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 4
9. A multiple effect evaporator has a capacity to process 4000 kg of soild caustic soda per day which it isconcentrating from 10% to 25% solids. The water evaporatedin kilograms per day is :(A) 8000 (B) 24000(C) 60000 (D) 48000
10. Air at 293 K and 750 mm of Hg pressure has a relative humidity of 80%. What is its percent humidity ?The vapour pressure of water at 293 K is 17.5 mm of Hg.(A) 80.38 (B) 80(C) 79.62 (D) 78.51
11. A mixutre fo oxygen and sulfur dioxide is at 200kPa. The average molecular weight of mixture is 44.8.The partial pressure of the oxygen in the mixture is :(A) 89.6 kPa (B) 120 kPa(C) 101.3 kPa (D) 80 kPa
12. A gaseous reaction A2BC takes place isothermally in a constant pressure reactor. Starting with agaeous mixture containing 50% A (rest inerts), the ration of final of initial :(A) 60 (B) 30(C) 50 (D) 74
13. The figure below is representing :
(A) Proportional control (B) Feedback control(C) Domain control (D) Feed forward control
14. If a system consists of two immiscible liquids (such as CCL4 and CH3OH), how many phases are there :(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
15. Throat of the pipe diameter is constant in :(A) Orifice-meter (B) Venturi-meter(C) Pitot-tube (D) All of the above
16. For a given separation which of the following is correct :(A) Number of plates increases with in reflux ratio(B) At total reflux, the reflux ratio is infinity(C) At minimum reflux ratio the number of plates are zero(D) None of the above
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 5 [Turn over
17. LMTD in case of counter current is :(A) > LMTD in case of co-current (B) = LMTD in case of co-current(C) < LMTD in case of co-current (D) None of these
18. Ethanol-water mixture :(A) Forms a minimum boiling azeotropes (B) Forms a maximum boiling azeotropes(C) Shows negative deviation from ideality (D) Both ii and iii
19. Heat is liberated during phase change in :(A) Boiler (B) Evaporator(C) Condenser (D) Both (A) and (B)
20. If the moisture content of the soild on dry basis is X, then the same on wet basis is :(A) X/(1–X) (B) (1+X)/X(C) X/(X+1) (D) (1–X)/X
21. For a counter-current heat exchanger the clean overall heat transfer coefficient is 500 W/m2. K and theoverall fouling factor is 0.00035 m2 K/W. What will be the value of the design overall heat transercoefficient :(A) 485.6 W/m2.K (B) 425.5 W/m2.K(C) 392.8 W/m2.K (D) None of the above
22. Dead Weight Tester is used for the calibration of :(A) Mass (B) Weight(C) Temperature (D) Pressure
23. Pick out the wrong statement.(A) Different soilds have different equilibrium moisture curves.(B) Total condenser or reboiler is considered considered equivalent to one theoretical plate in McCabe-Thiele
method of theroretical plate calculation for distillation column.(C) Heat removal load on cooler remains constant, even with increase of the reflux ratio in a distillation column.
(D) Even a forced draft cooling tower can not cool water below the wet bulb temperature.
24. _______ column is the most suitable for achieving the best performance for mass transfer operationinvolving liquid wit dispersed soilds.(A) Wetted wall (B) Packed(C) Plate (D) Spray
25. A rotameter, through which air at room temperature and atmospheric pressure is flowing, gives acertain reading for a flow rate of 100 cc/s. If helium (Molecular weight 4) is used and the rotametershows the same reading, the flow rate is :(A) 26 cc/s (B) 42 cc/s(C) 269 cc/s (D) 325 cc/s
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 6
26. Dilute sulfuric acid is handled in vessels made of :(A) Lead (B) Brass(C) Stainless steel (D) Cast iron
27. Air is best heated with steam in a heat exchanger of :(A) Plate type. (B) Double pipe type with fin on steam side.(C) Double pipe type with fin on air side. (D) Shell and tube type.
28. The dimensionless group in mass transfer that is equivalent to Prandtl number in heat trnasfer is :(A) Nusselet number. (B) Sherwood number.(C) Schmidt number. (D) Stanton number.
29. It is not preferable to use superheated steam in evaporators, because of its very :(A) High temperature (B) Low film co-efficient(C) High pressure (D) None of these
30. Urea is a ________ fertilizer.(A) Nitrogenous (B) Potassic(C) Phosphatic (D) All of these
31. 5-1-5 fertilizer mean that they contain :(A) 5, 10, 5% repectively of N2,P2O5 and K2O (B) Only 5 to 10% active fertilizer constituents(C) 5 to 10% filler and carrier of soil conditioners (D) None of these
32. Swenson-walker crystallizer is a ______ unit :(A) Continuous (B) Batch(C) Semi-batch (D) Cooling (adiabatic)-cum-evaporation
33. The value of Lewis number for air-water vapour system is around :(A) 600 (B) 0.24(C) 3.97 (D) 1
34. In natural convection heat transfer the correlating parameter is :(A) Graetz number (B) Eckert number(C) Grashoff number (D) Bond number
35. Filter aid is used to :(A) Increase the rate of filtration (B) Increase the porosity of the cake(C) Decrease the pressure drop (D) Act as a support base of the septum
36. Which is the most suitable conveyour for trnasportatin of sticky material :(A) Apron (B) Belt(C) Screw (D) Pneumatic
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 7 [Turn over
37. Highly viscous liquids and pastes are agitated by :(A) Properllers (B) Turbine agitators(C) Multiple blade paddles (D) None of these
38. Wet sieving is employed, when the product contains ________ materials :(A) Abrasive (B) Large quantity of very fine(C) Coarse (D) Non-sticky
39. Pressure drop in fluidized bed reactor si _______ that in a similar packed bed reactor :(A) Less than(B) More than(C) Same as(D) None of these
40. With increase in temperature the vapour pressure of liquids :(A) Increases (B) Increases linearly(C) Decreases (D) Remains constant
41. Mercury is an ideal parametric fluid due to its :(A) High density (B) Low compressibility(C) Low capillary action (D) Very low vapour pressure
42. At equilibrium the concentration of water in vapour phase (C*) in kg/m3 of air space and the amount ofwater (m) adsorbed per kg of dry silica gel are related by, C* = 0.0667 m. To maintain dry conditions ina room of air space 100 m3 containing 2.2 kg of water vapour initially, 10 kg of dry silica gel is kept inthe room. The fraction of initial water remining in the air space after a long time (during which thetemperature is maintained constant) is :(A) 0.0 (B) 0.2(C) 0.4 (D) 1.0
43. Find the ultimate gain and frequency for a proportional controller in the case of a process having thetransfer functin G(s) = 1/(4s + 1) (2s + 1) (s + 1).(A) 147/45Kc,14/1w (B) 3/46Kc,6/7w (C) 13Kc,1w (D) 4/45Kc,8/7w
44. A proportional controller with a gain of Kc is used to control a first order process. The offset willincrease, if :(A) Kc is reduced. (B) Kc is increased.(C) Integral control action is introduced. (D) Derivative control action is introduced.
45. For a feed bac control system to be stable, the :(A) Roots of the characteristic equation should be real.(B) Poles of the closed loop transfer function should lie in the left half of the complex plane.(C) Bode plots of the corresponding open loop trnasfer function should monotoni-cally decrease.(D) Poles of the closed loop transfer function should lie in the right half of the complex plane.
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 8
46. Routh test :(A) Criterion provides information about the actual location of roots.(B) Cannot detemine as to how many roots of the characteristics equation have positive real roots.(C) Criterion is not applicable to system with polynomial characteristic equation.(D) Cannot be used to test the stability of a control system containing transportation lag.
47. Pick out the wrong statement.(A) Gross revenue is that total amount of capital reveived as a result of the sale of goods or service.(B) Net revenue is the total profit remaining after deducting all costs excluding taxes.(C) The ratio of immediately available cash to the total current liabilites in known as the cas ratio.(D) Consolidated income statement based on a given time period indicates surplus capital and shows the relationship
among total income, costs and profit over the time interval.48. A reactor having a salvage value of Rs. 10000 is estimated to have a service life of 10 years. The
annual interest rate is 10%. The original cost of the reactor was Rs. 80000. The book value of thereactor after 5 years using sinking fund depreciation method will be Rs.(A) 40096 (B) 43196(C) 53196 (D) 60196
49. Pressure drop in 2-4 heat exchanger is ......... compared with 1-2 heat exchanger :(A) More (B) Less(C) Same (D) None of these
50. Boiling point of a given solute is .......... function of boiling point of the water at the same pressure :(A) Linear (B) Non linear(C) Parabolic (D) None of these
51. Grashof number is defined as the ratio of :(A) Interial to viscous forces (B) Buoyancy to viscous forces(C) Kinametic viscocity to thermal difussivity (D) None of these
52. An insulated cable (k = 0.2 W/mK) is exposed to an environment with h = 5 W/m2 K. The optimumthickness of insulation is :(A) 0.4 m (B) 4 m(C) 0.04 m (D) 0.02 m
53. Working principle of radiation pyrometer is based on the :(A) Wein’s law (B) Kirchoffs law(C) Stefan-boltzman law (D) Seebeck effect
54. Work required to form a particle of size Dp from very large feed is proportional to the square root ofsurface to the volume ratio of the product is known as :(A) Kick’s law (B) Bond’s law(C) Rittinger’s law (D) Work index
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 9 [Turn over
55. Drag coefficient for motion of spherical particles in a stationary fluid in the stoke’s law range is :(A) 16/NRe (B) 24/NRe
(C) 32/NRe (D) 64/NRe
56. Mesh of a screen indicates :(A) Holes per linear inch (B) Holes per square inch(C) Holes per linear foot (D) Holes per square foot
57. Rubber Latex is an example of :(A) Newtonian fluid (B) Bingham plastic(C) Pseudoplastic (D) Dilatants
58. Heat flux through a 5 cm thick slab, it a temperature drop across the slab is 5°C and its thermalconductivity is 0.1 Watts/m °C, is ...........(A) 0.01 W/m2 (B) 0.10 W/m2
(C) 10 W/m2 (D) None of these59. Corresponding to Scmidt number in mass transfer, the dimensionless number in case of heat trnasfer is :
(A) Prandtl number (B) Nusselt number(C) Lewis number (D) Mach number
60. Penetratin theory relates the average mass transfer co-efficient (K) with diffusivity (D) as :(A) K D (B) K D0.5
(C) K D1.5 (D) K D
61. For the same feed, feed quality and separation (in a distillation column), with the increase of totalpressure, the number of ideal plates will :(A) Increase (B) Decrease(C) Remain same (D) Data insufficient, can’t be predicted
62. Which of the following forced convection heat transfer equation accounts for the liquid viscosity effectfor viscous liquids ?(A) Dittus-Boeltier equation(B) Sieder-Tata equation(C) Nusselt equation(D) None of these
63. The E-curve for a non-ideal reactor defines the fraction of fluid having age between time t abd t + dt :(A) At the inlet (B) At the outlet(C) In the reactor (D) Averaged over the inlet and outlet
64. For an isothermal second order aquous phase reaction A – B, the ratio of the time required for 90%conversion the time required for 45% conversion is :(A) 2 (B) 4(C) 11 (D) 22
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 10
65. The equilibrium constant ,k, for a chemical ration depends on :(A) Temperature only (B) Pressure only(C) Temperature and Pressure (D) Ratio of reactants
66. Im3 of an ideal gas at 500 K and 1000 kPa expands reversibly to 5 times its initial volume in aninsulated container. If the specific heat capacity (at constant pressure) of the gas is 21 J/mol K, finaltemperature will be :(A) 35 K (B) 174 K(C) 274 K (D) 154 K
67. A saturated liquid at 1500 kPa and 500 K, with an enthalpy of 750 kJ/kg, is throttled to a liquid-vapormixture at 150 kPa and 300 K. At the exit conditions, the enthalpy of the saturated liquid is 500 kJ/kgand the enthalpy of the saturated vapor is 2500 kJ/kg. The percent of the original liquid, which vaporizes, is :(A) 87.5% (B) 67%(C) 50% (D) 12.5%
68. For turbulent flow past a flat plate, when no form drag is present, the friction factor ‘f’ and theChilton-colburn factor ‘jD’ are related as :(A) f and jD cannot be related (B) f = jD(C) f > jD (D) f < jD
69. Which of the following controller will give maximum offset ?(A) Proportional (B) Proportional integral(C) Proportional integral derivative (D) None of these
70. In is desired to concentrate a 20% salt soultion (20 kg of salt in 100 kg of solution) of a 30% saltsolution in an evaporator. Consider a feed of 300 kg/min at 30°C. The boiling point of the solution is110°C, the latent heat of vaporisation is 2100 kJ/kg and the specific heat of the solution is 4 kJ/kg.K.The rate at which the heat has to be supplied in (kJ/min) to the evaporator is :(A) 3.06×105 (B) 6.12×105
(C) 7.24×105 (D) 9.08×105
71. Fourier’s law applies to heat transfer by :(A) Conduction (B) Convection(C) Radiation (D) Both (A) and (B)
72. Match the following :(P) Zigler Nichols (1) Process reaction curve(Q) Under Damped response (2) Decay ratio(R) Feed forward control (3) Frequency response
(4) Distribution measurement(A) P-3, Q-2, R-4 (B) P-1, Q-2, R-3(C) P-3, Q-1, R-2 (D) P-2, Q-3, R-2
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 11 [Turn over
73. A 25 cm × 25 cm ×1 cm flat sheet weighing 1.2 kg initially was dried from both sides under constantdrying rate conditions. It took 1500 seconds for the weight of the wieght of the sheet to reduce to 1.05 kg. Another 1 m × 1 m × 1 cm flat sheet of same material is to be dried from one side only. Underthe same constant drying rate conditions, the time required for drying (in seconds) from the initialweight of 19.2 kg to 17.6 kg is :(A) 1000 (B) 1500(C) 1800 (D) 2000
74. Molecularity of an elementary reaction P + Q R + S is :(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
75. In a double pipe heat exchanger the ID and OD of inner pipe are 4 cm and 5 cm respectively. The IDof the outer pipe is 10 cm with a wall thickness of 1 cm. Then the equivalent diameter (in cm) of theannulus for the heat trnasfer and pressure drop respectively are :(A) 21,6 (B) 15,5(C) 6,19 (D) 15,21
ROUGH WORK
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 12 [Turn over
ROUGH WORK
M.E. (Chemical)/BDU-22260 13 ??
CET(PG)-2014Question Booklet Series : A/B/C/D Sr. No. :Important : Please consult your Admit Card / Roll No. Slip before filling your Roll Number on the Test Booklet
and Answer Sheet.Roll No. In Figures In Words In Words
O.M.R. Answer Sheet Serial No.
Signature of the Candidate :Subject : M.Sc.(Two Year Course)-Nuclear MedicineTime : 90 minutes Number of Questions : 75 Maximum Marks : 75
DO NOT OPEN THE SEAL ON THE BOOKLET UNTIL ASKED TO DO SOINSTRUCTIONS1. Write your Roll No. on the Question Booklet and also on the OMR Answer Sheet in the space provided
and nowhere else.2. Enter the Subject and Series Code of Question Booklet on the OMR Answer Sheet. Darken the corresponding
bubbles with Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.3. Do not make any identification mark on the Answer Sheet or Question Booklet.4. To open the Question Booklet remove the paper seal (s) gently when asked to do so.5. Please check that this Question Booklet contains 75 questions. In case of any discrepancy, inform the
Assistant Superintendent within 10 minutes of the start of test.6. Each question has four alternative answers (A, B, C, D) of which only one is correct. For each question,
darken only one bubble (A or B or C or D), whichever you think is the correct answer, on the Answer Sheetwith Black Ball Point / Black Gel pen.
7. If you do not want to answer a question, leave all the bubbles corresponding to that question blank in theAnswer Sheet. No marks will be deducted in such cases.
8. Darken the bubbles in the OMR Answer Sheet according to the Serial No. of the questions given in theQuestion Booklet.
9. Negative marking will be adopted for evaluation i.e., 1/4th of the marks of the question will be deducted for eachwrong answer. A wrong answer means incorrect answer or wrong filling of bubble.
10. For calculations, use of simple log tables is permitted. Borrowing of log tables and any other material is not allowed.11. For rough work only the sheets marked “Rough Work” at the end of the Question Booklet be used.12. The Answer Sheet is designed for computer evaluation. Therefore, if you do not follow the instructions
given on the Answer Sheet, it may make evaluation by the computer difficult. Any resultant loss to thecandidate on the above account, i.e., not following the instructions completely, shall be of thecandidate only.
13. After the test, hand over the Question Booklet and the Answer Sheet to the Assistant Superintendent on duty.14. In no case the Answer Sheet, the Question Booklet, or its part or any material copied/ noted from this
Booklet is to be taken out of the examination hall. Any candidate found doing so would be expelled fromthe examination.
15. A candidate who creates disturbance of any kind or changes his/her seat or is found in possession of anypaper possibly of any assistance or found giving or receiving assistance or found using any other unfairmeans during the examination will be expelled from the examination by the Centre Superintendent /Observer whose decision shall be final.
16. Telecommunication equipment such as pager, cellular phone, wireless, scanner, etc., is notpermitted inside the examination hall. Use of calculator is not allowed.
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 2
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 3 [Turn over
M.Sc. (Two Year Course )-Nuclear Medicine/A
1. The ideal gamma ray energy for nuclear medicine imaging is between :
(A) 100-300 Mev (B) 10-100Kev
(C) 10-100 Mev (D) 100-300 Kev
2. Most of the thyroid hormone in circulation is :
(A) T3 (B) T4
(C) TSH (D) TRF
3. Which of the following is required for the production of erythrocytes ?
(A) Vitamin C (B) Vitamin E
(C) Vitamin K (D) Vitamin B12
4. The value of SI unit of exposure in uC/Kg in air is :
(A) 258 (B) 2.58
(C) 25.8 (D) 0.258
5. Cross section-a measure of the probability that a nuclear reaction shall occur is mea-sured in :
(A) ev (B) ergs
(C) angstrom (D) barn
6. Which of the following requires an injection of radionuclide for diagnosis ?
(A) CT (B) MRI
(C) Ultrasound (D) PET
7. Fission occurs in a :
(A) Cyclotron (B) Radioisotope generator
(C) Nuclear Reactor (D) Particle Accelerator
8. 80 micro Ci is equivalent to :
(A) 0.296 MBq (B) 2.96 MBq
(C) 29.6 MBq (D) 296 MBq
9. The LD50/30 dose for humans is approximately equal to :
(A) 0.4 Gray (B) 4 Gray
(C) 40 Gray (D) 400 Gray
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 4
10. 113m In is a :
(A) Gamma emitter (B) Beta emitter
(C) Alpha emitter (D) Both alpha and beta emitter
11. The isoelectric point of a protein is :
(A) pH where its net charge is Zero
(B) pH where its net charge is +1
(C) pH where its net charge is -1
(D) pH where its net charge is +2
12. The radius of an atom is approximately :
(A) 10-6m (B) 10-8m
(C) 10-10m (D) 10-12m
13. An example of stochastic effect is:
(A) Skin erythema (B) Cataract
(C) GI syndrome (D) Cancer
14. All the following are gastrointestinal tract hormones except :
(A) Secretin (B) Gastrin
(C) Erythropoietin (D) Cholecystokinin
15. Energy of thermal neutrons is :
(A) 0.025 ev (B) 0.25 ev
(C) 2.5 ev (D) 25 ev
16. Which one of the following is used in a gamma ray spectrometer ?
(A) Na (B) Nal
(C) Nal(Tl) (D) CaF2
17. The material used for absorbing excess neutrons in a nuclear reactor is :
(A) Cadmium (B) Lithium
(C) Vanadium (D) Indium
18. Which of the following has highest linear energy transfer ?
(A) Neutrons (B) Beta rays
(C) Gamma Rays (D) X-rays+
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 5 [Turn over
19. Gamma- rays are :
(A) Deflected by electric field
(B) Deflected by magnetic field
(C) Slightly deflected by electric and magnetic field
(D) Not deflected by magnetic and electric field
20. 1 amu is equal to :
(A) 1.66×10-24 Kg (B) 1.66×10-25 Kg
(C) 1.66×10-26 Kg (D) 1.66×10-27 Kg
21. SI unit of radiation exposure corresponds to how many roentgen ?
(A) 3676 (B) 3776
(C) 3876 (D) 3976
22. The SI unit of radioactivity Becquerel is equal to :
(A) 1.7×10-10 Ci (B) 2.7×10-10 Ci
(C) 1.7×10-11 Ci (D) 2.7×10-11 Ci
23. The SI unit of absorbed dose Gray is equal to :
(A) 0.1 Joule/Kg (B) 1.0 Joule/Kg
(C) 10 Joule/Kg (D) 100 Joule/Kg
24. Which is not a beta emitter ?
(A) 32P (B) 14C
(C) 99m Tc (D) 3H
25. The first step in translation involves binding of mRNA to :
(A) Larger unit of ribosome (B) Smaller unit of ribosome
(C) Polysomal core (D) t RNA
26. The average molecular weight of an amino acid in Da is :
(A) 90 (B) 100
(C) 110 (D) 120
27. D-Alanine and L-Alanine are technically known as :
(A) Anomers (B) Enantiomers
(C) Epimers (D) Polymer
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 6
28. A particle accelerator can increase the kinetic energy of :
(A) An alpha particle and a beta particle
(B) A neutron and gamma ray
(C) A gamma ray and beta particle
(D) An alpha ray and neutron particle
29. Which sample will decay least over a period of 15 days ?
(A) 18F (B) 131l
(C) 99mTc (D) 222Rn
30. The most common lesion produced in chromosomal DNA by an exposure to ionizingradiation is :
(A) A break on one DNA strand
(B) Well separated breaks on both DNA strands
(C) Breaks on the both the DNA strands which are opposite to each other or separated by onlya few bases
(D) Multiple breaks on the same DNA strand
31. Characteristic X rays are produced by the :
(A) Outermost shell of an atom
(B) Innermost shell of an atom
(C) By the nuclear capture of electron
(D) Deceleration of bombarding electrons due to nucleus
32. Which of the following laws states that the amount of gas dissolved in a liquid is propor-tional to its partial pressure ?
(A) Dalton's Law (B) Pascal's Law
(C) Boltzmann's Law (D) Henry's Law
33. By plotting a cell survival curve one can depict the relation between :
(A) Radiation dose and the number of cells that have gone through mitosis after irradiation
(B) Radiation dose and the proportion of cells that remain clonogenic
(C) Radiation dose and the number of cells that have not suffered the loss of specificfunction
(D) Radiation dose and the proportion of cells that can produce D
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 7 [Turn over
34. In a typical antibody- antigen reaction, higher affinity for the antibody, is characterizedby :(A) High Kd values (B) Low Kd values(C) Low binding energy (D) Higher binding energy
35. Which type of ionizing radiation will have the least biological effect ?(A) Alpha particles (B) Fast neutrons(C) Diagnostic x-rays (D) Thermal neutrons
36. Which type of cell is most sensitive to irradiation ?(A) Spermatogonia (B) Hepatocytes(C) Muscle cells (D) Neurons
37. Which phase of the cell cycle is more radioresistant ?(A) M (B) G2(C) S (D) Both M and G2
38. Positron and negatron differ on the basis of :(A) Origin (B) Mass(C) Charge (D) Ionization
39. Stage of the cell division where chromosomes start moving towards poles of the cell :(A) Anaphase (B) Telophase(C) Metaphase (D) Interphase
40. Fourier transformation technology is used in :(A) SPECT imaging (B) Rectilinear Scanning(C) G.M. Counter (D) Scintillation Counter
41. The probability of photoelectric interaction of gamma ray is inversely proportional towhich power of gamma ray energy ?(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 3 (D) 4
42. Effective dose equivalent is expressed in :(A) Roentgen (B) Rad(C) Sievert (D) RBE
43. TRH is produced from :
(A) Thyroid (B) Pituitary
(C) Hypothalamus (D) Parathyroid
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 8
44. Which element is useful for blood clotting ?
(A) Zinc (B) Sodium
(C) Potassium (D) Calcium
45. Which of the enzyme plays a crucial role for the synthesis of thyroxine?
(A) Catalase (B) ATPase
(C) Kinase (D) Peroxidase
46. Which of the radiations are used for the treatment of Graves' disease ?
(A) Alpha radiations (B) Beta radiations
(C) Gamma rays (D) Positrons
47. CO2 laser has a wavelength in which region of the spectrum ?
(A) Infrared (B) Visible
(C) UV (D) X-Ray
48. An average binding energy of nucleons fall in which of the following range ?
(A) 5-8 GeV (B) 5-8 MeV
(C) 5-8 KeV (D) 5-8 eV
49. Which of the following techniques indicates confirmation of proteins ?
(A) Affinity chromatography (B) Paper electrophoresis
(C) TLC (D) CD
50. Which of the following organelles is found in plant cells and not in animal cells ?
(A) Chloroplasts (B) Mitochondria
(C) Lysosomes (D) Ribosomes
51. Which of the following enzymes is involved in DNA supercoiling ?
(A) RNA polymerase
(B) Histone deacetylase
(C) Topoisomerase
(D) DNA polymerase
52. Polyploidy refers to :
(A) Multiple ribosomes present on a single mRNA
(B) Micronuclei
(C) Cells with more than two paired sets of chromosomes
(D) Extra copies of a gene on a chromosome
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 9 [Turn over
53. Which method refers to identification of 3D structure of protein on the basis of querysequence ?(A) Docking (B) Phylogeny
(C) Multiple sequence modelling (D) Homology modelling
54. In nucleic acids which carbon of the sugar holds the hydroxyl group ?(A) 2' (B) 3'
(C) 4' (D) 5'
55. What is the half life of 113mIn in minutes ?
(A) 90 (B) 100
(C) 110 (D) 120
56. What is the principal gamma ray energy of 125I ?(A) 1.35 KeV (B) 13.5 KeV
(C) 35 KeV (D) 1.35 MeV
57. 3H decays by which process ?(A) Electron capture (B) Isomeric transition
(C) Positron decay (D) Beta negative decay
58. The frequency of ultrasound waves used in medical imaging is :(A) 1-10 MHz (B) 10-20 MHz
(C) 20-30 MHz (D) 30-40 MHz
59. Vibrational energy associated with a molecule falls within which region of EMspectrum ?
(A) Radio wave (B) Infra red
(C) Visible (D) UV
60. The resolution of sequencing gel electrophoresis is how many bases ?(A) 1 (B) 10
(C) 20 (D) 30
61. The percentage of human genome that does not encode protein sequences :(A) 68 (B) 78
(C) 88 (D) 98
62. When does a chromosome exhibit maximum coiling ?(A) During pachytene of meiosis (B) During metaphase of mitosis
(C) During anaphase of meiosis I (D) During telophase of meiosis II
63. The linear energy transfer is minimum in case of :(A) 50 Ke V X-rays (B) 50 Ke V electrons(C) 50 Ke V protons (D) 50 Ke V positrons
64. The phosphorescence decay time of Nal-Tl detector in microseconds is :(A) 0.025 (B) 0.25(C) 2.5 (D) 25
65. Late effects of radiations are called :(A) Random effects (B) Critical effects(C) Stochastic effects (D) Non stochastic effects
66. K escape peak is observed at what energy in KeV below the photopeak of a gamma ray :(A) 8 (B) 18(C) 28 (D) 38
67. In which of the following radionuclides, summation of energies occur upon interactionwith detector ?(A) 131I (B) 99mTc(C) 18F (D) 111In
68. The probability of photoelectric interaction of gamma ray is directly proportional to whichpower of the atomic number of the interacting element :(A) 2 (B) 3(C) 4 (D) 5
69. A region that binds RNA polymerase and helps initiate transcription is called :(A) Operator (B) Promoter(C) Origin (D) Enhancer
70. The cells which express more in hypersensitivity reactions, are(A) Reticulocytes (B) Platelets(C) Lymphocytes (D) Eosinophils
71. K-40 in human body emits how much radiation dose in mSv/Yr ?(A) 0.02 (B) 0.2(C) 2 (D) 20
72. Liquid scintillation counter is used to measure radioactivity from which of the followingradioisotopes ?(A) 125I (B) 131I
(C) 3H (D) 65Zn
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Nuclear Medicine)/BDU-22284-A 10
73. The potential due to an electric dipole varies :
(A) Directly as the distance (B) Inversely as the distance
(C) Directly as the square of distance (D) Inversely as the square of distance
74. Summation of energies occur when two gamma rays interact with detector within whattime interval ?
(A) 0.025 sec (B) 0.25 sec
(C) 0.025 usec (D) 0.25 usec
75. For the identification of a molecule, Mass spectrometry measures :
(A) Charge (B) Mass
(C) Mass to charge ratio (D) Charge to mass ratio
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-(Nuclear Medicine)/BDU-22284-A 11
Rough Work
M.Sc. (Two Year Course)-Nuclear Medicine/BDU-22284-A 12 128